Skip to main content Accessibility help
×
Hostname: page-component-586b7cd67f-2brh9 Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2024-11-25T10:18:10.540Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

References

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  23 May 2019

H. Ekkehard Wolff
Affiliation:
Universität Leipzig
Get access

Summary

Image of the first page of this content. For PDF version, please use the ‘Save PDF’ preceeding this image.'
Type
Chapter
Information
Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Print publication year: 2019

Access options

Get access to the full version of this content by using one of the access options below. (Log in options will check for institutional or personal access. Content may require purchase if you do not have access.)

References

Abad, Isidoro. 1928. Elementos de la gramática bubi. Madrid: Editorial del Corazón de María.Google Scholar
Abadzi, H. 2006. Efficient learning for the poor: Insights from the frontier of cognitive neuroscience. Directions in development. Washington, DC: World Bank.Google Scholar
Abdelhay, A., Makoni, B., & Makoni, S.. 2016. The colonial linguistics of governance in Sudan: The Rejaf Language Conference, 1928. Journal of African Cultural Studies 28 (3): 343358.Google Scholar
Abdesslam, Ahmed. 1956. Al-fusha wa al-‘aammiya [Classical and dialectal Arabic]. Paper presented at the Arab Congress, Damascus.Google Scholar
Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi. 1972. Triglossia and Swahili-English bilingualism in Tanzania. Language in Society 1 (2): 197213.Google Scholar
Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi. 1981. Language planning with special reference to East African countries. Seattle: University of Washington.Google Scholar
Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi. 1982. Patterns of language acquisition and use in Kenya: Rural-urban differences. International Journal of Sociology of Language 34: 95120.Google Scholar
Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi. 1991. Standardization of the orthography of Kenyan languages. In Cyffer, Norbert et al. (eds.), Language standardization in Africa, 189206. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Abdulaziz, Mohammed H., & Osinde, K.. 1997. Sheng and Engsh: Development of mixed codes among urban youth in Kenya. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 125: 4363.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Abiola, O. B., Adetunmbi, A. O., Fasiku, A. I., & Olatunji, K. A.. 2014. A web-based English to Yoruba noun-phrases machine translation system. International Journal of English and Literature 5 (3): 7178.Google Scholar
Abraham, R. C. 1962. Dictionary of the Hausa language. London: University of London Press.Google Scholar
Achebe, Chinua. 1975. Morning yet on creation day: Essays. London: Heinemann.Google Scholar
Brouh, Achie, Patrice. 1996. Prosodic aspects of Baule with special reference to the German of Baule speakers. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Adendorff, R. D. 1993. Ethnographic evidence of the social meaning of Fanagalo. Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 8 (1): 127.Google Scholar
Adouakou, Sandrine. 2009. Parlons akyé bodin suivi d'un lexique alphabétique akyé-français, français-akyé. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Adouakou, Sandrine, & Ahoua, Firmin. 2009. Parlons agni indénié, Côte d'Ivoire: En appendice, choix de textes. Torino: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Afeli, Kossi Antoine. 2003. Politique et aménagement linguistique au Togo: Bilan et perspectives. Thèse de Doctorat d'Etat, Université de Lomé.Google Scholar
Agbeyangi, A., Adenekan, O. A., Lawal, O. O., & Durosinmi, A. E.. 2015. Rule based approach to Yoruba Machine Translation System. Paper presented at the 4th iSTEAMS Research Nexus Conference, University of Ilorin, Nigeria.Google Scholar
Agha, Asif. 1993. Grammatical and indexical convention in honorific discourse. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 3 (2): 131163.Google Scholar
Agha, Asif. 1998. Stereotypes and registers of honorific language. Language in Society 27 (2): 151193.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Agha, Asif. 2003. The social life of cultural value. Language & Communication 23 (3–4): 231273.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Agha, Asif. 2007. Language and social relations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Agnihotri, R. K. 2014. Multilinguality, education and harmony. International Journal of Multilingualism 11 (3): 364379. doi:10.1080/14790718.2014.921181.Google Scholar
Agostinho, Ana Lívia dos Santos, Lima, Manuele Bandeira de Andrade, & Araújo, Gabriel Antunes de. 2016. O Lung'ie na educação escolar de São Tomé São Tomé e Príncipe. Trabalhos em Linguística Aplicada 55 (3): 591618.Google Scholar
Agyekum, Kofi. 2004. The socio-cultural concept of face in Akan communication. Pragmatics & Cognition 12 (1): 7192.Google Scholar
Agyekum, Kofi. 2008. The pragmatics of Akan greetings. Discourse Studies 10 (4): 493516.Google Scholar
Agyekum, Kofi. 2010. The sociolinguistics of thanking in Akan. Nordic Journal of African Studies 19 (2): 7797.Google Scholar
Agyekum, Kofi. 2011. The ethnopragmatics of the Akan palace language of Ghana. Journal of Anthropological Research 67 (4): 573593.Google Scholar
Ahland, Colleen. 2004. Linguistic variation in Gumuz: A study of the relationship between historical change and intelligibility. Master's thesis, University of Texas at Arlington.Google Scholar
Ahland, Colleen. 2010. Noun incorporation and predicate classifiers in Gumuz. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 31 (2): 159203.Google Scholar
Ahland, Colleen. 2012. A grammar of northern and southern Gumuz. Doctoral dissertation, University of Oregon.Google Scholar
Ahland, Colleen. 2013. The status of Gumuz as a language isolate. In LSA Meeting Extended Abstracts 2013. http://journals.linguisticsociety.org/proceedings/index.php/ExtendedAbs/article/view/787/567.Google Scholar
Ahland, Colleen. 2016a. Gumuzoid: A new language family in eastern Africa. Paper presented at the 47th Annual Conference on African Linguistics, Berkeley, CA, March 2326.Google Scholar
Ahland, Colleen. 2016b. Daatsʼíin, a newly identified undocumented language of western Ethiopia: A preliminary examination. In Payne, Doris L., Pacchiarotti, Sara, & Bosire, Mokaya (eds.), Diversity in African languages, 417449. Berlin: Language Science Press.Google Scholar
Ahland, Michael B. 2010. Language death in Mesmes: A sociolinguistic and historical-comparative examination of a disappearing language. Dallas: SIL International.Google Scholar
Ahland, Michael B.. 2012. A grammar of Northern Mao (Màwés Aas’è). Doctoral dissertation, University of Oregon.Google Scholar
Ahmed, U., & Daura, B.. 1970. An introduction to classical Hausa and the major dialects. Zaria: Northern Nigeria Publishing.Google Scholar
Zekaria, Ahmed. 2005. Harari secret script. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 2 D–Ha, 10301031. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Ahoua, Firmin. 2002. Contes et textes documentaires kwa de Côte d'Ivoire. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y., & Dixon, R. M. W.. 2001. Introduction. In Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. & Dixon, R. M. W. (eds.), Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance, 126. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Akinasso, F. N. 1991. Toward the development of a multilingual language policy in Nigeria. Applied Linguistics 12 (1): 2961.Google Scholar
Akindele, Femi. 1990. A sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba greetings. African Languages and cultures 3 (1): 114.Google Scholar
Akinlabi, Akinbiyi. 1997. Kalabari vowel harmony. Linguistic Review 14: 97138.Google Scholar
Akinlabi, Akinbiyi, & Urua, Eno E.. 2003. Foot Structure in the Ibibio Verb. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 24: 119160.Google Scholar
Yilma, Aklilu. 1992. The linguistic etiquette of Yemsa. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 25: 114.Google Scholar
Akuetey, Caesar. 1998. A preliminary study of Yevegbe: Animist cult language in Eweland. Journal of West African Languages 27 (1): 8394.Google Scholar
Akumbu, Pius W. 2008. Kejom (Babanki)-English lexicon. Bamenda, Cameroon: Kay Williamson Educational Foundation.Google Scholar
Akumbu, Pius W.. 2012. Njém Tonology. Dallas: SIL International. www-01.sil.org/silepubs/Pubs/928474551669/eBook_45_Njem_Tonology.pdf.Google Scholar
Akumbu, Pius W., & Fogwe, E.. 2012. A pedagogic grammar of Babanki. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Alamin, Susan. 2012. The nominal and verbal morphology of Tima-Niger-Congo language spoken in the Nuba mountains. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Albert, Ethel M. 1964. ‘Rhetoric,’ ‘logic’, and ‘poetics’ in Burundi: Culture patterning of speech behavior. American Anthropologist 66 (6): 3554.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Alberts, M. 2010. Planning and performing terminology projects in the SADC region. Paper presented at the AFRILEX Conference, Gaborone, Botswana.Google Scholar
Alexander, Neville. 1992. Language planning from below. In Herbert, R. K. (ed.), Language and society in Africa: The theory and practice of sociolinguistics, 143149. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand Press.Google Scholar
Alexander, Neville. 2000. English unassailable but unattainable: The dilemma of language policy in South African education. Occasional Paper 3. Cape Town: Project for the Study of Alternative Education in South Africa (PRAESA). www.praesa.org.za/occasional-paper-3-english-unassailable-but-unattainable-the-dilemma-of-language-policy-in-south-africa-education/.Google Scholar
Alexander, Neville. 2013. Thoughts on the new South Africa. Johannesburg: Jacana Media.Google Scholar
Alexandre, Pierre. 1972. An introduction to languages and language in Africa. Translated by Leary, F. A.. London: Heinemann.Google Scholar
Alidou, H. 2004. Medium of instruction in post-colonial Africa. In Tollefson, J. & Tsui, A. (eds.), Medium of instruction policies: Which agenda? Whose agenda?, 195214. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.Google Scholar
Alidou, H., Boly, A., Brock-Utne, B., Diallo, Y. S., Heugh, K., & Wolff, H. E.. 2006. Optimizing learning and education in Africa – The language factor. A stock-taking research on mother tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa. Paris: Association for the Development of Education in Africa (ADEA). www.adeanet.org/adeaPortal/adea/biennial-2006/doc/document/B3_1_MTBLE_en.pdf.Google Scholar
Alidou, H., & Glanz, C. (eds.). 2015. Action research to improve youth and adult literacy: Empowering learners in a multilingual world. Abuja: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning & UNESCO Multi-Sectoral Regional Office.Google Scholar
Alidou, H., Glanz, C., & Nikièma, N.. 2011. Quality multilingual and multicultural education. International Review of Education 57 (5–6): 529539.Google Scholar
Alidou, Ousseina D. 2005. Engaging modernity: Muslim women and the politics of agency in postcolonial Niger. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.Google Scholar
Alidou, Ousseina D., & Sikainga, Ahmed (eds.). 2006. Post-conflict reconstruction in Africa. Trenton, NJ: Africa World Press.Google Scholar
Allan, Keith, & Burridge, Kate. 2006. Forbidden words: Taboo and the censoring of language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Alsina, Alex, & Mchombo, Sam A.. 1993. Object asymmetries and the Chichewa applicative construction. In Mchombo, Sam A. (ed.), Theoretical aspects of Bantu grammar, 1745. Stanford, CA: CSLI.Google Scholar
Amadou Sanni, M., & Atodjinou, M. C.. 2012. État et dynamique des langues nationales et de la langue française au Bénin. Québec: Observatoire Démographique et Statistique de l'Espace Francophone/Université Laval.Google Scholar
Ameka, Felix K. 1991. Ewe: Its grammatical constructions and illocutionary devices. Doctoral dissertation, Australian National University, Canberra.Google Scholar
Ameka, Felix K.. 2001. Multiverb constructions in a West African areal typological perspective. In Online Proceedings of TROSS–Trondheim Summer School. http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.562.3017.Google Scholar
Ameka, Felix K.. 2015. Unintended consequences of methodological and practical responses to language endangerment in Africa. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 1535. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Ameka, Felix K., & Breedveld, Anneke. 2004. Areal cultural scripts for social interaction in West African communities. Intercultural Pragmatics 1 (2): 167187.Google Scholar
Amselle, Jean-Loup. 1990. Logiques métisses: Anthropologie de l'identité en Afrique et ailleurs. Paris: Payot.Google Scholar
Amuda, A. A. 1994. Yoruba/English conversational code-switching as a conversational strategy. African Languages and Cultures 7 (2): 121131.Google Scholar
Amuzu, Evershed Kwasi. 2012. Socio-pragmatics of conversational codeswitching in Ghana. Ghana Journal of Linguistics 1 (2): 122.Google Scholar
Amuzu, Evershed Kwasi. 2014. Producing composite codeswitching: The role of the modularity of language production. International Journal of Bilingualism 18 (4): 384407.Google Scholar
Anchimbe, Eric A. 2011. Postcolonial linguistic voices: Stitching together identity choices and their representations. In Anchimbe, Eric A. & Mforteh, Stephen A. (eds.), Postcolonial linguistic voices: Identity choices and representations, 321. Mouton: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 1986a. Tone splitting and vowel quality: Evidence from Lugbara. Studies in African Linguistics 17 (1): 5568.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 1986b. Verbal inflection in Moru. Afrika und Übersee 69: 1943.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 1990. Vowel length in Western Nilotic languages. Acta Linguistica Hafniensia 22: 526.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 1991. Subject and topic in Dinka. Studies in Language 15 (2): 265294.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 1992–1994. Morphological stratification in Dinka: On the alternations of voice quality, vowel length and tone in the morphology of transitive verbal roots in a monosyllabic language. Studies in African Linguistics 23: 163.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 1999. Vowel quality alternation in Mabaan and its Western Nilotic history. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 20 (2): 97120.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben. 2006. ATR reversal in Jumjum. Diachronica 23 (1): 328.Google Scholar
Andersen, Torben, & Goyvaerts, D. L.. 1986. Reflexivity and logophoricity in Moru-Madi. Folia Linguistica 20: 297318.Google Scholar
Anderson, Gregory D. S. 2011. Auxiliary verb constructions in the languages of Africa. Studies in African Linguistics 40 (1–2): 1409.Google Scholar
Anderson, Gregory D. S.. 2012. S/TAM/P morphs (portmanteau subject/TAM/polarity morphs) in Niger-Congo languages. Paper presented at the First International Congress, Paris, September 18–21.Google Scholar
Anderson, W. G. 1897. An introductory grammar of the Sena language. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Androutsopoulos, J. 2011. Language change and digital media: A review of conceptions and evidence. In Kristiansen, T. & Coupland, N. (eds.), Standard languages and language standards in a changing Europe, 145159. Oslo: Novus Press.Google Scholar
Anonby, Erik J. 2010. A grammar of Mambay. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.Google Scholar
Ansaldo, Umberto. 2004. The correlation between Exceed comparatives and verby languages. Paper presented at the 11th Conference of the South East Asian Linguistic Society, Arizona State University.Google Scholar
Ansaldo, Umberto. 2010. Surpass comparatives in Sinitic and beyond: Typology and grammaticalization. Linguistics 48 (4): 919950.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Antia, B. 2000. Terminology and language planning: An alternative framework of discourse and practice. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Antia, B.. 2017. University multilingualism: Modelling rationales for language policies. In Kaschula, R. H., Maseko, P., & Wolff, H. E. (eds.), Multilingualism and intercultural communication: A South African perspective, 157181. Johannesburg: Wits University Press.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 1984. Possessive pronoun suffixes in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages. In Labahn, Thomas (ed.), Proceedings of the 2nd International Congress of Somali Studies, vol. 1: Linguistics and literature, 115133. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 1986. Agaw, Cushitic and Afroasiatic: The personal pronoun revisited. Journal of Semitic Studies 31 (2): 195236.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 1989. The relative verb in focus constructions: An Ethiopian areal feature. Journal of Semitic Studies 34 (2): 291305.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 1990. Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages. African Languages and Cultures 3 (1): 1531.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 1999. Afroasiatic and the Nostratic hypothesis. In Renfrew, Colin & Nettle, Daniel (eds.), Nostratic: Examining a linguistic macrofamily, 289314. Cambridge: McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2001. The verb ‘to say’ as a verb recycling device in Ethiopian languages. In Zaborski, Andrzej (ed.), New data and new methods in Afroasiatic linguistics: Robert Hetzron in memoriam, 111. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2003. Agäw languages. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 1 A–C, 139142. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2004. Some thoughts on the origin of the Amharic object marker -ን, -[ǝ]n. In Böll, Verena, Nosnitsin, Denis, Rave, Thomas, Smidt, Wolbert, & Sokolinskaia, Evgenia (eds.), Studia Aethiopica in honor of Siegbert Uhlig on the occasion of his 65th birthday, 291301. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2006a. A comparative dictionary of the Agaw languages. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2006b. Cushitic languages. In Brown, Keith (ed.), Encyclopedia of languages and linguistics, vol. 3, 332336. Oxford: Elsevier.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2011. Semitic-Cushitic/Omotic relations. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 3853. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Appleyard, David. 2012. Cushitic. In Edzard, Lutz (ed.), Semitic and Afroasiatic: Challenges and opportunities, 199295. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Appleyard, J. W. 1850. The Kafir language: Comprising a sketch of its history: Remarks upon its nature and a grammar. London: J. Mason.Google Scholar
Aranzadi, I. X. 1962. En el bosque fang. Barcelona: np.Google Scholar
Araújo, Gabriel Antunes de, & Agostinho, Ana Lívia. 2010. Padronização das línguas nacionais de São Tomé e Príncipe. Língua e Instrumentos Linguísticos 26: 4981.Google Scholar
Araújo, Gabriel Antunes de, & Hagemeijer, Tjerk. 2013. Dicionário livre do Santome-Português. São Paulo: Hedra.Google Scholar
Archbell, W. 1837. A grammar of the Bechuana language. Grahamstown: Meurant & Godlonton.Google Scholar
Ardener, Edwin. 1956. Coastal Bantu of the Cameroons: The Kpe-Mboko, Duala-Limba and Tanga-Yasa groups of the British and French trusteeship territories of the Cameroons. London: International African Institute.Google Scholar
Arnott, David W. 1970. The nominal and verbal systems of Fula. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Asfaha, Yonas M., & Juffermans, Kasper (eds.). 2014. African literacies. Cambridge: Cambridge Scholars.Google Scholar
Tesfaye, Ashenafi & Wedekind, Klaus. 1994. Aspects of Omotic tonogenesis: Shinasha. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 27 (2): 119.Google Scholar
Ashton, Ethel O. 1944. Kiswahili grammar, including intonation. London: Longmans.Google Scholar
Ashton, E. O., Mulira, E. M. K., Ndawula, E.G.M., & Tucker, A. N.. 1954. A Luganda grammar. London: Longmans, Green.Google Scholar
Askew, Kelly. 2002. Performing the nation: Swahili music and cultural politics in Tanzania. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Declaration, Asmara. 2000. The Asmara Declaration on African Languages and Literature. Adopted at Against All Odds: African Languages and Literatures into the 21st Century, Asmara, Eritrea, January 11–17. http://luganda.canadianwebs.com/ASMARA.pdf.Google Scholar
Auer, Peter. 1984. Bilingual conversation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Auer, Peter. 2007. The monolingual bias in bilingualism research; or, Why bilingual talk is (still) a challenge for linguistics. In Heller, Monika (ed.), Bilingualism: A social approach, 319339. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Avelar, Juanito. 2015. Sobre a emergência das construções de tópico-sujeito no português brasileiro: mudança desencadeada por contato? In Avelar, Juanito & Álvarez-López, Laura (eds.), Dinâmicas Afro-Latinas Língua (s) e História (s), 127148. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Avelar, Juanito, Cyrino, Sônia, & Galves, Charlotte. 2009. Inversion and agreement patterns: parallelisms between Brazilian Portuguese and Bantu languages. In Petter, Margarida & Mendes, Ronald Beline (eds.), Proceedings of the Special World Congress of African Linguistics: Exploring the African language connection in the Americas, 207222. São Paulo: Humanitas.Google Scholar
Awad, Louis. 1947. Plutoland, wa qasa'id min shir al-xassa [Plutoland and poems from the elite]. Cairo: al-hay'a 'al misriya al-'amma li-lkitab.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb. 1980. Mugaddimah fi figh al-lughah al-'arabiya [Prolegomenon to the foundations of the Arabic language]. Cairo: Sina li-al-nashr.Google Scholar
Awagana, Ari. 2011. L'invention d'une écriture: l'alphabet gobiri du hausa au Niger. Leipzig: Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität Leipzig.Google Scholar
Awagana, Ari, & Ekkehard Wolff, H., with Löhr, Doris. 2009. Loanwords in Hausa, a Chadic language in West Africa. In Haspelmath, Martin & Tadmor, Uri (eds.), Loanwords in the world's languages: A comparative handbook, 142165. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Awak, M. K. 1990. Historical background, with special reference to Western Africa. In Hartmann, R. R. K. (ed.), Lexicography in Africa, 818. Exeter: University of Exeter Press.Google Scholar
Awolaye, Y. 1986. Reflexivization in Kwa languages. In Dimmendal, Gerrit J. D. (ed.), Current approaches to African linguistics, vol. 3, 114. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Aymemí, A. 1942. Los bubis de Fernando Poo. Madrid: Dirección General de Marruecos y Colonias.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb. 2001a. Ideophones and compound verbs in Wolaitta revisited. In Amberber, Mengistu, Baker, Brett, & Harvey, Mark (eds.), Complex predicates: Cross-linguistic perspectives on event structure, 259290. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb. 2001b. The Maale language. Leiden: CNWS.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb. 2009. Wolaitta. In Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (ed.), Coding participant marking: Construction types in twelve African languages, 355384. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb. 2012. Omotic languages. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 423504. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb. 2017. The Omotic language family. In Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. & Dixon, R. M. W (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic typology, 815854. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Amha, Azeb & Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2006. Converbs in an African perspective. In Ameka, Felix K., Dench, Alan, & Evans, Nicholas (eds.), Catching language: The standing challenge of grammar writing, 393440. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Baalbaki, Ramzi. 2008. The legacy of the Kitab: Sibawayhi's analytical methods within the context of the arabic grammatical theory. Studies in Semitic Languages & Linguistics 51. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Baccouche, Taieb. 1966. La terminologie des mécaniciens, spécimen de contacts linguistiques. Revue Tunisienne des Sciences Sociales 8: 151164.Google Scholar
Bachmann, A. 1989. Zum fortis/lenis Konstrast in den Nordwestlichen Bantu Sprachen. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 19: 2331.Google Scholar
Badenhorst, J., van Heerden, C., Davel, M., & Barnard, E.. 2011. Collecting and evaluating speech recognition corpora for 11 South African languages. Language Resources and Evaluation 45 (3): 289309.Google Scholar
Bagwasi, Mompoloki Mmangaka. 2012. The effect of gender and age in Setswana greetings. Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies 30 (1): 93100.Google Scholar
Bahuchet, S. 1989. Les Pygmées Aka et Baka (Contribution de l'ethnolinguistique à l’étude des populations forestières d'Afrique centrale). Doctoral dissertation, Université René Descartes (Paris V).Google Scholar
Baker, H. A. 1984. Blues, ideology and African American literature: A vernacular theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Bakker, Peter, Daval-Markussen, Aymeric, Parkvall, Mikael, & Plag, Ingo. 2011. Creoles are typologically distinct from noncreoles. Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 26 (1): 542.Google Scholar
Bakume Nkongho Ojong, Magdaline. 2012. Proto-reconstructions of the Nyang languages. Doctoral dissertation, University of Yaoundé 1, Cameroon.Google Scholar
Ball, Martin (ed.). 2010. The Routledge handbook of sociolinguistics around the world. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Bamgbose, Ayo. 1987. When is language planning not planning? Journal of West African Languages 7 (1): 614.Google Scholar
Bamgbose, Ayo. 1991. Language and the nation: The language question in sub-Saharan Africa. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.Google Scholar
Bamgbose, Ayo. 2000. Language and exclusion: The consequences of language policies in Africa. Münster: Lit Verlag.Google Scholar
Bamgbose, Ayo. 2014. The language factor in development goals. In Mcllwraith, H. (ed.), Language rich Africa policy dialogue. The Cape Town Language and Development Conference: Looking beyond 2015, 98105. London: British Council.Google Scholar
Banda, Felix. 1995. The ‘meaning-to-grammar hypothesis’ of Zambian English: Implications for classroom language instruction in multilingual context. Doctoral thesis, Free University Brussels.Google Scholar
Banda, Felix. 1996. In search of the lost tongue: Prospects for mother-tongue education in Zambia. Language, Culture and Curriculum 9 (2): 109119.Google Scholar
Banda, Felix. 2009. Accounting for the notion of multilingualism in Africa. Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics Plus 38: 117.Google Scholar
Banda, Felix, & Kirunda, Rebecca F.. 2005. Factors affecting the initial literacy development of urban and rural learners in the Iganga district, Uganda. Per Linguam 21 (2): 123.Google Scholar
Banda, Felix, & Kunkuyani, Thokozani E.. 2015. Renegotiating cultural practices as result of HIV in the eastern region of Malawi. Culture, Health and Sexuality 17 (1): 3447.Google Scholar
Banks, A. 2011. Digital griots: African American rhetoric in a multimedia age. Carbondale: Southern Illinois Press.Google Scholar
Banti, Giorgio. 1987. Evidence for a second type of suffix conjugation in Cushitic. In Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Müller, Walter W. (eds.), Proceedings of the 4th International Hamito-Semitic Congress, Marburg, 20–22 September 1983, 123168. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Banti, Giorgio. 2004a. Comparative notes on the Cushitic imperative. In Burtea, Bogdan, Tropper, Josef, & Younansardaroud, Helen (eds.), Studia semitica at semitohamitica: Festschrift für Rainer M. Voigt anläßlich seines 60. Geburtstages am 17. Januar 2004, 5591. Münster: Ugarit.Google Scholar
Banti, Giorgio. 2004b. New perspectives on the Cushitic verbal system. In Simpson, Andrew (ed.), Proceedings of the twenty-seventh annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society (March 22–25, 2001): Special session on Afroasiatic languages, 148. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Banti, Giorgio. 2007. Remarks on the typology of converbs and their functional equivalents in East Cushitic. Frankfurter Afrikanistische Blätter 19: 3180.Google Scholar
Banti, Giorgio, & Vergari, Moreno. 2005. A sketch of Saho grammar. Journal of Eritrean Studies 4: 100131.Google Scholar
Banti, Giorgio, & Vergari, Moreno 2013. The Saho of Eritrea and the documentation of their language and cultural heritage. Current trends in Eritrean studies. Annali, Dipartimento Asia, Africa e Mediterraneo, Sezione Orientale 70: 83108.Google Scholar
Barasa, S. N. 2010. Language, mobile phones and internet: A study of SMS texting, email, IM and SNS chat in computer mediated communication (CMC) in Kenya. Doctoral dissertation, University of Leiden.Google Scholar
Barbieri, Chiara, Whitten, Mark, Beyer, Klaus, Schreiber, Henning, Li, Mingkun, & Pakendorf, Brigitte. 2012. Contrasting maternal and paternal histories in the linguistic context of Burkina Faso. Molecular Biology and Evolution 29 (4): 12131223.Google Scholar
Bargery, G. P. 1934. A Hausa-English dictionary and English-Hausa vocabulary. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Barnes, Lawrie, & McDuling, Allistair. 1995. The future of Portuguese in South Africa: Maintenance and shift factors. Language Matters 26 (1): 147162.Google Scholar
Baron, B. 2008. Always on: Language in an online and mobile world. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Barrena, Natalio. 1957. Gramática annobonesa. Madrid: Consejo de Investigaciones Científicas.Google Scholar
Barrena, Natalio. 1965. La isla de Annobón. Barcelona: Instituto Claretiano de Africanistas.Google Scholar
Barreteau, Daniel. 1987. Du vocalisme en tchadique. In Barreteau, Daniel (ed.), Langues et cultures dans le bassin du Lac Tchad, 161191. Paris: ORSTOM.Google Scholar
Barreteau, Daniel. 1995. Vowel and tonal variations within the consonantal framework of the verbal stem in central Chadic languages. In Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Leger, Rudolf, with the assistance of Gerald Schmitt (eds.), Studia Chadica et Hamitosemitica: Akten des Internationalen Symposions zur Tschadsprachenforschung, 197228. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Bassene, Mamadou, & Safir, Ken. 2017. Theory and description: Understanding the syntax of Eegimaa verb stem morphology. In Kandybowicz, J. & Torrence, H. (eds.), Africa's Endangered Languages, 267296. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Bassène, Alain-Christian, & Creissels, Denis. 2011. Impersonal constructions: A cross linguistic perspective. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Basset, André. 1952. La langue berbère. The Handbook of African Languages, Part I. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Basset, René. 1891. Notice sur les dialectes berbères des Harakta et du Djerid tunisien. London: 9e Congrès International des Orientalistes.Google Scholar
Bassong, P. R. 2013. Information structure and the Basa'a left peripheral syntax. Doctoral dissertation, University of Yaoundé 1, Cameroon.Google Scholar
Bastin, Yvonne. 1983. La finale -IDE et l'imbrication en bantou. Tervuren: Musée Royale de l'Afrique Centrale.Google Scholar
Bastin, Yvonne, Coupez, André, Mumba, Evariste, & Schadebergs, Thilo C. (eds.). 2002. Bantu lexical reconstructions 3 / Reconstructions lexicales bantoues 3. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l'Afrique Central. http://linguistics.africamuseum.be/BLR3.html.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M. 1985. Le Kesukuma (Langue Bantu de Tanzanie). Phonologie et Morphologie. Paris: Editions Recherche sur les Civilisations, Cahier 17.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 1992. The fate of ethnic languages in Tanzania. In Brenzinger, M. (ed.), Language death: Factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, 8598. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 1996. Loanword clusters nativization rules in Setswana and Kiswahili: A comparative study. South African Journal of African Languages 16 (2): 3341.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 2002. The evolution of the Swahili syllable structure. South African Journal of African languages 22 (1): 110.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 2005. Language decline and death in Africa: Causes, consequences and challenges. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 2010a. A comparative study of Kiswahili and Setswana syllable structures. In Matondo, M. (ed.), Studies in Bantu linguistics and languages: Papers in memory of professor Rugatiri Mekacha, 5773. Bayreuth: Bayreuth African Studies.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 2010b. Integration and identity among Khoesan speakers of Botswana. In Brenziger, Matthias & König, Christa (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics, 284295. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 2015a. Patterns of identity loss in trans-cultural contact situations between Bantu and Khoesan groups, in Western Botswana. Journal of Studies in Literature and Language 11 (1): 16.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M.. 2015b. The prevalence of cultural diversity in a multilingual situation: The case of age and gender dimensions in the Shisukuma and Kiswahili greeting rituals. Journal of Multicultural Discourses 10 (1): 100111.Google Scholar
Batibo, Herman M., & Rottland, Franz. 2001. The adoption of Datooga loanwords in Sukuma and its historical implications. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 16/17: 950.Google Scholar
Battestini, S. 1997. Ecriture et Texte: Contribution Africaine. Québec and Ottawa: Les Presses de l'Université Laval. Paris: Présence Africaine.Google Scholar
Baudouin de Courtenay, J. 1881. Nekotorye otdely ‘sravnitel'noj grammatiki’ slavjanskix jayzkov. Russkij filologičeskij vestnik 5: 265344.Google Scholar
Bauer, Laurie, & Warren, Paul. 2004. New Zealand English: Phonology. In Kortmann, B., Schneider, E. W., Burridge, K., Mesthrie, R., & Upton, C. (eds.), A handbook of varieties of English, vol. 1: Phonology, 580602. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Baumann, R. 1977. Verbal art as performance. Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland.Google Scholar
Baumann, R., & Sherzer, J. (eds.). 1989. Explorations in the ethnography of speaking. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bavin, Edith, & Noonan, Michael. 1979. Vowel harmony in Lango. Proceedings of the Chicago Linguistic Society 5: 2029.Google Scholar
Baxter, A. 1992. A contribuição das comunidades afro-=brasileiras isoladas para o debate sobre a crioulização prévia: um exemplo do Estado da Bahia. In D'Andrade, E. & Khim, A. (eds.), Actas do Colóquio sobre Crioulos de Base Lexical Portuguesa, 736. Lisbon: Colibri.Google Scholar
Yimam, Baye. 1999. Root extension and root reduction in Amharic. Ethiopian Journal of Language and Literature 9: 5688.Google Scholar
Beach, Douglas M. 1938. The phonetics of the Hottentot language. Cambridge: Heffer & Sons.Google Scholar
Becher, Jutta. 2000. Verbalextensionen in den Atlantischen Sprachen. Hamburger Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 1: 136.Google Scholar
Beck, Rose Marie. 2010. Urban languages in Africa. Africa Spectrum 45 (3): 1141.Google Scholar
Beck, Rose Marie. 2015. Sheng. An urban variety of Swahili in Kenya. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 5179. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Becker, D. 1984. The Risäla of Judah ben Q!uraysh: A critical edition. Texts and studies in the Hebrew language and related subjects, 7. Tel-Aviv: Tel-Aviv University, Chaim Rosenberg School for Jewish Studies.Google Scholar
Debela, Bedilu Wakjira. 2010. Morphology and verb construction types of Kistaniniya. Trondheim: NTNU.Google Scholar
Beeckmans, Luce. 2016. A toponymy of segregation: The ‘neutral zones’ of Dakar, Dar es Salaam and Kinshasa. In Bigon, Liora (ed.), Place names in Africa: Colonial urban legacies, entangled histories, 105122. Cham, Switzerland: Springer.Google Scholar
Behnstedt, Peter, & Woidich, Manfred. 2013. Dialectology. In Owens, Jonathan (ed.), The Oxford handbook of Arabic linguistics, 300325. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Bekker, Ian. 2009. The vowels of South African English. Doctoral thesis, North-West University.Google Scholar
Bell, A. 1983. Language style as audience design. Language in Society 13: 145204.Google Scholar
Bell, A.. 2001. Back in style: Reworking audience design. In Eckert, P. & Rickford, J. R. (eds.), Style and sociolinguistic variation, 139169. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bellman, Beryl. 1986. Language of secrecy: Symbols and metaphors in Poro ritual. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.Google Scholar
Belt, Lianne. 2010. How linguistic features and social arrangements can interrelate: The position of Swahili and its speakers in Bujumbura. In de Bruijn, Mirjam & Merolla, Daniela (eds.), Researching Africa: Explorations of everyday African encounters, 7688. Leiden: African Studies Centre.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel (ed.). 1976. The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia. East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1975. The Ethiopian Nilo-Saharans. Addis Ababa: Artistic Printers.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1983a. Proto-Koman phonology and lexicon. Afrika und Übersee 66 (2): 259297.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1983b. The origin of Amharic. Journal of the Institute of Language Studies 1: 4150.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1986. Asymmetrical case correspondences in Ethio-Semitic. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 7: 127135.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1994a. Comparative Komuz grammar. Afrika und Übersee 77 (1): 3154.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1994b. The mystery languages of Ethiopia. In Marcus, Harold C. & Hudson, Grover (eds.), New trends in Ethiopian studies. Papers of the 12th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Michigan State University, 5–10 September 1994, vol. 1: Humanities and human resources, 11531173. Lawrenceville, NY: Red Sea Press.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1996. Kunama. Munich: LINCOM.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 1997. The Nilo-Saharan languages: A comparative essay. 2nd ed. Munich: LINCOM.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 2003. Northeast Africa: A case study in genetic and areal linguistics. Annual Publication of African Linguistics 1: 2145.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 2007. Topics in Omotic morphology. In Kaye, Alan S. (ed.), Morphologies of Asia and Africa, vol. 1, 729751. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel. 2010. Omotic. In Uhlig, Siegbert & Bausi, Allessando (eds.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 4 O–X, 2126. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Bender, M. Lionel, Bowen, J. Donald, Cooper, Robert L., & Ferguson, Charles A. (eds.). 1976. Language in Ethiopia. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Bendor-Samuel, J. T. (ed.). 1989. The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa's largest language family. Lanham MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Benkato, Adam, & Pereira, Christophe. 2016. An annotated bibliography of Arabic and Berber in Libya. Libyan Studies 47: 149165. www.cambridge.org/core/journals/libyan-studies/article/div-classtitlean-annotated-bibliography-of-arabic-and-berber-in-libyadiv/DE76BB8D3F9BFB6E7A6D8E5ECB479EB4/core-reader.Google Scholar
Bennie, J. 1826. Systematic vocabulary of the Kaffrarian language in two parts; to which is prefixed an introduction to Kaffrarian grammar. Lovedale: Glasgow Mission Press.Google Scholar
Benoist, J.-P. 1969. Grammaire gouro (groupe mandé – Côte d'Ivoire). Lyon: Afrique et Langage 3.Google Scholar
Benson, C., Heugh, K., Bogale, B., & Gebre Yohannes, M. A.. 2012. Multilingual education in Ethiopian primary schools. In Skutnabb-Kangas, T. & Heugh, K. (eds.), Multilingual education and sustainable development work: From periphery to center, 3261. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Bentolila, Fernand. 1981. Grammaire fonctionnelle d'un parler berbère: Aït Seghrouchen d'Oum Jeniba (Maroc). Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Bergenholtz, H., & Gouws, R. H.. 2006. How to do language policy with dictionaries. Lexikos 16: 1345.Google Scholar
Berliner, David. 2014. On exonostalgia. Anthropological Theory 14 (4): 373386.Google Scholar
Berliner, David. Forthcoming. Can anything become heritage? In Meyer, Birgit & van de Port, Mattijs (eds.), Sense and essence: Heritage and the cultural production of the real. New York: Berghahn Books.Google Scholar
Bernal, Sergio O. Valdés. 2009. Exploring the African language connections in the Americas: The case of Cuban Spanish. In Petter, Margarida & Mendes, Ronald Beline (eds.), Proceedings of the Special World Congress of African Linguistics: Exploring the African language connection in the Americas, 5770. São Paulo: Humanitas.Google Scholar
Berns, Janine. 2014. A typological sketch of affricates. Linguistic Typology 18 (3): 369411.Google Scholar
Besacier, L., Barnard, E., Karpov, A., & Schultz, T.. 2014. Automatic speech recognition for under-resourced languages: A survey. Speech Communication 56: 85100.Google Scholar
Beurmann, Moritz von. 1868. Vocabulary of the Tigre language, published with a grammatical sketch by Adalbert Merx. London: Truebner & comp.Google Scholar
Beyer, Klaus. 2010. Language contact and change: A look at social factors in an African rural environment. Journal of Language Contact 3: 131152.Google Scholar
Beyer, Klaus, & Kramer, Raija (eds.). 2017. Language change under multilingual conditions, Frankfurter Afrikanistische Blätter 24 (2012). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Beyer, Klaus, & Schreiber, Henning. 2013. Intermingling speech groups: Morphosyntactic outcomes of language contact in a linguistic area of Burkina Faso (West Africa). In Léglise, Isabelle & Chamoreau, Claudia (eds.), The interplay of variation and change in contact settings – Morphosyntactic studies, 107134. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Bickerton, Derek. 1981. Roots of language. Ann Arbor, MI: Karoma.Google Scholar
Bickerton, Derek. 1984. The language bioprogram hypothesis. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 7: 173221.Google Scholar
Billig, Michael. 1999. Whose terms? Whose ordinariness? Rhetoric and ideology in conversation analysis. Discourse & Society 10 (4): 543558.Google Scholar
Billings, Sabrina. 2013. Language, globalization and the making of a Tanzanian beauty queen. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biloa, Edmond. 1995. Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki. Lincom Studies in African Linguistics no. 2. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Biloa, Edmond. 1998. Syntaxe Générative: La théorie des principes et des paramètres. Collection Linguistique. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Biloa, Edmond. 2004. Cours de linguistique contemporaine. Lincom coursebooks in Linguistics 09. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Biloa, Edmond. 2005. Grammaire générative. La théorie minimaliste de Noam Chomsky. Yaoundé: Cameroon University Press (CAMUP).Google Scholar
Biloa, Edmond, & Echu, George. 2008. Cameroon: Official bilingualism in a multilingual state. In Simpson, Andrew (ed.), Language and national identity in Africa, 199213. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Bing, N. 2015. Kenya decides: Kiswahili, social media and politics in Kenya's 2013 general elections. Journal of African Media Studies 7 (2): 165183.Google Scholar
Binyam, Sisay. 2006. Some nominal specifiers in Koorete. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Proceedings of the 15th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Hamburg July 20–25, 2003, 727736. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Bisang, Walter. 2006. Linguistic areas, language contact and typology: Some implications from the case of Ethiopia as a linguistic area. In Matras, Yaron, McMahon, April, & Vincent, Nigel (eds.), Linguistic areas: Convergence in historical and typological perspective, 7599. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Bischoff, Shannon, & Jany, Carmen (eds.). 2018. Insights from practices in community-based research: From theory to practice around the globe. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Bitjaa Kody, Z. D. 2004. La dynamique des langues camerounaises en contact avec le français: approche macrosociolinguistique. Thèse de Doctorat d'Etat, Université de Yaoundé I.Google Scholar
Blacking, John. 1969. Songs, dances, mimes and symbolism of Venda girls’ initiation schools. African Studies 28 (1): 336.Google Scholar
Blackings, Mairi, & Fabb, Nigel. 2003. A grammar of Ma'di. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Blackledge, Adrian, & Creese, Angela. 2010. Multilingualism: A critical perspective. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
Blackledge, Adrian, & Creese, Angela 2014. Heteroglossia as practice and pedagogy. In Blackledge, Adrian & Creese, Angela (eds.), Heteroglossia as practice and pedagogy, 120. New York: Springer.Google Scholar
Blanc, Louis R. 1906. Deux contes marocains en dialecte de Tanger. Archives Marocaines. Publication de la Mission Scientifique du Maroc. Paris: Ernst Leroux.Google Scholar
Blanchon, Jean A. 1991. Le pounou (B43), le mpongwè (B11a) et l'hypothèse fortis/lenis. Pholia 6: 4983.Google Scholar
Blasi, Damián E., Wichmann, Soeren, Hammarström, Harald, Stadler, Peter F., & Christiansen, Morten H.. 2016. Sound-meaning association biases evidenced across thousands of languages. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113: 1081810823. doi:1.0073/pnas.0709640104.Google Scholar
Blažek, Václav. 2007. Semitic prepositions and their Afroasiatic cognates. In Voigt, Rainer M. (ed.), From beyond the Mediterranean – Akten des 7. Internationalen Semitohamitistenkongresses (VII. ISHaK), Berlin 13. bis 15. September 2004, 2342. Aachen: Shaker.Google Scholar
Bleek, Dorothea F. 1927. The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa. In Boas, Franz, Dempwolff, Otto Heinrich, & Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio (eds.), Festschrift Meinhof, 5564. Glückstadt: J. J. Augustin.Google Scholar
Bleek, Dorothea F.. 1928–1930. Bushman grammar: A grammatical sketch of the language of the /xam-ka-!e. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen 19: 8198, 20: 161174.Google Scholar
Bleek, Dorothea F.. 1929. Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. https://archive.org/stream/bushmandictionar00blee/bushmandictionar00blee_djvu.txt.Google Scholar
Bleek, W. H. I. 1856. The languages of Mozambique. London: Harrison and Sons.Google Scholar
Bleek, W. H. I.. 1862. A comparative grammar of South African languages: Part 1. Phonology. London: Trübner.Google Scholar
Bleek, W. H. I.. 1869. A comparative grammar of South African languages: Part 2. The concord. London: Trübner.Google Scholar
Blench, Roger M. 2001. Plural verb morphology in Fobur Izere. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Blench, Roger M.. 2005. Plural verb morphology in Eastern Berom. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Blench, Roger M.. 2006. Archaeology, language, and the African past. Lanham, MD: AltaMira.Google Scholar
Blench, Roger M.. 2007. Endangered languages in West Africa. In Brenzinger, Matthias (ed.), Language diversity endangered (Mouton Reader), 140162. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Blench, Roger M.. Forthcoming. African language isolates. In Campbell, Lyle, Smith, Alex, & Dougherty, Thomas (eds.), Language isolates. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Blench, Roger M., & Longtau, Selbut R.. 2016. Tarok young people's speech. Sociolinguistic Studies 10 (1–2): 219234.Google Scholar
Blom, Jan-Petter, & Gumperz, John J.. 1972. Social meaning in linguistic structures: Code-switching in Norway. In Gumperz, John & Hymes, Dell (eds.), Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication, 407434. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan. 1992. Codeswitching and the exclusivity of social identities: Some data from Campus Kiswahili. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 13 (1/2): 5770.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan. 2006. Writing as a problem: African grassroots writing, economies of literacy, and globalization. Language in Society 33 (5): 643671.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan. 2008. Artefactual ideologies and the textual production of African Languages. Language & Communication 28 (4): 291307.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan. 2010. The sociolinguistics of globalization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan. 2013. Ethnography, superdiversity and linguistic landscapes: Chronicles of complexity. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan, & Backus, Ad. 2011. Repertoires revisited: ‘Knowing language’ in superdiversity. Working Papers in Urban Language and Literacies 67: 126.Google Scholar
Blommaert, Jan, & Rampton, Ben. 2011. Language and superdiversity. Diversities 13 (2): 122.Google Scholar
Boddy, Janice. 1989. Wombs and alien spirits: Women, men and the Zar cult in northern Sudan. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.Google Scholar
Boddy, Janice. 1994. Spirit possession revisited: Beyond instrumentality. Annual Review of Anthropology 23: 407434.Google Scholar
Bodomo, Adams, Anderson, Jemima, & Dzahene-Quarshie, Josephine. 2009. A kente of many colours: Multilingualism as a complex ecology of language shift in Ghana. Sociolinguistic Studies 3 (3): 357379.Google Scholar
Bohnhoff, Lee Edward. 2010. A description of Dii: Phonology, grammar, and discourse. Ngaoundéré, Cameroon: Dii Literature Team.Google Scholar
Bohnhoff, Lee Edward, & Boyd, Raymond. 2003. Les marqueurs de proposition en langage dii (yag dii). Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 24: 129.Google Scholar
Bokamba, Eyamba G. 1989. Are there syntactic constraints on code‐mixing? World Englishes 8 (3): 277292.Google Scholar
Bokamba, Eyamba G.. 1990. African languages and sociolinguistic theories. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 20 (1): 334.Google Scholar
Bokamba, Eyamba G.. 2008. D. R. Congo: Language and ‘authentic nationalism’. In Simpson, A. (ed.), Language & national identity in Africa, 214234. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Bokamba, Eyamba, & Bokamba, Molingo Virginie. 2005. Tosolola Na Lingala: Let's speak lingala. Champaign: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, National African Language Resources Center.Google Scholar
Bokula, F. X. 1966. Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire de la langue bodo. Thesis, Kinshasa Université Lovanium.Google Scholar
Bolaane, M. 2014. San cross-border cultural heritage and identity in Botswana, Namibia and South Africa. African Study Monographs 35 (1): 4164.Google Scholar
Bolaji, Ezekiel Tunde, Adebanjo, Omowunmi Mopelola, & Sanni, Rifqat Opeyemi. 2014. Patterns of codeswitching in mixed Yoruba-English. Journal of Cognitive Science 15 (2): 259286.Google Scholar
Bolekia Boleká, Justo. 1988. Lingüística Bantú a través del Bubi. Salamanca: Ediciones Universidad Salamanca.Google Scholar
Bolekia Boleká, Justo. 1991. Curso de lengua bubi. Malabo: Centro Cultural Hispano-Guineano.Google Scholar
Bomhard, Allan R. 2008. Recent trends in Nostratic comparative linguistics. Bulletin of the Georgian National Academy of Sciences 2 (4): 148163.Google Scholar
Bond, Oliver. 2006. Aspects of Eleme verbal morphosyntax. Doctoral dissertation, University of Manchester.Google Scholar
Bond, Oliver. 2010. Intra-paradigmatic variation in Eleme verbal agreement. Studies in Language 34: 135.Google Scholar
Bonfiglio, Thomas P. 2010. Mother tongues and nations: The invention of the native speaker. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Bonvini, Emilio. 2008. Línguas africanas e português falado no Brasil. In Fiorin, José Luiz & Petter, Margarida (eds.), África no Brasil: a formação da língua portuguesa, 1562. São Paulo: Contexto.Google Scholar
Boogert, Nico van den. 1998. ‘La révélation des énigmes’: lexiques arabo-berbères des XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles. Travaux et documents de l'IREMAM 19, Aix-en-Provence.Google Scholar
Bordal, Guri. 2012. A phonological study of French spoken by multilingual speakers from Bangui, the capital of the Central African Republic. In Gess, Randall, Lyche, Chantal, & Meisenburg, Trudel (eds.), Phonological variation in French: Illustrations from three continents, vol. 11, 2343. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Boretzky, Norbert. 1983. Kreolsprachen, Substrate und Sprachwandel. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Bosch, Sonja E., & Griesel, Marissa. 2013. Language learning in a modern African context: Enhancing the user's experience within an ODL and mobile framework. In Conference proceedings: ICT for Language Learning, 6th ed. https://conference.pixel-online.net/conferences/ICT4LL2013/common/download/Paper_pdf/125-ELE10-FP-Bosch-ICT2013.pdf.Google Scholar
Bosch, Sonja E., & Griesel, Marissa 2017. Strategies for building wordnets for under-resourced languages: The case of African languages. Literator 38 (1): a1351.Google Scholar
Bosch, Sonja E., & Poulos, George. 1996. The categorial status of the possessive in Zulu – a new perspective. South African Journal of Linguistics, Supplement 30: 117.Google Scholar
Bostoen, Koen, & Maniacky, Jacky (eds.). 2005. Studies in African comparative linguistics with special focus on Bantu and Mande. Vol. 169. Tervuren: RMCA.Google Scholar
Bostoen, Koen, & Mundeke, Léon. 2011. The causative/applicative syncretism in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC): Semantic split or phonemic merger. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 32 (2): 179218.Google Scholar
Bostoen, Koen, & Sands, Bonny. 2012. Clicks in south-western Bantu languages: Contact-induced vs. language-internal lexical change. In Brenzinger, Matthias & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Proceedings of the 6th World Congress of African linguistics WOCAL6-Cologne, 129140. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Botha, Rudolf P. 1988. Form and meaning in word formation: A study of Afrikaans reduplication. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Botma, Bert, & Smith, Norval. 2006. A dependency account of the fortis-lenis contrast in Cama. In Weijer, Jeroen van de & Los, Bettelou (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 2006, 1527. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Botne, R. 1994. A Lega and English dictionary with an index to proto-Bantu roots: East African languages and dialects 5, 3. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Boukous, Ahmed. 1989. La dialectologie berbère en Algérie (1830–1962). In Youssi, A., Benahallam, A., Boukous, A., & Dahbi, M. (eds.), Langue et Société au Maghreb. Bilan et Perspectives, 119134. Série Colloques et Séminaires 13. Rabat: Publication de la faculté des Lettres et des Sciences Humaines, Université Mohamed V.Google Scholar
Bouquiaux, Luc. 1970. La langue Birom (Nigeria Septentrional): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe. Paris: Les Belles Lettres.Google Scholar
Bouquiaux, Luc. 1980. L'expansion Bantoue. Actes du Colloque International du CNRS Viviers (France) - 4–16 avril 1977. Vol. 2. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Bouquiaux, Luc, & Thomas, Jacqueline (eds.). 1976. Enquète et description des langues à tradition orale. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Bourquin, W. 1922a. The prefix of the locative in Kafir. Bantu Studies and General South African Anthropology 1–2: 2–3, May.Google Scholar
Bourquin, W.. 1922b. Adverb und adverbiale Umschreibung im Kafir. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen 34.Google Scholar
Boutin, Béatrice A., Gess, R., & Guéye, G. M.. 2012. French in Senegal after three centuries. A phonological study of Wolof speakers’ French. In Gess, R., Lyche, C., & Meisenburg, T. (eds.), Phonological variation in French: Illustrations from three continents, vol. 11, 4571. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Bow, Catherine. 1999. The vowel system of Mokolo. Master's thesis, University of Melbourne.Google Scholar
Bowerman, Sean. 2008. White South African English: Phonology. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Varieties of English, vol. 4: Africa, South and Southeast Asia, 164176. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Boyce, W. B. 1834. Grammar of the Kafir language. Grahamstown: Wesleyan Mission Press.Google Scholar
Boyd, J. 2001. Distance learning from Purdah in nineteenth-century northern Nigeria: The work of Asma'u Fodiyo. Journal of African Cultural Studies 14 (1): 722.Google Scholar
Boyd, Raymond. 1989. Adamawa-Ubangi. In Bendor-Samuel, J. T. (ed.), The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa's largest language family, 178215. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Boyd, Raymond. 1995. Le zande. In Boyd, R. (ed.), Le système verbal dans les langues oubangiennes, 165197. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Boyd, Virginia Lee. 1997. A phonology and grammar of Mbodomo. Master's thesis, University of Texas at Arlington.Google Scholar
Boyeldieu, Pascal. 1985. La langue lua (‘Niellim’). Groupe Boua – Moyen-Chari, Tchad. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Boyeldieu, Pascal. 2000. Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Boyeldieu, Pascal. 2007. Compound verbs and modalities of process in Yulu (Central Sudanic). In Reh, Mechthild & Payne, Doris L. (eds.), Advances in Nilo-Saharan linguistics, 2539. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Boyeldieu, Pascal. 2009. Le quatrième ton du yulu. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 30: 193230.Google Scholar
Boyeldieu, Pascal. 2015. Case alignment(s) in Sinyar. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), Nilo-Saharan – Models and descriptions, 2136. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Boyeldieu, Pascal, & Nougayrol, P.. 2004. Les marques personnelles des langues SBB: traits systématiques et perspectives historiques. In Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Segerer, Guillaume (eds.), Systèmes de marques personnelles en Afrique (Afrique et Language 8), 2342. Louvain-Paris: Peeters.Google Scholar
Bradley, David. Nd. Revised Omiti phonology with orthography recommendations. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Brahm, Felix, & Jones, Adam. 2009. Afrikanistik. In Hehl, Ulrich von, John, Uwe, & Rudersdorf, Manfred (eds.), Geschichte der Universität Leipzig 1409–2009, vol. 4, 1, 295324. Leipzig: Leipziger Universitätsverlag.Google Scholar
Braukämper, Ulrich. 2002. Islamic history and culture in Southern Ethiopia: Collected essays. Münster: LIT.Google Scholar
Breeze, Mary. 1988. Phonological features of Gimira and Dizi. In Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Serzisko, Fritz (eds.), Cushitic-Omotic: Papers from the International Symposium on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Cologne, January 6–9, 1986, 475487. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Bremer, Nate. D. 2015. Berta and the East Jebel subfamily: Reinvestigating a Nilo-Saharan isolate. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), Nilo-Saharan: Models and descriptions, 311355. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Brenzinger, Matthias (ed.). 1992. Language death: Factual theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa. Contributions to the sociology of language 64. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Brenzinger, Matthias. 2013. The twelve modern Khoisan languages. In Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena & Ernszt, Martina (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics: Proceedings of the 3rd International Symposium, July 6–10, 2008, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal, 131. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Bresnan, Joan. 1990. African languages and syntactic theory. In Bokamba, Eyamba G., Treece, Rick, & Evans, Dorothy G. (eds.), The contribution of African linguistics to linguistic theory, 3548. Urbana-Champaign: Department of Linguistics, University of Illinois.Google Scholar
Bresnan, Joan, & Mchombo, Sam A.. 1987. Topic, pronoun, and agreement in Chichewa. Language 63 (4): 741782.Google Scholar
Bresnan, Joan, & Moshi, Lioba. 1990. Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax. Linguistic Inquiry 21: 147185.Google Scholar
Briggs, Charles L., & Bauman, Richard. 1992. Genre, intertextuality, and social power. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 2 (2): 131172.Google Scholar
Brindle, Jonathan. 2015. Why is Chakali still spoken? Afrikanistik und Ägyptologie Online. www.afrikanistik-aegyptologie-online.de/.Google Scholar
Brindle, Jonathan, Dakubu, Mary Esther Kropp, & Kambon, Qbádélé. 2015. Kiliji, an unrecorded spiritual language of eastern Ghana. Journal of West African Languages 42 (1): 6588.Google Scholar
Brockelmann, Carl. 1913. Grundriß der vergleichenden Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen. Berlin: Reuther & Reichard.Google Scholar
Brock-Utne, Birgit. 2014. Language as a contributor to post-MDG development perspectives in Africa. In Mcllwraith, H. (ed.), Language rich Africa policy dialogue: The Cape Town Language and Development Conference: Looking beyond 2015, 114121. London: British Council.Google Scholar
Brock-Utne, Birgit, & Holmarsdottir, Halla B.. 2004. Language policies and practices in Tanzania and South Africa: Problems and challenges. International Journal of Educational Development 24 (1): 6783.Google Scholar
Bromber, Katrin, & Smieja, Birgit (eds.). 2004. Globalisation and African languages: Risks and benefits. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Bross, Michael. 1988. Materialien zur Sprache der Ndam von Dik (Rép. Tchad): Untersuchungen zur Phonologie und Morphologie. Marburg: Universität zu Marburg (Magisterarbeit).Google Scholar
Brown, Ian. 2016. The School of Oriental and African Studies: Imperial training and the expansion of learning. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Brumann, Christoph, & Berliner, David. 2016. Introduction: UNESCO world heritage – Grounded? In Brumann, Christoph & Berliner, David (eds.), World heritage on the ground: Ethnographic perspectives (EASA series 28), 134. New York: Berghahn.Google Scholar
Bryan, Margaret A. 1959. The Bantu languages of Africa. Handbook of African Languages. London: Oxford University Press for the International African Institute.Google Scholar
Bryant, J. C. 1849. The Zulu language. Journal of the American Oriental Society 1: 383396.Google Scholar
Bulakh, Maria. 2012a. Word order in epigraphic Gǝʿǝz. Aethiopica 16: 136175.Google Scholar
Bulakh, Maria. 2012b. Negative markers *ʔay-, *ʔi- and *ʔal- in Ethio-Semitic. Babel und Bibel 6: 385420.Google Scholar
Bulakh, Maria, Kogan, Leonid, & Romanova, Olga (eds.). 2013. Jazyki mira: Semitskie jazyki. Èfiosemitskie jazyki [Languages of the world: Semitic languages. Ethiosemitic languages]. Moscow: Nauka.Google Scholar
Bunk, Elizabeth Nascimento. 2000. Die Sprachpolitik Portugals in Afrika. Master's thesis, University of Hamburg.Google Scholar
Buregeya, Alfred. 2012. Kenyan English. In Kortmann, B. & Lunkenheimer, K. (eds.), The Mouton world atlas of variation in English, 466474. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Burgess, J. 2006. Hearing ordinary voices: Cultural studies, vernacular creativity and digital storytelling. Continuum 20: 201214.Google Scholar
Burgess, J.. 2010. Remediating vernacular creativity: Photography and cultural citizenship in the Flickr photosharing network. In Edensor, T., Leslie, D., Millington, S., & Rantisi, R. M. (eds.), Spaces of vernacular creativity: Rethinking the cultural economy, 116126. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Busane, M. 1990. Lexicography in Central Africa: The user perspective, with special reference to Zaire. In Hartmann, R. R. K. (ed.), Lexicography in Africa, 1935. Exeter: University of Exeter Press.Google Scholar
Büscher, Karen, D'hondt, Sigurd, & Meeuwis, Michael. 2013. Recruiting a nonlocal language for performing local identity: Indexical appropriations of Lingala in the Congolese border town Goma. Language in Society 42 (5): 527556.Google Scholar
Butts, Aaron Michael. 2011. Reduplicated nominal patterns in Semitic. Journal of the American Oriental Society 13 (1): 83108.Google Scholar
Butt-Thompson, Frederick W. 1929. West African secret societies: Their organisations, officials and teaching. London: Witherby.Google Scholar
Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa. 1977. Preliminaries. In Rugwa Byarushengo, Ernest, Duranti, Alessandro, & Hyman, Larry M. (eds.), Haya grammatical structure, Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics 6, 115. Los Angeles: University of Southern California.Google Scholar
Byrd, Steven. 2006. Calunga: An Afro-Brazilian speech. Papia 16: 6278.Google Scholar
, Virgínia José Baptista. 2015. Língua e ensino em contexto de diversidade linguística e cultural: o caso de Guiné-Bissau. Master's thesis, Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais.Google Scholar
Cabdulqaadir, Salaad Dhoorre, & Tosco, Mauro. 1998. Somali ideophones. Journal of African Cultural Studies 11 (2): 125156.Google Scholar
Cahill, Michael C. 1999. Aspects of the phonology of labial-velar stops. Studies in African Linguistics 28: 156184.Google Scholar
Cahill, Michael C.. 2000. The phonology of Konni verbs. Cahiers Voltaïques/Gur papers 5: 3138.Google Scholar
Cahill, Michael C.. 2007. Aspects of the morphology and phonology of Kɔnni. SIL International and University of Texas at Arlington Publications in Linguistics vol. 141. Dallas: SIL International.Google Scholar
Cahill, Michael C.. 2015. Polar questions intonation in five Ghanaian languages. In Kramer, Ruth (ed.), Selected Proceedings of the 44th Annual Conference on African Linguistics, 2836. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Cahill, Michael C.. 2017. Labial-velars: A questionable diagnostic for a linguistic area. In Kaji, Shigeki (ed.), Proceedings of the 8th World Congress of African Linguistics, Kyoto 2015, 1323, Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Calassanti-Motylinski, Gustave Adolphe de. 1885. Chanson berbère de Djerba. Bulletin de correspondence africaine 461464.Google Scholar
Campbell, Lyle, & Poser, William J.. 2008. Language classification: History and method. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Camperio, Manfredo. 1894. Manuale pratico della lingua tigrè. Milan.Google Scholar
Canagarajah, Suresh. 2011. Code-meshing in academic writing: Identifying teachable strategies of translanguaging. Modern Language Journal 95: 401417.Google Scholar
Canagarajah, Suresh. 2013. Translingual practice: Global Englishes and cosmopolitan relations. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Canu, Gaston. 1976. La langue mò:rē. Paris: Société d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France.Google Scholar
Canut, Cécile. 2010. De l'Afrique des langues à l'Afrique des discours. Les voix du langagiaire. Cahiers d’Études Africaines 198–199–200 (2–3–4): 11631189.Google Scholar
Capo, Hounkpati B. C. 1988. Renaissance du gbe: Reflexions critiques et constructives sur l'eve, le fon, le gen, l'aja, le gun, etc. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Capo, Hounkpati B. C.. 1989. Linguistique constructive en Afrique noire. Hamburg: Helmut BuskeGoogle Scholar
Caprile, Jean-Pierre. 1975. Lexique tumak-français. Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Caprile, Jean-Pierre. 1977. Première Approche Phonologique Du Tumak de Goundi. In Etudes Phonologiques Tchadiennes, 6364, 7986. Paris: Biblothèque de La SELAF.Google Scholar
Caprile, Jean-Pierre, & Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1978. Préalables à la reconstruction du Proto-tchadique. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Cardoso, Eduardo Augusto. 1989. O crioulo da ilha de São Nicolau de Cabo Verde. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa.Google Scholar
Carlin, Eithne. 1993. The So language (Afrikanistische Monographien, 2). Cologne: Institut für Afrikanistik.Google Scholar
Carlson, Robert. 1994. A Grammar of Supyire. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Carlson, Robert. 2014. The grammaticalization of ‘go’ as an intensifier in Supyire. In Devos, Maud & van der Wal, Jenneke (eds.), COME and GO off the beaten grammaticalization path, 249280. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Caron, Bernard. 1991. Le haoussa de l'Ader. Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Carrington, John. 1947. The initiation language: Lokele tribe. African Studies 6 (4): 196207.Google Scholar
Carstens, Vicki. 2002. Antisymmetry and word order in serial constructions. Language 78: 350.Google Scholar
Casajus, Dominique. 2015. L'alphabet touareg. Paris: CNRS Éditions.Google Scholar
Casali, Roderic F. 2003. [ATR] value asymmetries and underlying vowel inventory structure in Niger-Congo and Nilo-Saharan. Linguistic Typology 7: 307382.Google Scholar
Casali, Roderic F.. 2008. ATR harmony in African languages. Language and Linguistics Compass 2 (3): 496549.Google Scholar
Casalis, E. 1841. Étude sur la langue Séchuana. Paris: L'imprimerie royale.Google Scholar
Castells, M. 1996. The rise of network society. The information age: Economy, society and culture. Vol. 1. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Castillo-Rodríguez, Susanna. 2014. Glottopolitics and language ideologies in La Guinea Española. Paper presented at Division of Language Theory sessions at the 2014 Modern Language Association Convention, Session 623, New Work in Language Theory. https://mla.hcommons.org/docs/glottopolitics-and-language-ideologies-in-la-guinea-espanola/.Google Scholar
Cauwenbergh, Paul van. 1914. Etudes sur les moines d'Egypte: depuis le Concile de Chalcédoine (451) jusqu’à l'invasion arabe (640). Paris: Cisalpino-Goliardica.Google Scholar
CBOLD = Comparative Bantu Online Dictionary. www.cbold.ish-lyon.cnrs.fr.Google Scholar
Chabata, E. 2007. The African Languages Research Institute: A milestone in the development of the Zimbabwean languages. Lexikos 17: 278291.Google Scholar
Chabata, E. 2008. Language development: Progress and challenges in a multilingual Zimbabwe. Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies 26 (1): 1326.Google Scholar
Chabata, E., & Nkomo, D.. 2010. The utilisation of outer texts in the practical lexicography of African languages. Lexikos 20: 7391.Google Scholar
Chaker, Salem. 1982. Réflexions sur les Etudes Berbères pendant la période coloniale (Algérie). Revue de l'Occident musulman et de la Méditerranée 34 (1): 8189.Google Scholar
Chaker, Salem. 1983. Un parler berbère d'Algérie (Kabylie): Syntaxe. Aix-en-Provence: Publications de l'Université de Provence.Google Scholar
Chambers, J. K., & Trudgill, Peter J.. 1980. Dialectology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Chebanne, A. 2010. Convergence, identity shifting and language loss in eastern Khoe. In Brenziger, Matthias & König, Christa (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics, 317. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Cheshire, Jenny, Kerswill, Paul, Fox, Susan, & Torgersen, Eivind. 2011. Contact, the feature pool and the speech community: The emergence of Multicultural London English. Journal of Sociolinguistics 15 (2): 151196.Google Scholar
Chevalier, Alida. 2016. Globalisation versus internal development: The reverse short front vowel shift in South African English. Doctoral thesis, University of Cape Town.Google Scholar
Chiatoh, B. A. 2011. Sustaining mother tongue medium education: An inter-community self-help framework in Cameroon. International Review of Education 57 (5–6): 583597.Google Scholar
Chiatoh, B. A.. 2014. Community language promotion in remote contexts: Case study on Cameroon. International Journal of Multilingualism 11 (3): 320333.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 1985. An autosegmental analysis of Kisi noun class morphophonemics. In Newman, Paul & Botne, Robert (eds.), Current approaches to African linguistics, vol. 5, 141155. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 1994. African ideophones. In Hinton, Leanne, Nichols, Johanna, & Ohala, John J. (eds.), Sound symbolism, 178204. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 1995a. A grammar of Kisi. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyer.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 1995b. Tone and accent in Atlantic. In Traill, Anthony, Vossen, Rainer, & Biesele, Megan (eds.), The complete linguist: Papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, 195215. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 2003. An introduction to African languages. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 2007. Trade, Islam, and militarism: Contact phenomena and language death in the Atlantic group. Paper presented at the Atlantic languages: Typological or genetic unit? conference, University of Hamburg, Asien-Afrika-Institut.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. 2017. Busy intersections. A framework for revitalization. In Kandybowicz, Jason & Torrence, Harold (eds.), Africa's endangered languages: Documentary and theoretical approaches, 145164. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker. Forthcoming. Language endangerment in Africa. In Aronoff, Mark (ed.), Oxford research encyclopedia of linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker, Good, Jeff, & Mitchell, Alice. 2014. Beyond the ancestral code: Towards a model for sociolinguistic language documentation. Language Documentation and Conservation 8: 168191.Google Scholar
Childs, G. Tucker, & Petter, Magarida. 2019. African linguistics in the Americas. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Chimbutane, F. 2011. Rethinking bilingual education in postcolonial contexts. Vol. 81. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Chimbutane, F., & Stroud, C. (eds.). 2012. Educação Bilingue em Moçambique: Reflectindo Criticamente sobre Políticas e Práticas. Maputo: Texto Editores.Google Scholar
Chumbow, Beban S. 1987. Towards a language planning model for Africa. Journal of West African Languages 17 (1): 1522.Google Scholar
Chumbow, Beban S.. 1999. Transborder languages of Africa. Social Dynamics 25 (1): 5169.Google Scholar
Chumbow, Beban S.. 2009. Linguistic diversity, pluralism and national development in Africa. Africa Development 34 (2): 2145.Google Scholar
Chumbow, Beban S., & Simo Bobda, Augustin. 2000. French in West Africa: A sociolinguistic perspective. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 141: 3960.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Claudi, Ulrike. 1993. Die Stellung von Verb und Objekt in Niger-Kongo-Sprachen. Ein Beitrag zur Rekonstruktion historischer Syntax. Afrikanistische Monographien 1, Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität zu Köln.Google Scholar
Claudi, Ulrike.. 1994. Word order change as category change. In Pagliuca, William (ed.), Perspectives on grammaticalization, 191231. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Clemente, Ignasi. 2013. Conversation analysis and anthropology. In Sidnell, Jack & Stivers, Tanya (eds.), The handbook of conversation analysis, 688700. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.Google Scholar
Clements, George N. 1989. African Linguistics and its contributions to linguistic theory. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 19 (2): 339.Google Scholar
Clements, George N.. 2000. Phonology. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), African languages: An introduction, 123160. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Clements, George N., & Hume, Elizabeth V.. 1995. The internal organization of speech sounds. In Goldsmith, John A. (ed.), The handbook of phonological theory, 245306. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Clements, George N., & Osu, Sylvester. 2002. Explosives, implosives and nonexplosives: The linguistic function of air pressure differences in stops. In Gussenhoven, Carlos & Warner, Natasha (eds.), Laboratory phonology, vol. 7, 299350. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Clements, George N., & Rialland, Annie. 2008. Africa as a phonological area. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 3687. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Cluver, V. 1993. A dictionary of language planning terms. Pretoria: University of South Africa.Google Scholar
Cobbinah, Alexander Yao. 2010. The Casamance as an area of intense language contact: The case of Bainounk Gubaher. Journal of Language Contact 3: 175202.Google Scholar
Cobbinah, Alexander Yao. 2013. Nominal classification and verbal nouns in Baïnounk Gubëeher. Doctoral thesis, SOAS, University of London.Google Scholar
Cobbinah, Alexander Yao, Hantgan, Abbbie, Lüpke, Friederike, & Watson, Rachel. 2016. Carrefour des langues, carrefour des paradigmes. In Auzeanneau, Michelle (ed.), Pratiques plurilingues, mobilités et éducation, 7997. Paris: Édition des Archives Contemporaines.Google Scholar
Coelho, Adolfo. 1880–1886. Os dialectos românicos ou neo-latinos na África, Ásia e América. In Barbosa, Jorge Morais (ed.), Crioulos. Lisbon: Academia Internacional de Cultura Portuguesa.Google Scholar
Cohen, Clara. 2011. Proto-Bantu: Nzadi sound correspondences. In Crane, Thera Marie, Hyman, Larry M., & Tukumu, Simon Nsielanga (eds.), A grammar of Nzadi (B865), University of California Publications in Linguistics 147, 255270. Berkeley: University of California Press. http://escholarship.org/uc/item/846308w2.Google Scholar
Cohen, David. 1984. ‘Viens!’, ‘Donne!’, etc.: Impératifs déictiques. Comptes rendus du Groupe Linguistique d’Études Chamito-Sémitiques (GLECS) XXIV-XXVIII 3: 521524.Google Scholar
Cohen, David, Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude, & Vanhove, Martine. 2002. The grammaticalization of ‘say’ and ‘do’: An areal phenomenon in East Africa. In Güldemann, Tom & von Roncador, Manfred (eds.), Reported discourse: A meeting ground for different linguistic domains, 227251. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Cohen, Marcel. 1947. Essai comparatif sur le vocabulaire et la phonétique du chamito-sémitique. Paris: Champion.Google Scholar
Cole, D. T. 1955. An introduction to Tswana grammar. London: Longmans, Green.Google Scholar
Cole, D. T.. 1971. The history of African linguistics to 1945. In Sebeok, Thomas A. (ed.), Current trends in linguistics 7: Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, 129. Berlin: Mouton.Google Scholar
Colenso, J. W. 1861. A Zulu-English dictionary. Rev. ed. Pietermaritzburg: Vause, Slatter.Google Scholar
Collins, Chris. 2002. Multiple verb movement in ǂHoan. Linguistic Inquiry 33 (1): 129.Google Scholar
Collins, Chris. 2003. The internal structure of vP in Juǀ'hoansi and ǂHoan. Studia Linguistica 57 (1): 125.Google Scholar
Collins, Chris. 2004. The absence of the linker in double object constructions in Nǀuu. Studies in African Linguistics 33 (2): 163198.Google Scholar
Collins, Chris, & Gruber, Jeff. 2014. A grammar of ǂHȍã. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Collins, Chris, & Honken, Henry. 2016. The plural prefix in Kx'a, ǃUi, and Taa. In Shah, Sheena & Brenzinger, Matthias (eds.), Proceedings of the 5th International Symposium, July 13–17, 2014, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal, 2751. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Collins, Chris, & Namaseb, Levi. 2011. A grammatical sketch of N|uuki with stories. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Colombel, Véronique de. 1990. Évolution du système verbal en linguistique tchadique: synchronie dynamique et diachronie. In Mukarovsky, Hans G. (ed.), Proceedings of the Fifth International Hamito-Semitic Congress, vol. 1: Hamito-Semitic, Berber, Chadic, 173184. Vienna: Afro-Pub.Google Scholar
Comaroff, J., & Comaroff, J. L.. 2012. Theory from the South: Or, how Euro-America is evolving toward Africa. Anthropological Forum 22 (2): 113131.Google Scholar
Combrink, Johan G. H. 1978. Afrikaans: Its origin and development. In Lanham, L. W. & Prinsloo, K. P. (eds.), Language and communication studies in South Africa, 6995. Cape Town: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Comfort, Jade. 2014. Verbal number in the Uncu language. Dotawo 1: 145163.Google Scholar
Comrie, Bernard. 1981. Language universals and linguistic typology. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Connell, Bruce. 1994. The Lower Cross languages: A prolegomena to the classification of the Cross River languages. Journal of West African Languages 24: 346.Google Scholar
Connell, Bruce. 2007. Endangered languages in Central Africa. In Brenzinger, Matthias (ed.), Language diversity endangered, 163178. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Connell, Bruce. 2015. The role of colonial languages in language endangerment in Africa. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 107129. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Connell, Bruce, Ahoua, Firmin, & Gibbon, Dafydd. 2002. Illustrations of the IPA: Ega. Journal of the International Phonetic Association 32: 99104.Google Scholar
Connell, Bruce, & Akinlabi, Akinbiyi. 2019. African linguistics in officially English speaking West Africa. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 153177. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Connell, R. 2007. Southern theory: The global dynamics of knowledge in social science. Cambridge: Polity.Google Scholar
Conti Rossini, Carlo. 1903–1906. Canti popolari tigrai. Zeitschrift für Assyriologie und verwandte Gebiete 17: 2352, 18: 320386, 19: 288241.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Conti Rossini, Carlo. 1940. Lingua tigrina. Milan.Google Scholar
Conti Rossini, Carlo. 1942. Proverbi, tradizioni e canzoni tigrine. Rome.Google Scholar
Cook, T. L. 1976. Focus in Efik. Paper presented at the Twelfth West African Languages Congress, University of Ife, Nigeria, March 14–20.Google Scholar
Cooper, R. L. 1989. Language planning and social change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Cope, A. T. 1957. The grammatical structure of Zulu. African Studies 16 (4): 210220. www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00020185708707031.Google Scholar
Corbett, Greville G. 1991. Gender. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Corbett, Greville G.. 2000. Number. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Corbett, Greville G., & Hayward, Richard J.. 1987. Gender and number in Bayso. Lingua 73: 128.Google Scholar
Coulbeaux, Jean-Baptiste, & Schreiber, Julius. 1915. Dictionnaire de la langue tigraï. Vol. 1, Wien: Kommission zur Erforschung von illiteraten Sprachen Aussereuropäischer Völker. Schriften der Sprachenkommission 6. Vol. 2, Wien (in preparation, ed. by Eloi Ficquet & Wolbert Smidt).Google Scholar
Coulibali, Bakari. 1983. Le dioula véhiculaire du Burkina: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe et règles de transcription. Thèse de Doctorat d'Etat, Université Paris III, Sorbonne.Google Scholar
Coulmas, F. 1989. The writing systems of the world. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Coulmas, F.. 1992. Language and economy. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Coupez, A. 1955. Esquisse de la langue holoholo. Vol. 12. Tervuren: RMCA.Google Scholar
Coupland, Nick. 2007. Style. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Courtenay, Karen. 1976. Ideophones defined as a phonological class: The case of Yoruba. Studies in African Linguistics, Supplement 6: 1326.Google Scholar
Couto, Hildo Honório. 1994. O crioulo português da Guiné-Bissau. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Cox, Bruce. 2013. A phonological overview of Iceve-Maci. SIL, B. P. 1299. www.silcam.org/folder030401/page.php.Google Scholar
Crab, David W. 1965. Ekoid Bantu languages of Ogoja. London: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Crane, Thera Marie. 2011. Beyond time: Temporal and extra-temporal functions of tense and aspect marking in Totela, a Bantu language of Zambia. Doctoral dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.Google Scholar
Crane, Thera Marie, Hyman, Larry M., & Tukumu (eds.), Simon Nsielanga. 2011. A grammar of Nzadi (B865). University of California Publications in Linguistics 147. Berkeley: University of California Press. http://escholarship.org/uc/item/846308w2.Google Scholar
Crass, Joachim. 2002. Ejectives and pharyngeal fricatives: two features of the Ethiopian language area. In Yimam, Baye, Pankhurst, Richard, Chapple, David, Admasu, Yonas, Pankhurst, Alula, & Teferra, Birhanu (eds.), Proceedings of the 14th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, 6–11 November 2000, 16791691. Addis Ababa: Institute of Ethiopian Studies.Google Scholar
Crass, Joachim. 2013. Some remarks on the compound suffix conjugation in Highland East Cushitic languages. In Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude & Vanhove, Martine (eds.), Proceedings of the 5th International Conference on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Paris, 16–18 April 2008, 320. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Crass, Joachim. 2014. The asymmetry of verbal markedness in Libido. In Meyer, Ronny, Treis, Yvonne, & Amha, Azeb (eds.), Explorations in Ethiopian linguistics: Complex predicates, finiteness and interrogativity, 179204. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Crass, Joachim, & Meyer, Ronny (eds.). 2007. Deictics, copula and focus in the Ethiopian convergence area. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Crass, Joachim, & Meyer, Ronny 2008. Ethiopia. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 228249. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Creider, Jane Tapsubei, & Creider, Chet A.. 2001. A dictionary of the Nandi language. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis. 1991. Description des langues négro-africaines et théorie syntaxique. Grenoble: Ellug.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis. 2005. S-O-V-X constituent order and constituent order alternations in West African languages. In Proceedings of the 31st annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 3951. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis. 2009. Construct forms of nouns in African languages. In Austin, Peter K., Bond, Oliver, Charette, Monik, Nathan, David, & Sells, Peter (eds.), Proceedings of the Conference on Language Documentation and Linguistic Theory 2, 7382. London: School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis. 2013. Le maninka du Niokolo (Sénégal oriental). Mandenkan 49.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis, Dimmendaal, Gerrit J., Frajzyngier, Zygmunt, & König, Christa. 2008. Africa as a morphosyntactic area. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 86150, 312315. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis, & Kouadio, Jérémie. 2010. Ditransitive constructions in Baule. In Malchukov, Andrej, Haspelmath, Martin, & Comrie, Bernard (eds.), Studies in ditransitive constructions: A comparative handbook, 166189. Göttingen: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis, & Pozdniakov, Konstantin (eds.). 2015. Les classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Creissels, Denis, & Sambou, Pierre. 2013. Le mandinka: Phonologie, grammaire, textes. Paris: Karthala.Google Scholar
Cronjé, D. (ed.). 1968. Kultuurbeïvloeding tussen Blankes en Bantoe in Suid-Afrika. Pretoria: J. L. van Schaik.Google Scholar
Crystal, David. 1991. A dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Crystal, David. 2003. English as a global language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Cummins, Jim. 2008. Teaching for transfer: Challenging the two solitudes assumption in bilingual education. In Cummins, Jim & Hornberger, Nancy H. (eds.), Encyclopedia of language and education, 6675. New York: Springer.Google Scholar
Cupi, Loredana, Petrollino, Sara, Savà, Graziano, & Tosco, Mauro. 2012. Preliminary notes on the Hamar verb. In Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude & Vanhove, Martine (eds.), Proceedings of the 5th International Conference on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, 181195. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Cysouw, Michael. 2009. The paradigmatic structure of person marking. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Cysouw, Michael, & Good, Jeff. 2013. Languoid, doculect and glossonym: Formalizing the notion ‘language’. Language Documentation and Conservation 7: 331359.Google Scholar
Dagba, T. K., & Boco, C.. 2014. A text to speech system for Fon language using Multisyn Algorithm. Procedia Computer Science 35: 447455.Google Scholar
Dako, K. 2002. Student Pidgin (SP): The language of the educated male elite. IAS Research Review 18: 5362.Google Scholar
Dalby, David. 1965. The Mel languages: A reclassification of southern West Atlantic. African Language Studies 6: 117.Google Scholar
D'Alton, Paula. 1983. Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du Palor, langue Cangin (Sénégal). Doctoral dissertation, Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle.Google Scholar
Danəʾel Täklu Rädda. 2003–2004. Zäbänawi säwasəw qwanqwa Təgrəñña. Addis Abäba.Google Scholar
Danet, B. 2001. Cyberpl@y: Communication online. Oxford: Berg.Google Scholar
Daniel, S. Alemu, & Abebayehu, A. Tekleselassie. 2006. Instructional language policy in Ethiopia: Motivated by politics or the educational needs of children? Planning and Changing 37 (3–4): 151168.Google Scholar
Daniels, Peter T. 1997. Scripts of Semitic languages. In Hetzron, Robert (ed.), The Semitic languages, 1645. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Dantumbishi, M. A. 2013. Language, style and register in contemporary Hausa environment. Journal of the Linguistic Association of Nigeria 16 (1): 115126.Google Scholar
Darmon, Chloé. 2012. Light verb constructions in Xamtanga and in the Ethiopian linguistic area. In Marlo, Michael L. (ed.), Selected proceedings of the 42nd Annual Conference on African Linguistics, 183194. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Davids, Achmat. 1991. Abubakr Effendi: His creation of the Afrikaans letter e in Arabic script. South African Journal of Linguistics 9 (1): 118.Google Scholar
Davies, H. 2006. Dialect literature. In Versteegh, K., Eid, M., Elgibali, A., Woidich, M., & Zaborski, A. (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic language and linguistics, 597604. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Dawd, Abushush, & Hayward, Richard J.. 2002. Nara. Journal of the International Phonetic Association 32 (2): 249255.Google Scholar
de Blois, , Kees, F. 1970. The augment in the Bantu languages. Africana Linguistica 4: 85165.Google Scholar
De Boeck, Filip. 2017. Exploring the city's ‘sutures’: An urban anthropology of Congo's cityscapes. Paper presented at the GSSC Public Lecture, University of Cologne, January 18.Google Scholar
Déchaine, Rose-Marie, & Keupdijio, H.. 2016. Medumba compound pronoun paradigm. Handout, University of British Columbia.Google Scholar
Banksira, Degif Petros. 2000. Sound mutations: The morphophonology of Chaha. Philadelphia: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
De Kadt, Elizabeth. 1995. German speakers in South Africa, with special reference to KwaZulu-Natal. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Language and social history: Studies in South African sociolinguistics, 107115. Cape Town: David Philip.Google Scholar
De Kadt, Elizabeth. 2001. ‘You still speak German?’ Teenage language skills in a German-speaking community. In Ammerlaan, T. et al. (eds.), Sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic perspectives on maintenance and loss of minority languages, 6175. Münster: Waxmann.Google Scholar
Delafosse, Maurice. 1914. Esquisse générale des langues de l'Afrique, et plus particulièrement de l'Afrique francaise. Paris: Masson.Google Scholar
Delgado, Carlos Alberto. 2008. Crioulo de Cabo Verde: situação linguistica da sona do barlavento. Praia, Cabo Verde: Instituto da Biblioteca Nacional e do Livro.Google Scholar
Demolin, Didier. 1990. Les trilles bilabiales du mangbetu. Pholia 5: 6790.Google Scholar
Demolin, Didier. 1992. Le mangbetu: Etude phonétique et phonologique. Doctoral dissertation, Université Libre de Bruxelles.Google Scholar
Demolin, Didier. 1999. Tone in Central Sudanic languages. In Kaji, S. (ed.), Crosslinguistic studies of tonal phenomena, 313336. Tokyo: ICLAA.Google Scholar
Den Besten, Hans. 1989. From Khoekhoe foreigner talk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: The creation of a novel grammar. In Pütz, M. & Dirven, R. (eds.), Wheels within wheels: Papers of the Duisburg Symposium on Pidgin and Creole Languages. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, 207249. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
De Pauw, G., De Schryver, G. M., & Wagacha, P. W.. 2009. A corpus-based survey of four electronic Swahili-English bilingual dictionaries. Lexikos 19: 340352.Google Scholar
De Pauw, G., Wagacha, P. W., & De Schryver, G. M.. 2011. Exploring the SAWA corpus: Collection and deployment of a parallel corpus English-Swahili. Language Resources and Evaluation 45: 331344.Google Scholar
Ado, Derib. 2011. An acoustic analysis of Amharic vowels, plosives and ejectives. Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
De Schryver, G. M., Mogodi, M., Taljard, E., Hall, M., & Louw, P.. 2007. Oxford bilingual school dictionary: Northern Sotho & English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Dettweiler, Stephen. 2015. C'lela Grammar Portrait. Jos: SIL Nigeria.Google Scholar
Deuber, D., & Hinrichs, L.. 2007. Dynamics of orthographic standardization in Jamaican Creole and Nigerian Pidgin. World Englishes 26: 2247.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana. 2003. Markedness and salience in language contact and second-language acquisition: Evidence from a non-canonical contact language. Language Sciences 25: 561613.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana. 2004. Language standardization and language change: The dynamics of Cape Dutch. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana. 2009. Namibian Kiche Duits: The making (and decline) of a neo-African language. Journal of Germanic Linguistics 21 (4): 349417.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana. 2014a. Sociolinguistics and mobile communication. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana. 2014b. Sites of struggle and possibility in cyberspace: Wikipedia and Facebook in Africa. In Androutsopoulos, Jannis (ed.), The media and sociolinguistic change, 487514. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana. 2017. Text messaging in Africa. In Aronoff, Mark (ed.), Oxford research encyclopedia of linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. http://linguistics.oxfordre.com/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780199384655.001.0001/acrefore-9780199384655-e-229.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana, & Lexander, K. V.. 2013. Texting Africa: Writing as performance. Journal of Sociolinguistics 17: 522546.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana, & Mabandla, Nkululeko. 2013. ‘Everyday a new shop pops up’: South Africa's ‘new’ Chinese diaspora and the multilingual transformation of rural towns. English Today 29 (1): 4452.Google Scholar
Deumert, Ana, & Storch, Anne. Forthcoming. Language as world heritage? Critical perspectives on language-as archive.Google Scholar
Devos, Maud, & van der Auwera, Johan. 2013. Jespersen cycles in Bantu: Double and triple negation. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 34: 205274.Google Scholar
Devos, Maud, & van der Wal, Jenneke (eds.). 2014. COME and GO off the Beaten Grammaticalization Path. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
De Wet, F., & Botha, E. C.. 1999. Towards speech technology for South African languages: Automatic speech recognition in Xhosa. South African Journal of African Languages 19 (4): 261226.Google Scholar
de Wolf, Paul Polydoor. 1971. The noun class system of Proto-Benue-Congo. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
D'hondt, Sigurd. 1998. Institutionalized identities in informal Kiswahili speech: Analysis of a dispute between two adolescents. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 55: 115128.Google Scholar
D’hondt, Sigurd. 2009. Calling the stops in a Dar-es-Salaam minibus: Embodied understandings of place in a drop-off routine. Journal of Pragmatics 41 (10): 19621975.Google Scholar
D’hondt, Sigurd. 2011. Ah-prefacing in Kiswahili second pair parts. Language in Society 40 (5): 563590.Google Scholar
D’hondt, Sigurd. 2012. Referring to Islam in mutual teasing: Notes on an encounter between two Tanzanian revivalists. In Dupret, Baudouin, Pierret, Thomas, Pinto, Paulo G., & Spellman-Poots, Kathryn (eds.), Ethnographies of Islam: Ritual performances and everyday practices, 124134. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.Google Scholar
Diakite, Salam. 2003. The safeguarding and transmission of sacred languages in Africa: Issues and outlooks. Museum International 55 (2): 5462.Google Scholar
Diakonoff, Igor M. 1965. Semito-Hamitic languages: An essay in classification. Moscow: Nauka.Google Scholar
Diakonoff, Igor M.. 1988. Afrasian languages. Moscow: Nauka.Google Scholar
Diakonoff, Igor M., Belova, A., Chetverukhin, A., Militarev, Alexander, Porkhomovsky, Victor, & Stolbova, Olga. 1993–1997. Historical-comparative vocabulary of Afrasian. St. Petersburg Journal of African Studies 26.Google Scholar
Diakonoff, Igor M., Militarev, Alexander, Porkhomovsky, Victor, & Stolbova, Olga. 1993. On the principles of Afrasian phonological reconstruction. St. Petersburg Journal of African Studies 1: 715.Google Scholar
Diallo, Ibrahima. 2010. The politics of national languages in post-colonial Senegal. Amherst, NY: Cambria.Google Scholar
Diallo, Ibrahima. 2012. Qur'anic and Ajami literacies in pre-colonial West Africa. Current Issues in Language Planning 13 (2): 91104.Google Scholar
Carlo, Di, Pierpaolo, . 2011. Lower Fungom linguistic diversity and its historical development: Proposals from a multidisciplinary perspective. Africana Linguistica 17: 53100.Google Scholar
Dickens, J. Patrick. 1994. English-Ju|'hoan, Ju|'hoan-English dictionary. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Dickens, J. Patrick. 2005. A concise grammar of Ju|'hoan: With a Ju|'hoan-English glossary and a subject index. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (ed.). 2008. Le vocabulaire scientifique dans les langues africaines: Pour une approche culturelle de la terminologie. Paris: Editions Karthala.Google Scholar
DiMaggio, P., Hargittai, E., Neuman, W., & Robinson, J.. 2001. Social implications of the internet. Annual Review of Sociology 27: 303336.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. 1988. The consonants of proto-upper cross. Master's thesis, University of Leiden. https://uni-koeln.academia.edu/GerritDimmendaal.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 1996. The role of bilingualism in Nilotic sound change. In Dominicy, Marc & Demolin, Didier (eds.), Sound change, 85109. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2000a. Morphology. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), African languages: An introduction, 161193. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2000b. Number marking and noun categorization in Nilo-Saharan languages. Anthropological Linguistics 42 (2): 214261.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2001a. Areal diffusion versus genetic inheritance: An African perspective. In Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. & Dixon, Robert M. W. (eds.), Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance: Problems in comparative linguistics, 359392. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2001b. Logophoric marking and represented speech in African languages as evidential hedging strategies. Australian Journal of Linguistics 21: 131157.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2008a. Language ecology and linguistic diversity on the African continent. Language and Linguistics Compass 2 (5): 840858.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2008b. Africa's verb-final languages. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 272308. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2009. Tama. In Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (ed.), Coding participant marking: Construction types in twelve African languages, 307331. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2010. Differential object marking in Nilo-Saharan. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 31 (1): 1346.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2011. Historical linguistics and the comparative study of African languages. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2013. The grammaticalization of mood and modality in Omotic: A typological perspective. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2014a. Marked nominative systems in Eastern Sudanic and their historical origin. Afrikanistik Online 11. urn:nbn:de:0009–10–38596.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2014b. Pluractionality and the distribution of number marking across categories. In Storch, Anne & Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (eds.), Number: Constructions and semantics. Case studies from Africa, Amazonia, India and Oceania, 5775. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2014c. Nilo-Saharan. In Lieber, Rochelle & Štekauer, Pavol (eds.), The Oxford handbook of derivational morphology, 591608. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2015a. Different cultures, different attitudes: but how different is ‘the African situation’ really? In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 3757. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2015b. The leopard's spots: Essays on language, culture and cognition. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2016. A note on the spreading of Afroasiatic. In Voigt, Rainer M. (ed.), 5000 Jahre Semitiohamitistik, 311. Aachen: Shaker.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2017. Areal contact in Nilo-Saharan. In Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of areal linguistics, 446470. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J.. 2018. On stable and unstable features in Nilo-Saharan. In Schroeder, Helga & Jerono, Prisco (eds.), Nilo-Saharan issues and perspectives, 9–23. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J., & Breedveld, Anneke. 1986. Tonal influence on vocalic quality. In Bogers, Koen, van der Hulst, Harry, & Mous, Maarten (eds.), The phonological representation of suprasegmentals, 133. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Dimmendaal, Gerrit J., & Voeltz, F. K. E.. 2007. Endangered languages of Africa and the Middle East. In Moseley, Christopher (ed.), Encyclopedia of the world's endangered languages, 579634. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark. 2011. The meaning and use of ideophones in Siwu. Doctoral dissertation, Raboud University. http://pubman.mpdl.mpg.de/pubman/item/escidoc:1005623:14/component/escidoc:2079881/Dingemanse_thesis_2011.pdf.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark. 2012. Advances in the course-linguistic study of ideophones. Language and Linguistics Compass 6: 654672.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark. 2013. Ideophones and gesture in everyday speech. Gesture 13: 143165.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark. 2015. Other-initiated repair in Siwu. Open Linguistics 1 (1). doi:10.1515/opli-2015-0001.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark. Forthcoming. Expressiveness and system integration: On the typology of ideophones, with special reference to Siwu. STUF – Language Universals and Typology (Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung).Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark, Blythe, Joe, and Dirksmeyer, Tyko. 2014. Formats for other-initiation of repair across languages: An exercise in pragmatic typology. Studies in Language 38 (1): 543.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark, & Floyd, Simeon. 2014. Conversation across cultures. In Enfield, N. J., Kockelman, Paul, & Sidnell, Jack (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic anthropology, 447480. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark, Roberts, S. G., Baranova, J., Blythe, J., Drew, P., Floyd, S., Gisladottir, R. S., Kendrick, K. H., Levinson, S. C., Manrique, E., & Rossi, G.. 2015. Universal principles in the repair of communication problems. PLOS ONE 10 (9): e0136100.Google Scholar
Dingemanse, Mark, Torreira, Francisco, & Enfield, Nick J.. 2013. Is “huh?” a universal word? Conversational infrastructure and the convergent evolution of linguistic items. PLOS ONE 9 (4): e94620.Google Scholar
Diouf, Jean Léopold. 2001. Grammaire du Wolof contemporain. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Dixon, Robert M. W. 1971. A method of semantic description. In Steinberg, Danny D. & Jakobovits, Leon A. (eds.), Semantics: An interdisciplinary reader in philosophy, linguistics, and psychology, 436471. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dixon, Robert M. W.. 1997. The rise and fall of languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Dixon, Robert M. W.. 2016. Are some languages better than others? Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Dixon, Robert M. W., & Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. (eds.). 2001. Areal diffusion and genetic inheritance: Problems in comparative linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Issa, Djarangar Djita. 1989. Description phonologique et grammaticale du bedjond. Parler sara de bediondo, Tchad, par Thèse de Doctorat en Linguistique, University of Paris, Lille.Google Scholar
Issa, Djarangar Djita. 2014. Le Dictionnaire pratique du français du Tchad. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Djité, Paulin G. 1993. Language and development in Africa. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 100/101: 148166.Google Scholar
Djité, Paulin G.. 2008. The sociolinguistics of development in Africa. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Djité, Paulin G.. 2009. Multilingualism: The case for a new research focus. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 2009 (199): 17.Google Scholar
DMMA/Effective Measures. 2013. Internet in SA: English vs Afrikaans vs African Languages. https://mybroadband.co.za/news/internet/73624-internet-in-sa-english-vs-afrikaans-vs-african-languages.html.Google Scholar
Dobrin, Lise M., & Good, Jeff. 2009. Practical language development: Whose mission? Language 85 (3): 619629. doi:10.1353/lan.0.0152.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M. 1925. An outline of the phonetics of the language of the Chû: Bushmen of north-west Kalahari. Bantu Studies and General South African Anthropology 2 (3): 129165.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M.. 1927. Textbook of Zulu grammar. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand Press.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M.. 1945. Bantu: Modern grammatical, phonetical and lexicographical studies since 1860. London: Percy Lund, Humphries.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M.. 1955. Zulu syntax and idiom. London: Longmans, Green.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M.. 1985. Textbook of Southern Sotho grammar. Cape Town: Maskew Miller Longman.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M., & Cole, Desmond T.. 1969. Contributions to the history of Bantu linguistics. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Doke, Clement M., & Vilakazi, Benedict W.. 1972. Zulu-English dictionary. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Dolgopolsky, Aron. 1998. The Nostratic macrofamily and linguistic palaeontology. Cambridge: McDonald Institute for Archeological Research.Google Scholar
Dombay, Franz Lorenz. 1800. Grammatica linguae Mauro-Arabicae juxta vernaculi idiomatis usum. Accessit vocabularium Latino-Mauro-Arabicum. Vindobonae: Apud Camesina. https://archive.org/details/b2201164x.Google Scholar
Donaldson, Bruce C. 1988. The influence of English on Afrikaans. Pretoria: Serva.Google Scholar
Doneux, Jean-Léonce. 2003. Histoire de la linguistique africaine. Aix-en-Province: Publications de l'Université de Provence.Google Scholar
Doneux, Jean-Léonce, & Rey, Veronique. 2003. Histoire de la linguistique Africaine: Des Précurseurs aux Années 70. Aix-en-Provence: Publications de l'Université de Provence.Google Scholar
Dorian, Nancy C. (ed.). 1989. Investigating obsolescence: Studies in language contraction and death. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Downing, Laura J. & Rialland, Annie. 2016. Intonation in African tone languages. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Drewes, A. J. 1958. The origin of the Semitic languages of Ethiopia. Ethiopian Observer 2 (3): 113, 115.Google Scholar
Dryer, Matthew S. 2011. Noun-modifier order in Africa. In Hieda, Osamu, König, Christa, & Nakagawa, Hirosi (eds.), Geographical typology and linguistic areas, with special reference to Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies (TUFS), Studies in Linguistics, 287311. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Duarte, Dulce A. 1998. Bilinguismo o diglossia? Praia, Cabo Verde: Spleen.Google Scholar
Duarte, Joana, & Gogolin, Ingrid (eds.). 2013a. Linguistic superdiversity in urban areas: Research approaches. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Duarte, Joana, & Gogolin, Ingrid 2013b. Introduction: Linguistic superdiversity in educational institutions. In Duarte, Joana & Gogolin, Ingrid (eds.), Linguistic superdiversity in urban areas: Research approaches, 126. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Duchêne, Alexandre, & Heller, Monica (eds.). 2007. Discourses of endangerment. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
Dugast, I. 1971. Contes, proverbes et devinettes des Banen. Paris: SELAF, Langues et Civilisations à Tradition Orale 12.Google Scholar
Duponchel, Laurent, & Mel, Gnamba Bertin. 1983. L'alladian. In Hérault, Georges (ed.), Atlas des langues kwa de Côte d'Ivoire, 181225. Abidjan: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée.Google Scholar
Duranti, Alessandro. 1997. Linguistic anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Duranti, Alessandro. 2003. Language as culture in US anthropology: Three paradigms. Current Anthropology 44 (3): 323335.Google Scholar
Duranti, Alessandro, & Goodwin, Charles (eds.). 1992. Rethinking context: Language as an interactive phenomenon. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Durie, Mark, & Ross, Malcom (eds.). 1996. The comparative method reviewed: Regularity and irregularity in language change. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Duta, Henry W. 1902. Engero za baganda ‘Proverbs in Luganda language’. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Duta, Henry W., Mukasa, H., Mudeka, N., Semfuma, T., & Musoke, B.. 1899. Ebitabo mwenda ebyomundagano enkade: Bye bitabo okusoka ku Yosuwa okutusa ku Easeka. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Dwyer, David J. 1974. The historical development of Southwestern Mande consonants. Studies in African Linguistics 5: 5994.Google Scholar
Dwyer, David J.. 1985. African language resource handbook: A resource handbook of the eighty-two highest priority African languages. Washington, DC: Department of Education.Google Scholar
Dwyer, David J. 1989. Mande. In Bendor-Samuel, John (ed.), The Niger-Congo languages, 4465. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Ebobissé, Carl. 1979. Die Morphologie des Verbs im Ost-Dangaleat (Guera, Tschad). Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Eckert, Penelope. 1997. Age as a sociolinguistic variable. In Coulmas, Florian (ed.), The handbook of sociolinguistics, 151167. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Eckert, Penelope. 2000. Linguistic variation and social practice: The linguistic construction of identity in Belten High. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Eckert, Penelope. 2006. Communities of practice. In Brown, K., Bauer, L., Bems, M. S., Miller, J. E., & Hirst, G. (eds.), Encyclopedia of language and linguistics, 683685. Amsterdam: Elsevier.Google Scholar
Eckert, Penelope. 2008. Variation and the indexical field. Journal of Sociolinguistics 12 (4): 453476.Google Scholar
Eckert, Penelope. 2012. Three waves of variation study: The emergence of meaning in the study of sociolinguistic variation. Annual Review of Anthropology 41: 87100.Google Scholar
Edel, May Mandelbaum. [1957] 1995. The Chiga of Uganda. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.Google Scholar
Edzard, Lutz. 2012a. Introduction: Semitic and Afroasiatic. In Lutz, Edzard (ed.), Semitic and Afroasiatic: Challenges and opportunities, 2358. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Edzard, Lutz. (ed.). 2012b. Semitic and Afroasiatic: Challenges and opportunities. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Edzard, Lutz. 2016. Experiencer constructions and the resultative function of impersonal verbs in Ethio-Semitic. In Meyer, Ronny & Edzard, Lutz (eds.), Time in the languages of the Horn of Africa, 138156. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Egner, I. (ed.). 1992. Esquisses phonologiques de trois langues ivoiriennes: Beng, dida, yaouré. Esquisses linguistiques ivoiriennes 1. Abidjan: Institut de linguistique appliquée-ACCT.Google Scholar
Eguchi, Kazuhisa. 1996–1999. Fulbe folktales of northern Cameroon. 5 vols. Kyoto: Shoukadoh.Google Scholar
Ehret, Christopher. 1987. Cushitic reconstruction. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 8: 7180.Google Scholar
Ehret, Christopher. 1995. Reconstructing Proto-Afroasiatic (Proto-Afrasian): Vowels, tone, consonants and vocabulary. University of California Publications in Linguistics 126. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Ehret, Christopher. 2001. A historical-comparative reconstruction of Nilo-Saharan. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Ehret, Christopher. 2003. Towards reconstructing Proto-South Khoisan. Mother Tongue 8: 6581.Google Scholar
Ehret, Christopher, Keita, S. O. Y., Newmann, Paul, & Bellwood, Peter. 2004. The origins of Afroasiatic. Science 306: 16801681.Google Scholar
Eiselen, W. W. M. 1924. Die Veränderung der Konsonanten durch ein vorhergehendes i in den Bantusprachen. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen Sprachen 14 (2): 81153.Google Scholar
El Aissati, Abderrahman, & El Kirat El Allame, Yamina. 2019. African linguistics in North Africa. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 7386. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Elderkin, Edward D. 1986. Diachronic inferences from basic sentence and noun phrase structure in Central Khoisan and Sandawe. In Rottland, Franz & Vossen, Rainer (eds.), Tagungsberichte des internationalen symposiums ‘Afrikanische Wildbeuter’, Sankt Augustin, January 3–5, 1985, vol. 2, 1156. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Elderkin, Edward D.. 1989. The significance and origin of the use of pitch in Sandawe. Doctoral dissertation, University of York.Google Scholar
Elderkin, Edward D.. 2014. Clicks, prosodies and Khoisan. In Güldemann, Tom & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Beyond ‘Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari Basin, 103122. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Elders, Stefan. 2000. Grammaire Mundang. Leiden: Research School of Asian, African, and Amerindian Studies, Leiden University.Google Scholar
Elders, Stefan. 2007a. Kulango. In Miehe, Gudrun & Winkelmann, Kerstin (eds.), Noun class systems in Gur languages, vol. 1, 292330. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Elders, Stefan. 2007b. Complex verb morphology in Kulango (Gur): Similarities and dissimilarities with Bantu. SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics 15: 191204.Google Scholar
Elias, Philip. 1983. Jan Vooerhoeve 1923–1983. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 5 (1): 107112.Google Scholar
Ellington, John. 1977. Aspects of the Tiene language. Doctoral dissertation, University of Wisconsin–Madison.Google Scholar
Eludiora, S. I., Afolabi, B. O., & Sanusi, A. A.. 2016. Development of English to Hausa machine translation system. Research Journal of Engineering and Technology 2 (1): 1232.Google Scholar
Eludiora, S. I., & Odejobi, O. A.. 2016. Development of an English to Yorùbá machine translator. International Journal of Modern Education and Computer Science 11: 819.Google Scholar
Elugbe, Ben Ohi. 1980. Reconstructing the lenis feature in Proto-Edoid. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 2: 3967.Google Scholar
Elugbe, Ben Ohi. 1989. Edoid. In Bendor-Samuel, J. T. (ed.), The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa's largest language family, 291304. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Emenanjo, E. Nolue. 1987. Elements of modern Igbo grammar: A descriptive approach. Ibadan, Nigeria: University Press Limited.Google Scholar
Endemann, K. 1876. Versuch einer Grammatik des Sotho. Berlin: Wilhelm Hertz.Google Scholar
Engelbrecht, J. 1925. Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen [Afrikanische Studien] 28 (3): 86131.Google Scholar
Ernszt, Martina, Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena, & Güldemann, Tom. 2013. Nǁng valency patterns. In Hartmann, Iren, Haspelmath, Martin, & Taylor, Bradley (eds.), Valency patterns Leipzig. Leipzig: Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. http://valpal.info/languages/nllng.Google Scholar
Ernszt, Martina, Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena, & Güldemann, Tom. 2015. Valency in Nǁng. In Malchukov, Andrej & Comrie, Bernard (eds.), Valency classes in the world's languages, 185220. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Errington, Joseph. 2008. Linguistics in a colonial world: A story of language, meaning and power. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Essegbey, James A. 2015. ‘Is this my language?’ Developing a writing system for an endangered-language community. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 153176. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Essizewa, Komlan Essowe. 2011. Sociolinguistics of bilingualism in Togo: A case study of Kabiye-Ewe code-switching. Saarbrücken, Germany: Lambert.Google Scholar
Essono, J. J. M. 2000. L'Ewondo, langue bantu du Cameroun: Phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe. Yaoundé: Presses Universitaires d'UCAC & ACCT.Google Scholar
Estermann, Carlos. 1956. Etnografia do Sudoeste de Angola, Vol I: os povos não-bantos e o grupo étnico dos Ambós. Lisbon: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar.Google Scholar
Estermann, Carlos. 1961a. Etnografia do Sudoeste de Angola, Vol II: grupo étnico nhaneca-humbe. Lisbon: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar.Google Scholar
Estermann, Carlos. 1961b. Etnografia do sudoeste de Angola, Vol III: o grupo étnico Herero. Lisbon: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar.Google Scholar
Evans, Nicholas, & Wilkins, David. 1998. The knowing ear: An Australian test of universal claims about the semantic structure of sensory verbs and their extension into the domain of cognition. Arbeitspapier 32, Neue Folge. Cologne: Institut für Sprachwissenschaft, Universität zu Cologne.Google Scholar
Evans-Pritchard, Edward E. 1931. Mani, a Zande secret society. Sudan Notes and Records 14 (2): 105148.Google Scholar
Faaß, G., Bosch, S. E., & Gouws, R. H.. 2014. A general lexicographic model for a typological variety of dictionaries in African languages. Lexikos 24: 94115.Google Scholar
Fabian, Johannes. 1983. Missions and colonization of African languages: Developments in the former Belgian Congo. Canadian Journal of African Studies 17 (2): 165187.Google Scholar
Fabian, Johannes. 1986. Language and colonial power: The appropriation of Swahili in the former Belgian Congo 1880–1938. London: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Fabre, Gwenaëlle. 2002. Le Samba Leko, langue Adamawa du Cameroun. Doctoral dissertation, Université de Paris III.Google Scholar
Fafunwa, A. B., Macauley, J. I., & Sokoya, J. A. Funnso (eds.). 1989. Education in mother tongue: The Ife Primary Education Research Project (1970–1978). Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Fallon, Paul D. 2001. Some phonological processes in Bilin. In Proceedings of the 27th annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society: Special session on Afroasiatic languages, 4960. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Fallon, Paul D. 2006. Consonant mutation and reduplication in Bilin singulars and plurals. In Mugane, John, Hutchison, John P., & Worman, Dee A. (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 35th annual conference on African linguistics: African languages and linguistics in broad perspectives, 114124. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Fallon, Paul D. 2015. Coronal ejectives and Ethio-Semitic borrowing in Proto-Agaw. In Kramer, Ruth, Zsiga, Elizabeth C., & Boyer, One Tlale (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 44th annual conference on African linguistics, 7183. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Faraclas, Nicholas G. 1996. Nigerian Pidgin. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Faraclas, Nicholas G.. 2008. Nigerian Pidgin English: Morphology and syntax. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Varieties of English, vol. 4: Africa, South and Southeast Asia, 340367. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Faraclas, Nicholas G.. 2012. Nigerian Pidgin. In Kortmann, B. & Lunkenheimer, K. (eds.), The Mouton world atlas of variation in English, 417432. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Fardon, Richard, & Furniss, Graham. 1994a. Introduction: Frontiers and boundaries – African languages as political environment. In Fardon, R. & Furniss, G. (eds.), African languages, development and the state, 129. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Fardon, Richard, & Furniss, Graham (eds.). 1994b. African languages, development and the state. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Farinha, António Lourenço. 1917. Elementos de gramática landina (shironga): dialecto indigena de Lourenço Marques. Lourenço Marques: Imprensa Nacional.Google Scholar
Faust, Noam, & Hever, Ya'ar. 2010. Empirical and theoretical arguments in favor of the discontinuous root in Semitic languages. Brill's Annual of Afroasiatic Languages and Linguistics 2: 80118.Google Scholar
Fehn, Anne-Maria. 2014. A grammar of Ts'ixa (Kalahari Khoe). Doctoral dissertation, Universität zu Cologne.Google Scholar
Fehn, Anne-Maria. 2019. African linguistics in official Portuguese and Spanish speaking Africa. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 189204. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Menuta, Fekede & Meyer, Ronny. 2015. Sonorant alternations in Muher. In Edzard, Lutz (ed.), Festschrift for Jan Retsö: Arabic and Semitic linguistics contextualized, 531553. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Ferguson, Charles A. 1959. Diglossia. Word 15: 325340.Google Scholar
Ferguson, Charles A.. 1968. Language development. In Fishman, J., Ferguson, C. A., & Das Gupta, J. (eds.), Language problems of developing nations, 2735. New York: Wiley.Google Scholar
Ferguson, Charles A.. 1970. The Ethiopian language area. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 8 (2): 6780.Google Scholar
Ferguson, Charles A.. 1976. The Ethiopian language area. In Bender, M. Lionel, Bowen, J. Donald, Cooper, Robert L., & Ferguson, Charles A. (eds.), Language in Ethiopia, 6376. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Ferrari, Aurélia, Kalunga, Marcel, & Mulumbwa, Georges. 2014. Le Swahili de Lubumbashi: Grammaire, textes, lexique. Paris: Karthala.Google Scholar
Ferraz, Luiz Ivens. 1979. The creole of São Tomé. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Fiedler, Ines. 2013. Complex predicates in Ama. In Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Blench, Roger (eds.), Nuba mountain language studies, 433448. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Fiedler, Ines, & Schwarz, Anne. 2010. The expression of information structure: A documentation of its diversity across Africa. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Finkel, Irving. 2010. Strange byways in cuneiform writing. In de Voogt, Alex & Finkel, Irving (eds.), The idea of writing: Play and complexity, 925. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Finlayson, Rosalie. 1982. Hlonipha: The women's language of avoidance among the Xhosa. South African Journal for African Languages 2 (1): 3560.Google Scholar
Finlayson, Rosalie. 1998. The linguistic implications of the Xhosa initiation schools. Language Matters 29 (1): 101116.Google Scholar
Finlayson, Rosalie. 2002. Women's language of respect: Isihlonipho sabafazi. In Mesthrie, Rajend (ed.), Language in South Africa, 279296. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Finlayson, Rosalie, Calteaux, Karen, & Myers‐Scotton, Carol. 1998. Orderly mixing and accommodation in South African codeswitching. Journal of Sociolinguistics 2 (3): 395420.Google Scholar
Finlayson, Rosalie, & Madiba, M.. 2002. The intellectualisation of the indigenous languages of South Africa: Challenges and prospects. Current Issues in Language Planning 3 (1): 4061.Google Scholar
Finlayson, Rosalie, & Slabbert, Sarah. 1997. ‘I'll meet you halfway with language’: Codeswitching functions within an urban context. South African Journal of Linguistics 15 (4): 123134.Google Scholar
Firmino, Gregorio. 2011. Nation-statehood and linguistic diversity in the postcolony: The case of Portuguese and indigenous languages in Mozambique. In Anchimbe, Eric A. & Mforteh, Stephen A. (eds.), Postcolonial linguistic voices: Identity choices and representations, 99117. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Fishman, Joshua A. 1972. Domains and the relationship between micro-and macrosociolinguistics. In Gumperz, J. & Hymes, D. (eds.), Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication, 435453. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.Google Scholar
Flamenbaum, Rachel. 2014. The pragmatics of codeswitching on Ghanaian talk radio. International Journal of Bilingualism 18 (4): 346362.Google Scholar
Fleisch, Henri. 1994. Arabic linguistics. In Epschy, G. L. (ed.), History of linguistics. The Eastern traditions of linguistics, vol. 1, 164185. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Fleming, Harold C. 1969. The classification of West Cushitic within Hamito-Semitic. In McCall, Daniel F., Bennett, N. R., & Butter, J. (eds.), Eastern African history, 327. New York: Praeger.Google Scholar
Fleming, Harold C.. 1976. Omotic overview. In Lionel Bender, M. (ed.), The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia, 299323. East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.Google Scholar
Fleming, Harold C.. 2006. Ongota: A decisive language in African prehistory. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Fleming, Luke. 2014. Australian exceptionalism in the typology of affinal avoidance registers. Anthropological Linguistics 56 (2): 115158.Google Scholar
Fodor, Istvân. 1975. Pallas und andere afrikanische Vokabularien vor dem 19. Jahrhundert. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Foley, William A., & Olson, Mike. 1985. Clausehood and verb serialization. In Nichols, Johanna & Woodbury, Anthony C. (eds.), Grammar inside and outside the clause, 1760. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Fontenay, Louise. 1980. Le verbe. In Nsuka-Nkutsi, F. (ed.), Eléments de description du punu, 51114. Lyon: Laboratoire Dynamique du Langage, Université de Lyon 2.Google Scholar
Fortune, George. 1969. 75 years of writing in Shona. Zambezia 1 (1): 5567.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt. 1982. The underlying form of the verb in Proto-Chadic. In Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (ed.), The Chad languages in the Hamitosemitic-Nigritic border area, 123143. Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt. 1983. Marking syntactic relations in Proto-Chadic. In Ekkehard Wolff, H. & Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (eds.), Studies in Chadic and Afroasiatic linguistics, 115138. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt. 1984. On the Proto-Chadic syntactic pattern. In Bynon, James (ed.), Current progress in Afro-Asiatic Linguistics: Papers of the Third International Hamito-Semitic Congress, 139159. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt. 1987. The relative clause in Proto-Chadic. In Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Müller, Walter W. (eds.), Proceedings of the Fourth International Hamito-Semitic Congress, 425450. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt. 1993. A grammar of Mupun. Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt, & Shay, Erin. 2002. A grammar of Hdi. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt, with Shay, Erin 2012a. Introduction. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 117. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt, & Shay, Erin 2012b. Chadic. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 236341. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Frajzyngier, Zygmunt, & Shay, Erin (eds.). 2012c. The Afroasiatic Languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Francesco da Bassano. 1918. Vocabolario tigray–italiano e repertorio italiano–tigray. Rome.Google Scholar
Franke, Katharina. 2009. ‘We call it Springbok German!’ Language contact in the German communities in South Africa. Doctoral thesis, Monash University. http://arrow.monash.edu.au/hdl/1959.1/68398.Google Scholar
Frankl, Peter J. L. 1992. Johann Ludwig Krapf and the birth of Swahili studies. Zeitschrift Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft 142 (1): 1220.Google Scholar
Frankl, Peter J. L.. 1999. W. E. Taylor (1856–1927): England's greatest Swahili scholar. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 60: 161174.Google Scholar
Fransen, Margo Astrid Eleonora. 1995. A grammar of Limbum, a Grassfields Bantu language spoken in the North-West Province of Cameroon. Doctoral dissertation, University of Amsterdam.Google Scholar
Fraser, N. 2000. Rethinking recognition. New Left Review 3: 107120.Google Scholar
Freire, Maria Emilia, Lall, Somik, & Leipziger, Danny. 2014. Africa's urbanization: Challenges and opportunities. Working Paper 7, Growth Dialogue.Google Scholar
Freire, P. 1972. Pedagogy of the oppressed. Harmondsworth: Penguin.Google Scholar
Freund, Bill. 2007. The African city. A history. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Fry, Peter. 2000. Cultures of difference. The aftermath of Portuguese and British colonial policies in Southern Africa. Social Anthropology 8 (2): 117143.Google Scholar
Furniss, Graham. 1995. Ideology in practice: Hausa poetry as exposition of values and viewpoints. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Furniss, Graham. 2003. Hausa popular literature and video film: The rapid rise of cultural production in times of economic decline. Working Paper 27, Department of Anthropology and African Studies, Johannes Gutenberg University.Google Scholar
Gabanamotse-Mogara, B. 2011. A comparative study of the verb structure in Northern, Central and Southern Khoesan. The case study of Jul'hoan, Naro and !Xóõ. Doctoral thesis, University of South Africa.Google Scholar
Gabsi, Zouhir. 2013. A concise grammar of the Berber language of Douiret (southern Tunisia). Saarbrücken: LAP LAMBERT.Google Scholar
Gafaranga, Joseph. 2007. Talk in two languages. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Gal, Susan. 2016. Scale-making: Comparison and perspective as ideological projects. In Carr, E. S. & Lempert, Michael (eds.), Scale: Discourse and dimensions of social life, 91111. Oakland: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Galand, Lionel. 1988. Le berbère. In Perrot, Jean (ed.), Les langages dans le monde ancient et modern, vol. 3: Les langues chamito-sémitiques (textes réunis par David Cohen), 207242. Paris: CNRS.Google Scholar
Galand, Lionel. 1989. Evolution des recherches sur les langues et les littératures berbères du Maroc depuis 1956. In Youssi, A., Benahallam, A., Boukous, A., & Dahbi, M. (eds.), Langue et Société au Maghreb. Bilan et Perspectives. Série Colloques et Séminaires, vol. 13, 6570. Rabat: Faculté des Lettres et des Sciences Humaines, Université Mohamed V.Google Scholar
Galand, Lionel. 2002. Etudes de linguistique berbère. Paris: Peeters.Google Scholar
Galand, Lionel. 2010. Regards sur le berbère. Milan: Centro Studi Camito-Semitici.Google Scholar
Gallardo, A. 1980. Dictionaries and the standardization process. In Zgusta, L. (ed.), Theory and method in lexicography, 5969. Columbia: Hornbeam Press.Google Scholar
Galves, Charlotte. 2015. Evidências do contato com as línguas africanas na formação do português brasileiro: propostas para a constituição de um corpus. In Avelar, Juanito & Álvarez-López, Laura (eds.), Dinâmicas Afro-Latinas Língua (s) e História (s), 193210. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
García, Ofelia, & Wei, Li. 2014. Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Gardner, Ian. 1980. Abuan-English, English-Abuan dictionary. Port Harcourt: University of Port Harcourt Press.Google Scholar
Garfinkel, Harold. 1967. Studies in ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.Google Scholar
Gauthier, E., Besacier, L., Voisin, S., Melese, M., & Elingui, U.. 2016. Collecting resources in Sub-Saharan African languages for automatic speech recognition: A case study of Wolof. www.lrec-conf.org/proceedings/lrec2016/pdf/460_Paper.pdf.Google Scholar
Gbéto, Flavien. 2000. Les emprunts linguistiques d'origine européenne en fon (Nouveau Kwa, Gbe, Bénin): Une étude de leur intégration. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Gbéto, Flavien, & Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G.. 1997. Le Maxi du centre-Bénin et du Centre-Togo: Une approche autosegmentale et dialectologique d'un parler gbe. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Gblem-Poidi, H. M., & Kantchoa, L.. 2013. Les langues du Togo. Etat de la recherche et perspectives. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Geider, Thomas. 2009. Afrikanische Sprachen und Literaturen an der Universität Leipzig. In von Hehl, Ulrich, John, Uwe, & Rudersdorf, Manfred (eds.), Geschichte der Universität Leipzig: 1409–2009, 193205. Leipzig: Leipziger Universitätsverlag.Google Scholar
Gelas, H., Besacier, L., & Pellegrino, F.. 2012. Development of Swahili resources for an automatic speech recognition system. Paper presented at the 2012 SLTU Conference, Cape Town.Google Scholar
Hunde, Gemeda. 2016. Documentation of the endangered cultural traits of the Waataa community: Chopha village in focus. Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Gensler, Orin. 1997. Reconstructing quadriliteral verb inflection: Ethiopic, Akkadian, Proto-Semitic. Journal of Semitic Studies 42 (2): 229257.Google Scholar
Gensler, Orin. 1998. Verbs with two object suffixes: A Semitic archaism in its Afroasiatic context. Diachronica 15 (2): 231284.Google Scholar
Gensler, Orin. 2011. Morphological typology of Semitic. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 270293. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Gerard, A. 1971. Four African literatures: Xhosa, Sotho, Zulu, Amharic. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Gerard, A. (ed.). 1993. Comparative literature and African literatures. Pretoria: Via Afrika.Google Scholar
Gerhardt, Ludwig. 1988. Note on verb extensions in Jarawan Bantu. Journal of West African Languages 18: 38.Google Scholar
Gerhardt, Ludwig, Kießling, Roland, & Reh, Mechthild. 2008. Zur Geschichte der Abteilung für Afrikanistik und Äthiopistik. In Paul, Ludwig (ed.), Vom Kolonialinstitut zum Asien-Afrika-Institut: 100 Jahre Asien- und Afrikawissenschaften in Hamburg, 163192. Gossenberg: Ostasien-Verlag.Google Scholar
Gerlach, Linda. 2016. Nǃaqriaxe: The phonology of an endangered language of Botswana. Wiesbaden: Otto Harassowitz.Google Scholar
Geschiere, Peter. 2009. Autochthony and the crisis of citizenship: Democratization, decentralization, and the politics of belonging. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Ghazi, Férid. 1958. Les emprunts dans les parlers arabes de Tunisie. GLECS 8: 1719.Google Scholar
Ghirmai, Negash. 1999. A history of Tigringa literature in Eritrea: The oral and the written 1890–1991. Leiden: Leiden University.Google Scholar
Gibbard, George, Rohde, Hannah, & Rose, Sharon. 2009. Moro noun class morphology. In Matondo, Masangu et al. (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 38th annual conference on African linguistics, 106117. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Gibson, Hannah, & Guérois, Rozenn. 2016. Parametric approaches to negation in Bantu. Paper presented at the 6th International Conference on Bantu Languages, University of Helsinki, June 20–22.Google Scholar
Gilliéron, Jules, & Roques, Mario. 1912. Études de géographie linguistique d'après l'Atlas linguistique de la France. Paris: Champion.Google Scholar
Gilman, Charles. 1986. African areal characteristics: Sprachbund, not substrate? Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 1 (1): 3350.Google Scholar
Gilmour, Rachael. 2007. Missionaries, colonialism and language in nineteenth-century South Africa. History Compass 5 (6): 17611777. doi:10.1111/j.1478–0542.2007.00472.x.Google Scholar
Demeke, Girma Awgichew. 2009. The origin of Amharic. Addis Ababa: Centre Français d’Études Éthiopiennes.Google Scholar
Desta, Girma Mengistu. 2015. A grammar of Sezo. Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Githiora, Chege. 2002. Sheng: Peer language, Swahili dialect, or emerging Creole? Journal of African Cultural Studies 15 (2): 159181.Google Scholar
Glaser, Clive. 1990. The mark of Zorro: Sexuality and gender relations in the Tsotsi subculture on the Witwatersrand, 1940–1960. Paper presented at the Wits History Workshop: Structure and Experience in the Making of Apartheid, February 6–10. http://wiredspace.wits.ac.za/handle/10539.Google Scholar
Gluckman, Max. [1950] 1970. Kinship and marriage among the Lozi of northern Rhodeshia and the Zulu of Natal. In Radcliffe-Brown, Alfred Reginald & Forde, Daryll (eds.), African systems of kinship and marriage, 166206. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Goffman, Erving. 1978. Response cries. Language 54: 787815.Google Scholar
Goffman, Erving. 1981. Footing. In Forms of talk, 124159. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Goldberg, Joelle. 2015. Person marking in Gwama verbs. Paper presented at the 12th Nilo-Saharan Linguistics Colloquium, Nairobi.Google Scholar
Goldberg, Justin, Goldberg, Joelle, & Hellenthal, Anne-Christie. 2017. Gwama write-up. Unpublished grammatical description of Gwama.Google Scholar
Goldenberg, Gideon. 2013. Semitic languages: Features, structures, relations, processes. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Goldsmith, John A. 1976. Autosegmental phonology. Doctoral thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.Google Scholar
Goldsmith, John A.. 1990. Phonological theory and African languages. In Bokamba, Eyamba G., Treece, Rick, & Evans, Dorothy G. (eds.), The contribution of African linguistics to linguistic theory, 4962. Urbana-Champaign: Department of Linguistics, University of Illinois.Google Scholar
Gonçalves, Perpétua. 2002. The role of ambiguity in second language change: The case of Mozambican African Portuguese. Second Language Research 18 (4): 325347.Google Scholar
Gonçalves, Perpétua. 2004. Towards a unified vision of classes of language acquisition and change: Arguments from the genesis of Mozambican African Portuguese. Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 19 (2): 225259.Google Scholar
Gonzaléz, Andrew. 2002. Language planning and intellectualisation. Current Issues in Language Planning 3 (1): 527.Google Scholar
Good, Jeff. 2003. When arguments become adjuncts: Split configurationality in Leggbó. In Proceedings from the Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, vol. 39, 110129. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Good, Jeff. 2005. Reconstructing morpheme order in Bantu: The case of causativization and applicativization. Diachronica 22: 357.Google Scholar
Good, Jeff. 2007. Slouching towards deponency: A family of mismatches in the Bantu verb stem. In Baerman, Matthew, Corbett, Greville G., Brown, Dunstan, & Hippisley, Andrew (eds.), Deponency and morphological mismatches, 203230. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Good, Jeff. 2012. How to become a ‘Kwa’ noun. Morphology 22: 293335.Google Scholar
Good, Jeff. 2017. Niger-Congo languages. In Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of areal linguistics, 471498. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Good, Jeff, Pierpaolo, Di Carlo, & Ojong, Rachel. Forthcoming. Multilingualism in rural Africa. In Aronoff, Mark (ed.), Oxford Research Enclopedia of Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Goslin, Benjamin du Plessis. 1983. ‘n Vakdidaktiek Noord-Sotho vir die sekondêre skool. Pretoria: FJN Harman.Google Scholar
Goto, Tadahisa. 1972. Introduction to Swahili grammar. Tokyo: Daigakushorin.Google Scholar
Gough, David H. 1993. A change of mood. African Studies 52 (2): 3552.Google Scholar
Gouws, R. H. 2005. Lexicography of Africa. In Brown, K. (ed.), Encyclopedia of language and linguistics, 2nd ed., 95101. Oxford: Elsevier.Google Scholar
Gouws, R. H. 2007. On the development of bilingual dictionaries in South Africa: Aspects of dictionary culture and government policy. International Journal of Lexicography 20 (3): 313327.Google Scholar
Gouws, R. H., & Prinsloo, D. J.. 2005. Principles and practice of South African lexicography. Stellenbosch: SUN Media Press.Google Scholar
Goyvaerts, Didier L. 1988. Indoubil: A Swahili hybrid in Bukavu. Language in Society 17 (2): 231242.Google Scholar
Goyvaerts, Didier L.. 2000. Conflict and ethnicity in Central Africa. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Goyvaerts, Didier L., & Zembele, Tembue. 1992. Codeswitching in Bukavu. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 13 (1–2): 7181.Google Scholar
Gragg, Gene. 1997. Ge‘ez (Ethiopic). In Hetzron, Robert (ed.), The Semitic languages, 242260. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Gragg, Gene. 2011. Grammaticalization and paradigm formation in Afroasiatic: Verbal negation in Cushitic. Aula Orientalis 29: 4360.Google Scholar
Gragg, Gene, & Hoberman, Robert. 2012. Semitic. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 145235. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Graham, R., & Smith, S.. 2016. The content of our characters: Black Twitter as counterpublic. Sociology of Race and Ethnicity 2: 433449.Google Scholar
Grainger, Karen, & Mills, Sara. 2016. Directness and indirectness across cultures. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Gravina, Richard. 2007. Classification and reconstruction in Chadic Biu-Mandara A. In Tourneux, Henry (ed.), Topics in Chadic linguistics III, 3791. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Gravina, Richard. 2014. The phonology of Proto-Central Chadic. The reconstruction of the phonology and lexicon of Proto-Central Chadic, and the linguistic history of Central Chadic languages. Utrecht: LOT.Google Scholar
Green, David W., & Abutalebi, Jubin. 2013. Language control in bilinguals: The adaptive control hypothesis. Journal of Cognitive Psychology 25 (5): 515530.Google Scholar
Green, M. M., & Igwe, G. E.. 1963. A descriptive grammar of Igbo. Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin: Institut für Orientforschung 53. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H. 1950a. Studies in African linguistic classification: IV. Hamito-Semitic. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 6 (1): 4763.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1950b. Studies in African linguistic classification: VI. The click languages. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology 6 (3): 223237.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1955. Studies in African linguistic classification. New Haven, CT: Compass.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1959. Africa as a linguistic area. In Bascom, W. R., & Herskovits, M. J. (eds.), Continuity and change in African cultures, 1527. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1960. Linguistic evidence for the influence of the Kanuri on the Hausa. Journal of African History 1 (2): 205212.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1963. The languages of Africa. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1966. Some universals of grammar with particular reference to the order of meaningful elements. In Greenberg, Joseph H. (ed.), Universals of language, 73113. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1977. Niger-Congo noun class markers: Prefixes, suffixes, both or neither. Studies in African Linguistics 7: 97104.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1981. Nilo-Saharan Moveable-k as a Stage III Article (with a Penutian typological parallel). Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 3: 105112.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 1983. Some areal characteristics of African languages. In Dihoff, Ivan R. (ed.), Current approaches to African linguistics, vol. 1, 321. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H.. 2005. Are there mixed languages? In Greenberg, Joseph H. & Croft, William (eds.), Genetic linguistics: Essay on theory and method, 349357. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Gregersen, Edgar A. 1977. Language in Africa: An introductory survey. New York: Gordon and Breach.Google Scholar
Grégoire, H.-C. 1976. Étude de la langue gouro (Côte d'Ivoire). Phonétique, phonologie, enquête lexicale. Thèse de IIIe cycle, Université Paris III.Google Scholar
Grégoire, H.-C.. 1990. Tonétique et tonologie d'un groupe de langues mandé. Étude théorique et expérimentale. Thèse de Doctorat d'Etat, Université Paris III.Google Scholar
Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine. 1996. J. L. Krapf and his role in researching and describing East-African languages. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 47: 141171.Google Scholar
Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine. 2001. A grammatical sketch of written Oromo. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Griesel, G. J. 1991. Aspekte van die linguistiese studie van Zulu, 1849–1991: ‘n bydrae tot die linguistiese historiografie. Pietermaritzburg, South Africa: Natal College of Education.Google Scholar
Griesel, G. J.. 1992. Aspects of the linguistic study of Zulu, 1849–1991: A contribution to linguistic historiography. Historiographia Linguistica 19 (2/3): 419422.Google Scholar
Grin, F. 2005. The economics of language policy implementation: Identifying and measuring costs. In Alexander, N. (ed.), Mother-tongue based bilingual education in Southern Africa: The dynamics of implementation. Multilingualism, subalternity and hegemony of English, 1125. Frankfurt-am-Main: Multilingualism Network.Google Scholar
Grinevald, Colette, & Sinha, Chris. 2016. North-South relations in linguistic science. Collaboration or colonialism? In Filipović, Luna & Pütz, Martin (eds.), Endangered languages and languages in danger: Issues of documentation, policy, and language rights, 2543. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Griscom, Richard. 2015. The diachronic development of KI Constructions in the Luo and Koman families. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), Nilo-Saharan: Models and descriptions, 357372. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Grossman, Eitan, Haspelmath, Martin, & Richter, Tonio Sebastian (eds.). 2015. Egyptian-Coptic linguistics in typological perspective. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Grossman, Eitan, & Richter, Tonio Sebastian. 2015. The Egyptian-Coptic language: Its setting in space, time and culture. In Grossman, Eitan, Haspelmath, Martin, & Richter, Tonio Sebastian (eds.), Egyptian-Coptic linguistics in typological perspective, 69101. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Grundlingh, Albert. 1986. Prelude to the Anglo-Boer War, 1881–1899. In Cameron, T. & Spies, S. B. (eds.), New illustrated history of South Africa, 183199. Johannesburg: Southern.Google Scholar
Guarisma, G. 1969. Études bafia. Phonologie, Classes d'accord et lexique bafia-français. Paris: Bibliothèque de la SELAF.Google Scholar
Guinet, Xavier. 1973. Esquisse d'une phonologie du sungor. In Boyeldieu, P. (ed.), Problèmes de phonologie, 38: 73100. Paris: Bibliothèque de la SELAF.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 1997. The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: A first approach. Working Paper 3, Khoisan Forum (Cologne).Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 1998. The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: A first approach. In Schladt, Mathias (ed.), Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, 137169. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 1999. The genesis of verbal negation in Bantu and its dependency on functional features of clause types. In Hombert, Jean-Marie & Hyman, Larry M. (eds.), Bantu historical linguistics: Theoretical and empirical perspectives, 545587. Stanford, CA: CSLI.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2000. Noun categorization systems in non-Khoe lineages of Khoisan. Afrikanisitische Arbeitspapiere 63: 533.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2001. Phonological regularities of consonant systems across Khoisan lineages. University of Leipzig Papers on Africa, Languages and Literatures 16. Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität Leipzig.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2003a. Logophoricity in Africa: An attempt to explain and evaluate the significance of its modern distribution. Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung 56: 366387.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2003b. Present progressive vis-à-vis predication focus in Bantu. Studies in Language 27: 323360.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2004. Reconstruction through ‘de-construction’: The marking of person, gender and number in the Khoe family and Kwadi. Diachronica 21 (2): 251306.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2005a. Complex predicates based on generic auxiliaries as an areal feature in Northeast Africa. In Voeltz, F. K. Erhard (ed.), Studies in African linguistic typology, Typological Studies in Language 64, 131154. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. (ed.). 2005b. Studies in Tuu (southern Khoisan). University of Leipzig Papers on Africa, Languages and Literature 23. Leipzig: Institut für Afrikanistik, Universität Leipzig.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2007. Preverbal objects and information structure in Benue-Congo. In Aboh, Enoch O., Hartmann, Katharina, & Zimmermann, Malte (eds.), Focus strategies in African languages: The interaction of focus and grammar in Niger-Congo and Afro-Asiatic, 83111. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2008. The Macro-Sudan belt: Towards identifying a linguistic area in northern sub-Saharan Africa. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 151185. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2010. Sprachraum and geography: Linguistic macro-areas in Africa. In Lameli, Alfred, Kehrein, Roland, & Rabanus, Stefan (eds.), Language and space: An international handbook of linguistic variation, 561593. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2011. Proto-Bantu and Proto-Niger-Congo: Macro-areal typology and linguistic reconstruction. In Hieda, Osamu, König, Christa, & Nakagawa, Hirosi (eds.), Geographical typology and linguistic areas: With special reference to Africa, 109141. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2013a. Taa (East ǃXoon dialect). In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 234241, 408419. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2013b. |Xam. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 8084, 241249, 419431. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2014a. ‘Khoisan’ linguistic classification today. In Güldemann, Tom & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Beyond ‘Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari Basin, 141. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2014b. The Lower Nossob varieties of Tuu: ǃUi, Taa or neither? In Güldemann, Tom & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Beyond ‘Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari Basin, 257282. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom. 2016. Phonological regularities of consonant systems in genetic lineages of Khoisan. In Vossen, Rainer & Haacke, Wilfrid H. G. (eds.), Lone tree: Scholarship in the service of the Koon. Essays in memory of Anthony T Traill, 159207. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Elderkin, Edward D.. 2010. On external genealogical relationships of the Khoe family. In Brenzinger, Matthias & König, Christa (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics: Proceedings of the 1st International Symposium, January 4–8, 2003, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal, 1552. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Fehn, Anne-Maria. 2014. Beyond ‘Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari Basin. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Fehn, Anne-Maria 2017. The Kalahari basin as a ‘sprachbund’ before the Bantu expansion. In Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of areal linguistics, 500–26. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Loughnane, Robyn. 2012. Are there ‘Khoisan’ roots in body-part vocabulary? On linguistic inheritance and contact in the Kalahari Basin. In Güldemann, Tom, Holton, Gary, Loughnane, Robyn, & Robinson, Laura C. (eds.), Methodology in linguistic prehistory, 215258. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2013. Khoisan sound systems in typological perspective. Paper presented at the Phonetics and Phonology of Sub-Saharan Languages conference, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Naumann, Christfried. 2015. Grammatical relations in the West ǃXoon dialect of Taa. Paper presented at the Diversity Linguistics: Retrospect and Prospect conference, MPI-EVA Leipzig, May 1–3.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Vossen, Rainer. 2000. Khoisan. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), African languages: An introduction, 99121. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Güldemann, Tom, & Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena. 2013. The risks of analysis without spoken language corpora: Clause-second ke in Richtersveld Nama and Nǁng. Paper presented at the Information Structure in Spoken Language Corpora (ISSLaC) workshop, University of Bielefeld, June 10–12.Google Scholar
Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim. 2013. Converbs in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian). In Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Blench, Roger (eds.), Nuba mountain language studies, 371379. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Guma, S. M. 1971. An outline structure of southern Sotho. Pietermaritzburg: Shooter and Shuter.Google Scholar
Gumperz, John. 1962. Types of linguistic communities. Anthropological Linguistics 4 (1): 2840.Google Scholar
Gumperz, John. 1968. The speech community. In Sills, David L. (ed.), International encyclopedia of the social sciences, 381386. New York: Macmillan.Google Scholar
Gumperz, John. 1972. Introduction. In Gumperz, J. & Hymes, D. (eds.), Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication, 125. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.Google Scholar
Gumperz, John. 1982. Discourse strategies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Gumperz, J., & Hymes, D. (eds.). 1972. Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.Google Scholar
Gunnick, Hilde, Sands, Bonny, & Pakendorf, Brigitte. 2015. Prehistorical language contact in the Kavango-Zambezi transfrontier area: Khoisan influence on southwestern Bantu languages. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 36: 193232.Google Scholar
Günther, Hartmut, & Ludwig, Otto (eds.). 1994. Schrift und Schriftlichkeit/Writing and its use. Vol. 1. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1948a. Bantu word division: A new study of an old problem. Memorandum 22, International African Institute. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1948b. The classification of the Bantu languages. Handbook of African Languages. London: Oxford University Press for the International African Institute.Google Scholar
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1967–1971. Comparative Bantu: An introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages. 4 vols. Farnborough: Gregg Press.Google Scholar
Guy, G. 1981. Linguistic variation in Brazilian Portuguese: Aspects of phonology, syntax and language history. Doctoral dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.Google Scholar
Haacke, Wilfrid H. G. 1977. The so-called ‘personal pronoun’ in Nama. In Traill, Anthony (ed.), Khoisan linguistic studies 3, 4362. Johannesburg: African Studies Institute, University of the Witwatersrand.Google Scholar
Haacke, Wilfrid H. G.. 1999. The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). (Quellen zur Khoisan Forschung, 16). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Haacke, Wilfrid H. G.. 2010. Naro syntax from the perspective of the desentential hypothesis: the minimal sentence. In Brenziger, Matthias & König, Christa (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics, 201230. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Haacke, Wilfrid H. G.. 2013a. Gǃora. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 151157, 340347. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Haacke, Wilfrid H. G.. 2013b. Namibian Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 141151, 325340. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Haacke, Wilfrid H. G.. 2013c. On the manifestation of core arguments in ǂĀkhoe. In Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena & Ernszt, Martina (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics: Proceedings of the 3rd International Symposium, July 6–10, 2008, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal, 6181. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Hadebe, S. 2006. The standardization of the Ndebele language through dictionary-making. Harare: Allex Project.Google Scholar
Haeri, N. 1997. The reproduction of symbolic capital: Language, state, and class in Egypt. Current Anthropology 38: 795816.Google Scholar
Haeri, N.. 2003. Sacred language, ordinary people: Dilemmas of culture and politics in Egypt. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Hagemeijer, Tjerk. 2011. The golf of Guinea Creoles. Genetic and typological relations. Bhatt, Parth & Veenstra, Tonjes (eds.), Creoles and typology, 111154. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Hagman, Roy Stephen. 1977. Nama Hottentot grammar. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.Google Scholar
Hahn, C. H. 1857. Grundzüge einer Grammatik des Hereró. Berlin: Verlag von Wilhelm Hertz.Google Scholar
Hair, Paul E. H. 1967. The early study of Nigerian languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Hale, Kenneth L., Craig, Colette, England, Nora C., Jeanne, LaVerne, Krauss, Michael E., Watahomigie, Lucille, & Yamamoto, Akira Y.. 1992. Endangered languages. Language 68: 142.Google Scholar
Hall-Alleyne, Beverley. 1990. The social context of African language continuities in Jamaica. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 85: 3140.Google Scholar
Halliday, Michael A. K. 1976. Anti-languages. American Anthropologist 78 (4): 570584.Google Scholar
Hamilton, Alastair. 2006. The Copts and the West, 1439–1822: The European discovery of the Egyptian church. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Hammerschmidt, Ernst. 1965. Die äthiopistischen Studien in Deutschland (von ihren Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart). Annales d’Éthiopie 6: 255277.Google Scholar
Hamzaoui, Rachad. 1970. L'arabization au Ministère de l'Intérieur. RTSS. CERES 3: 1191.Google Scholar
Hancock, Ian F., & Angogo, Rachel. 1982. English in East Africa. In Bailey, R. & Gorlach, M. (eds.), English as a world language, 306323. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.Google Scholar
Harnischfeger, Johannes, Leger, Rudolf, & Storch, Anne (eds.). 2014. Fading delimitations: Multilingual settlements in a convergence area. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Harris, John. [1994] 2004. Release the captive coda: The foot as a domain of phonetic interpretation. In Local, John, Ogden, Richard, & Temple, Rosalind (eds.), Phonetic interpretation: Papers in laboratory phonology 6, 103129. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Harris, Randy Allen. 1995. The linguistics wars. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Harris, Roy. 2007. Integrational linguistics. In Verschueren, J. & Östman, Jan-Ola (eds.), Handbook of pragmatics, 117. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Harry, Otelemate, & Hyman, Larry M.. 2014. Phrasal construction tonology: The case of Kalabari. Studies in Language 38: 649689.Google Scholar
Haspelmath, Martin. 2013. Is creole distinctiveness what we want to know about? Diversity Linguistics Comment, April 24. https://dlc.hypotheses.org/343.Google Scholar
Haspelmath, Martin. 2015. A grammatical overview of Egyptian and Coptic. In Grossman, Eitan, Haspelmath, Martin, & Richter, Tonio Sebastian (eds.), Egyptian-Coptic linguistics in typological perspective, 103144. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Haspelmath, Martin. 2017. Some principles for language names. Language Documentation and Conservation 11: 8193.Google Scholar
Haspelmath, Martin, Dryer, Matthew S., Gil, David, & Comrie, Bernard (eds.). 2005. The world atlas of language structures. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Hassan Kamil, Mohamed. 2004. Parlons afar: Langue et culture. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Hasselbach, Rebecca. 2013. Case in Semitic: Roles, relations, reconstructions. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Hastings, Rachel. 2001. Evidence for the genetic unity of Southern Khoisan. In Bell, Arthur & Washburn, Paul (eds.), Khoisan: Syntax, phonetics, phonology, and contact, 225246. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.Google Scholar
Haugen, Einar. 1972. The ecology of language. In Dil, Anwar S. (ed.), The ecology of language: Essays by Einar Haugen, 325339. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.Google Scholar
Haugen, Einar. 1980. Language problems and language planning: The Scandinavian model. In Nelde, Peter (ed.), Languages in contact and conflict, 151157. Wiesbaden: Steiner.Google Scholar
Haugen, Heidi Ø., & Carling, Jørgen. 2005. On the edge of the Chinese diaspora: The surge of baihuo business in an African city. Ethnic and Racial Studies 28 (4): 639662.Google Scholar
Haviland, John B. 1979. Guugu Yimidhirr brother-in-law language. Language in Society 8: 365393.Google Scholar
Havránek, B. 2014. The functional differentiation of the standard language. In Chovanec, J. (ed.), Chapters from the history of Czech functional linguistics, 2740. Brno: Masarykova Univerzita.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J. 1981. Nominal suffixes in Dirayta (Gidole). Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44 (1): 126144.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 1982. Notes on the Koyra language. Afrika und Übersee 65: 211268.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 1988. Remarks on the Omotic sibilants. In Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Serzisko, Fritz (eds.), Cushitic-Omotic: Papers from the International Symposium on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Cologne, January 6–9, 1986, 263299. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 1990a. Names of languages and varieties. In Hayward, Richard J. (ed.), Omotic language studies, xxixxvi. London: Routledge Curzon.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 1990b. Introduction. In Hayward, Richard J. (ed.), Omotic language studies, xiixix. London: Routledge Curzon.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J. (ed.). 1990c. Omotic language studies. London: Routledge Curzon.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 1991. À propos patterns of lexicalization in the Ethiopian language area. In Claudi, Ulrike & Mendel, Daniela (eds.), Ägypten im afro-orientalischen Kontext, 139156. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 2000a. Afroasiatic. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), African languages: An introduction, 7498. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 2000b. Is there a metric for convergence? In Renfrew, Colin, McMahon, April, & Trask, R. L. (eds.), Time depth in historical linguistics, vol. 1, 621640. Cambridge: McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 2003. Omotic: The ‘empty quarter’ of Afroasiatic linguistics. In Lecarme, Jacqueline (ed.), Research in Afroasiatic grammar II: Selected papers from the fifth Conference on Afroasiatic Languages, Paris, 2000, 241261. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J.. 2009. What's been happening in Omotic? Journal of Ethiopian Studies 42 (1–2): 85106.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J., & Mohammed, Hassan. 1981. The Oromo orthography of Shaykh Bakri Saṗalō. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44 (3): 550566.Google Scholar
Hayward, Richard J., & Tsuge, Yoichi. 1998. Concerning case in Omotic. Afrika und Übersee 81: 2138.Google Scholar
Heath, Jeffrey. 1998. Hermit crabs: Formal renewal of morphology by phonologically mediated affix substitution. Language 74: 728759.Google Scholar
Heath, Jeffrey. 1999a. A grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Heath, Jeffrey. 1999b. A grammar of Koyra Chiini: The Songhay of Timbuktu. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Heath, Jeffrey. 2005. A grammar of Tamashek (Tureg of Mali). Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Hedinger, Robert. 1987. The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo Cluster) of Cameroon. London: School of Oriental and African Studies.Google Scholar
Hegel, G. W. F. 2001. The philosophy of history. Sibree, J. (trans.). Batoche Kitchener, Ontario: Books.Google Scholar
Heid, U. 2012. SeLA: A new project on electronic lexicography. Lexicographica 28 (1): 437440.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 1969. Die Konsonanten des Proto-Buem. Linguistics 52: 2744.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 1975. Language typology and convergence areas in Africa. Linguistics 144: 2647.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 1976. A typology of African languages based on the order of meaningful elements. Kölner Beiträge zur Afrikanistik 3. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 1994. Areal influence on grammaticalization. In Pütz, Martin (ed.), Language contact and language conflict, 5668. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 1997. Cognitive foundations of grammar. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 2000. Polysemy involving reflexive and reciprocal markers in African languages. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Curl, Traci S. (eds.), Reciprocals: Forms and functions, Typological Studies in Language 41, 129. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd. 2011. Areas of grammaticalization and geographical typology. In Hieda, Osamu, König, Christa, & Nakagawa, Hirosi (eds.), Geographical typology and linguistic areas, with special reference to Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies (TUFS), Studies in Linguistics, 4166. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Claudi, Ulrike. [1998] 2001. On split word order: Explaining syntactic variation. General Linguistics 38 (1): 4174.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, Claudi, Ulrike, & Hünnemeyer, Friederike. 1991. Grammaticalization: A conceptual framework. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Fehn, Anne-Maria. 2017. An areal view of Africa. In Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of areal linguistics, 424445. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Honken, Henry. 2010. The Kx'a family: A new Khoisan genealogy. Journal of Asian and African Studies 79: 536.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & König, Christa. 2015. The !Xun language: A dialect grammar of northern Khoisan. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung 33. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Kuteva, Tania. 2002. Word lexicon of grammaticalization. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Kuteva, Tania. 2005. Language contact and grammatical change. Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact 3. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, Kuteva, Tania, Mufwene, Salikoko S., & Chaudenson, Robert (eds.). 2005. Language contact and grammatical change. Cambridge approaches to language contact. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Leyew, Zelealem. 2008. Is Africa a linguistic area? In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 1535. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Nurse, Derek (eds.). 2000. African languages: An introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Nurse, Derek (eds.). 2008. A linguistic geography of Africa. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Reh, Mechthild. 1984. Grammaticalization and reanalysis in African languages. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Wolff, Ekkehard (eds.). 1981. Die Sprachen Afrikas. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Heine, Bernd, & Vossen, Rainer. 1983. On the origin of gender in Eastern Nilotic. In Vossen, Rainer & Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne (eds.), Nilotic studies. Proceedings of the International Symposium on Languages and History of the Nilotic Peoples, Cologne, January 4–6, 1982, vol. 2, 245268. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Hellenthal, Anne-Christie. 2010. A grammar of Sheko. Utrecht: Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Hellenthal, Anne-Christie. 2018. Semantics of directional verb morphology in Gwama. In Schroeder, Helga & Prisca, Jerono (eds.), Nilo-Saharan issues and perspectives, 179192. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Heller, Monica (ed.). 1988. Codeswitching: Anthropological and sociolinguistic perspectives. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Heller, Monica. 1992. The politics of codeswitching and language choice. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 13 (1/2): 133142.Google Scholar
Heller, Monica. 2007. Bilingualism as ideology and practice. In Heller, Monika (ed.), Bilingualism: A social approach, 122. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Hellwig, Birgit. 2011. A grammar of Goemai. Mouton Grammar Library 51. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Henderson, Brent. 2011. African languages and syntactic theory: Impacts and directions. In Bokamba, Eyamba G., Shosted, Ryan K., & Ayalew, Bezza Tesfaw (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 40th Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African languages and linguistics today, 1525. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Henselmans, D., Niesler, T., & van Leeuwen, D.. 2013. Baseline speech recognition of South African languages using Lwazi and AST. In Proceedings of PRAESA. www.praesa.org.Google Scholar
Hepburn, Alexa, & Bolden, Galina B.. 2013. The conversation analytic approach to transcription. In Sidnell, Jack & Stivers, Tanya (eds.), The handbook of conversational analysis, 5776. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.Google Scholar
Herbert, Robert K. 1990a. Hlonipha and the ambiguous woman. Anthropos 85 (4/6): 455473.Google Scholar
Herbert, Robert K.. 1990b. The sociohistory of clicks in Southern Bantu. Anthropological Linguistics 32 (3/4): 295315.Google Scholar
Herbert, Robert K.. 1993. Not with one mouth. African Studies 52 (2): 14.Google Scholar
Herbert, Robert K.. 1997. The meaning of language choices in South Africa. In Herbert, Robert K. (ed.), African linguistics at the crossroads, 395415. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1969. The verbal system of Southern Agaw. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1970. Toward an Amharic case-grammar. Studies in African Linguistics 1 (3): 301354.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1972. Ethiopian Semitic: Studies in classification. Manchester: Manchester University Press.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1975. The t-converb in Western Gurage. Afroasiatic Linguistics 2 (2): 1526.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1976. Two principles of genetic linguistics. Lingua 38: 89108.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1977. The Gunnän-Gurage languages. Napoli: Istituto Orientale di Napoli.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1980. The limits of Cushitic. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 2: 7126.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1987. Afroasiatic languages. In Comrie, Bernard (ed.), The world's major languages, 647653. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. 1996. Notes on East Gurage. In Zemánek, Petr (ed.), Studies in Near Eastern languages and literatures: Memorial volume of Karel Petráček, 245259. Prague: Academy of Sciences, Oriental Institute.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert. (ed.). 1997. The Semitic languages. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Hetzron, Robert, & Kaye, Alan S.. 2009. Semitic languages. In Comrie, Bernard (ed.), The world's major languages, 2nd ed., 551559. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 1999. Languages, development and reconstructing education in South Africa. International Journal of Educational Development 19: 301313.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2002. The case against bilingual and multilingual education in South Africa: Laying bare the myths. Perspectives in Education 20 (1): 171196.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2009. Literacy and bi/multilingual education in Africa. In Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove, Phillipson, Robert, Mohanty, Ajit K., & Panda, Minati (eds.), Multilingual education for social justice, 103124. New York: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2011a. Discourses from without, discourses from within: women, feminism and voice in Africa. Current Issues in Language Planning 12: 89104.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2011b. Theory and practice – Language education models in Africa: Research, design, decision-making and outcomes. In Ouane, A. & Glanz, C. (eds.), Optimising learning, education and publishing in Africa: The language factor. A review and analysis of theory and practice in mother-tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa, 105156. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning (UIL) and the Association for the Development of Education in Africa (ADEA)/African Development Bank.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2013. Multilingual education in Africa. In The encyclopedia of applied linguistics. doi:10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0782.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2015. Epistemologies in multilingual education: Translanguaging and genre – Companions in conversation with policy and practice. Language and Education 29: 280285.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen. 2017. Re-placing and re-centring Southern multilingualisms. A de-colonial project. In Kerfoot, C. & Hyltenstam, K. (eds.), Entangled discourses. South-North orders of visibility, 209229. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen, Benson, C., Bogale, B., & Yohannes, M. A. Gebre. 2007. Final report: Study on medium of instruction in primary schools in Ethiopia. Commissioned by the Ministry of Education, Ethiopia. www.hsrc.ac.za/research/output/outputDocuments/4379_Heugh_Studyonmediumofinstruction.pdf.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen, Benson, C., Yohannes, M. A. Gebre, & Bogale, B.. 2012. Implications for multilingual education: Student achievement in different models of education in Ethiopia. In Skutnabb-Kangas, T. & Heugh, K. (eds.), Multilingual education and sustainable development work: From periphery to center, 239262. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen, Chiatoh, B. A., & Sentumbwe, G.. 2016. ‘Hydra languages’ and exclusion versus local languages and community participation in three African countries. In Bunce, P., Phillipson, R., Rapatahana, V., & Tupas, R. (eds.), Why English? Confronting the Hydra, 171184. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen, & Mulumba, B. M.. 2014. Implementing local languages medium education in the early primary curriculum of Ugandan schools: A Literacy and Adult Basic Education (LABE) intervention in six districts in north and north west Uganda. Kampala: LABE.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen, & Namyalo, Saudah. 2017. LABE mid-term review of the Mother-Tongue Education Project: Improving educational access and outcomes for marginalised children in post-conflict northern Uganda (Phase 2). Report for Africa Educational Trust and Comic Relief (UK). Adelaide: Research Centre for Languages and Cultures, University of South Australia.Google Scholar
Heugh, Kathleen, Siegrühn, A., & Plüddemann, P. (eds.). 1995. Multilingual education for South Africa. Johannesburg: Heinemann Pearson.Google Scholar
Heyd, T., & Mair, C.. 2014. From vernacular to digital ethnolinguistic repertoire: The case of Nigerian Pidgin. In Lacoste, V., Leimgruber, J., & Breyer, T. (eds.), Indexing authenticity: Sociolinguistic perspectives, 244268. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Higgins, Christina. 2007a. Constructing membership in the in-group: Affiliation and resistance among urban Tanzanians. Pragmatics 17: 4970.Google Scholar
Higgins, Christina. 2007b. Shifting tactics of intersubjectivity to align indexicalities: A case of joking around in Swahinglish. Language in Society 36 (1): 124.Google Scholar
Hill, Jane H. 2002. ‘Expert rhetorics’ in advocacy for endangered languages: Who is listening, and what do they hear? Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 12 (2): 119133.Google Scholar
Hillewaert, S. 2003. Sheng: Een Sociolinguïstische Studie van een Urbane Jongerencode. Master's thesis, Ghent University.Google Scholar
Hillewaert, S., Joffe, P., & de Schryver, G.-M.. 2009. Kamusi ya Kiswahili–Kiingereza Katika Mtandao/Online Swahili–English dictionary. http://africanlanguages.com/swahili.Google Scholar
Himmelmann, Nikolaus P. 1998. Documentary and descriptive linguistics. Linguistics 36: 161195.Google Scholar
Hiraiwa, Ken, & Bodomo, Adams. 2008. Object-sharing as Symmetric Sharing: Predicate clefting and serial verbs in Dàgáárè. Natural Language & Linguistic Theory 26: 795832.Google Scholar
Hirsch, Susan F. 1998. Pronouncing and persevering: Gender and the discourses of disputing in an African Islamic court. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Woldemariam, Hirut. 2003. The grammar of Haro with comparative notes on the Ometo linguistic group. Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Woldemariam, Hirut. 2009. Haro. In Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (ed.), Coding participant marking: Construction types in twelve African languages, 97122. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Hodge, Carleton T. 1971. Afroasiatic: an overview. In Hodge, Carleton T. (ed.), Afroasiatic: A survey, 926. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Hoffmann, Carl. 1963. A grammar of the Margi language. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Hoffmann, Carl. 1970. Ancient Benue-Congo loans in Chadic? Africana Marburgensia 3 (2): 323.Google Scholar
Holes, C. 2004. Modern Arabic: Structures, functions, and varieties. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.Google Scholar
Hollington, Andrea. 2016. Reflections on Ethiopian youths and Yarada K'wank'wa: Language practices and ideologies. Sociolinguistic Studies 10 (1–2): 135152.Google Scholar
Hollington, Andrea. 2018. Transatlantic translanguaging in Zimdancehall: Reassessing linguistic creativity in youth language practices. The Mouth 3 (special issue: Critical Youth Languages).Google Scholar
Hollington, Andrea. Forthcoming. Chibende – linguistic creativity and play in Zimbabwe. In Alexandra Aikhenvald, Anne Storch, Andrea Hollington, & Nico Nassenstein (eds.), International Journal of Language and Culture.Google Scholar
Hollington, Andrea, & Makwabarara, Tafadzwa. 2015. Youth language practices in Zimbabwe. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 257270. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Hollington, Andrea, & Nassenstein, Nico. Forthcoming. From the hood to public discourse: The social spread of African youth languages. Anthropological Linguistics.Google Scholar
Holm, John. 1988. Pidgins and creoles, vol. 1: Theory and structure. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Holm, John. 1989. Pidgins and creoles, vol. 2: Reference survey. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Hombert, Jean-Marie. 1987. Phonetic conditioning for the development of nasalization in Teke. Pholia 2.85–93. Laboratoire Dynamique du Langage, Université de Lyon 2.Google Scholar
Hombert, Jean-Marie. 1988. Mammals in the languages of Gabon: A step towards the reconstruction of Proto-Bantu Fauna. Paper presented at the 18th Colloquium on African Languages and African Linguistics, Leiden.Google Scholar
Honken, Henry. 2013. Genetic relationships: An overview of the evidence. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 124. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Hopkins, Bradley L. 1995. Contribution à une étude de la syntaxe Diola-Fogny, Thèse de doctorat de IIIe cycle. Linguistique, Université de Cheik Ahmed Diop, Dakar.Google Scholar
Hopper, Paul J. 2008. Emergent serialization in English: Pragmatics and typology. In Good, Jeff (ed.), Linguistic universals and language change, 253284. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Hopwood, David. 1928. South African English pronunciation. Cape Town: Juta.Google Scholar
Hountondji, P. J. 2013. Sur la philosophie africaine: Critique de Líethnophilosophie. Cameroon: Langaa RPCIG, African Books Collective.Google Scholar
Hovens, Mart. 2002. Bilingual education in West Africa: Does it work? International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 5 (5): 249266.Google Scholar
Huber, Magnus. 1999. Ghanaian Pidgin English in its West African context. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Huber, Magnus. 2004. Ghanaian English: Phonology. In Schneider, E. W., Burridge, K., Kortmann, B., Mesthrie, R., & Upton, C. (eds.), A handbook of varieties of English, vol. 1: Phonology, 842873. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 1977. Language classification and the Semitic prehistory of Ethiopia. Folia Orientalia 18: 119166.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 1986. Arabic root and pattern morphology without tiers. Journal of Linguistics 22 (1): 85122.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 1989. Highland East Cushitic dictionary. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 2000. Ethiopian Semitic overview. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 33 (2): 7586.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 2003. Ethiopian Semitic negative nonpast. In Bender, M. Lionel, Appleyard, David, & Takács, Gábor (eds.), Afrasian: Selected comparative-historical linguistic studies in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff, 209218. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 2008. Ergative-active features of the Ethiopian Semitic type. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), Interaction of morphology and syntax: Case studies in Afroasiatic, 107135. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Hudson, Grover. 2013. Northeast African Semitic: Lexical comparisons and analysis. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Huehnergard, John. 2006. Proto-Semitic and Proto-Akkadian. In Deuscher, G. & Kouwenberg, N. J. C. (eds.), The Akkadian language in its Semitic context: Studies in the Akkadian of the third and second millennium BC, 118. Leiden: Nederlands Instituut voor het Nabije Oosten.Google Scholar
Huehnergard, John. 2008. Afro-Asiatic. In Woodard, Roger D. (ed.), The ancient languages of Syria-Palestine and Arabia, 225246. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Huehnergard, John, & Rubin, Aaron D.. 2011. Phyla and waves: Models of classification of the Semitic languages. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 259278. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Hurskainen, Arvi. 2012. Quality Swahili machine translation. MultiLingual 23 (7): 39.Google Scholar
Hurst, Ellen. 2008. Style, structure and function in Cape Town Tsotsitaal. Doctoral dissertation, University of Cape Town.Google Scholar
Hurst, Ellen. 2014. Preface to Tsotsitaal studies: Urban youth language practices in South Africa. Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies 32 (2): iiivi.Google Scholar
Hurst, Ellen. 2015. Overview of the tsotsitaals of South Africa: Their different base languages and common core lexical items. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 169184. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Hurst, Ellen, & Mesthrie, Rajend. 2013. ‘When you hang out with the guys they keep you in style’: The case for considering style in descriptions of South African tsotsitaals. Language Matters 44 (1): 320.Google Scholar
Hutchison, John P. 1981. The Kanuri language: A reference grammar. Madison: University of Wisconsin, African Studies Program.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M. 1979. A reanalysis of tonal downstep. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 1: 929.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1980a. Reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu. In Hyman, Larry M. (ed.), Noun classes in the Grassfields Bantu borderland, Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics 8, 179210. Los Angeles: University of Southern California.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1980b. Relative time reference in the Bamileke tense system. Studies in African Linguistics 11: 227237.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1981. Noni grammatical structure. Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics 9. Los Angeles: Department of Linguistics, University of Southern California.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1987. Prosodic domains in Kukuya. Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 5: 311333.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1995a. Minimality and the prosodic morphology of Cibemba imbrication. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 16: 339.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1995b. Nasal consonant harmony at a distance: The case of Yaka. Studies in African Linguistics 24: 530.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 1999. The historical interpretation of vowel harmony in Bantu. In Hombert, Jean-Marie & Hyman, Larry M. (eds.), Bantu historical linguistics: Theorical and empirical perspectives, 235295. Stanford, CA: CSLI.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2003a. Why describe African languages? In Akinlabi, A. & Adesola, O. (eds.), Proceedings of the 4th World Congress of African Linguistics, New Brunswick 2003, 2142. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2003b. Suffix ordering in Bantu: A morphocentric approach. Yearbook of Morphology 2002: 245281.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2003c. Segmental phonology. In Nurse, Derek & Philippson, Gérard (eds.), The Bantu languages, 4258. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2005. Initial vowel and prefix tone in Kom: Related to the Bantu augment? In Bostoen, Koen & Maniacky, Jacky (eds.), Studies in African comparative linguistics with special focus on Bantu and Mande: Essays in honour of Y. Bastin and C. Grégoire, 313341. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2008. Directional asymmetries in the morphology and phonology of words, with special reference to Bantu. Linguistics 46: 309349.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2010. Affixation by place of articulation: The case of Tiene. In Cysouw, Michael & Wohlgemuth, Jan (eds.), Rara & Rarissima. Collecting and interpreting unusual characteristics of human languages, 145184. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2011a. Does Gokana really have no syllables? Or, what's so great about being universal? Phonology 28: 5585.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2011b. The Macro-Sudan Belt and Niger-Congo reconstruction. Language Dynamics and Change 1: 147.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M.. 2017. More reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu. In Watters, John R. (ed.), Comparative-historical studies in East Benue-Congo: Noun classes, nouns, pronouns, verbs, Monographs on Comparative Niger-Congo 1, 225238. Berlin: Language Science Press.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M., & Katamba, Francis X.. 1993. The augment in Luganda: Syntax or pragmatics? In Mchombo, Sam (ed.), Theoretical aspects of Bantu grammar, 209256. Stanford, CA: CSLI.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M., & Magaji, Daniel J.. 1971. Essentials of Gwari Grammar. Ibadan: Institute of African Studies.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M., & Mchombo, Sam. 1992. Morphotactic constraints in the Chichewa verb stem. Berkeley Linguistic Society 18: 350364.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M., & Voorhoeve, Jan. 1980. Noun classes in grassfields Bantu. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Hyman, Larry M., & Watters, John R.. 1984. Auxiliary focus. Studies in African Linguistics 15: 233273.Google Scholar
Hymes, Dell. 1962. The ethnography of speaking. In Gladwin, T. & Sturtevant, W. C. (eds.), Anthropology and human behavior, 1353. Washington, DC: Anthropological Society of Washington.Google Scholar
Hymes, Dell. 1964. Introduction: Toward ethnographies of communication. American Anthropologist 66 (6): 134.Google Scholar
Hymes, Dell. 1972. Models for the interaction of language and social life. In Gumperz, J. & Hymes, D. (eds.), Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication, 125. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.Google Scholar
Hymes, Dell, & Gumperz, John J. (eds.). 1972. Directions in sociolinguistics: The ethnography of communication. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.Google Scholar
Idiata, D. F. 2003. Pourquoi le Gabon doit investir sur ses langues vernaculaires. Cape Town: Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society.Google Scholar
Ikoro, Suanu. 1994. Numeral classifiers in Kana. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 15: 728.Google Scholar
Ikoro, Suanu. 1996. The Kana language. Leiden: Research School CNWS.Google Scholar
Ilson, R. 1985. Dictionaries, lexicography, and language learning. Oxford: Pergamon.Google Scholar
Innes, Gordon. 1966. An introduction to Grebo. London: School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.Google Scholar
Instituto Nacional de Estatistica (INE). 2014. Censo. http://censo.ine.gov.ao/xportal/xmain?xpid=censo2014.Google Scholar
International Telecommunications Union. 2016. Measuring the information society. Geneva: International Telecommunications Union.Google Scholar
Internet Society. 2016. Global internet report 2016. Reston, VA: ISOC.Google Scholar
Internet World Stats. 2016. Internet world users by language. www.internetworldstats.com/stats7.htm.Google Scholar
Intumbo, Incanha. 2006. Papiamentu, Guiné-Bissau Creole Portuguese, and its substrate, Balanta: A comparison of the noun phrase. Revista Internacional de Linguística Iberoamericana 4 (1): 107115.Google Scholar
Inuwa, Y. N. 2014. Significance of Hausa-English code switching. Academic Research International 5 (3): 164173.Google Scholar
Ioussouf, Raissa. 2013. Decline in French language skills worry academics in Madagascar. Radio France International (RFI). http://en.rfi.fr/africa/20130820-decline-french-language-skills-worry-academics-madagascar.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T. 1974. Strategies of status manipulation in the Wolof greeting. In Bauman, Richard & Sherzer, Joel (eds.), Explorations in the ethnography of speaking, 167191. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T.. 1979. Formality and informality in communicative events. American Anthropologist 81 (4): 773790.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T.. 1980. How not to ask a favor in Wolof. Research on Language and Social Interaction 13 (1): 349.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T.. 1993. Insult and responsibility: Verbal abuse in a Wolof village. In Hill, Jane H. & Irvine, Judith T. (eds.), Responsibility and evidence in oral discourse, 105134. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T.. 1996. Shadow conversations: The indeterminacy of participant roles. In Silverstein, Michael & Urban, Greg (eds.), Natural histories of discourse, 131159. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T.. 2016. Going upscale: Scales and scale-climbing as ideological projects. In Carr, E. S. & Lempert, Michael (eds.), Scale: Discourse and dimensions of social life, 213231. Oakland: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Irvine, Judith T., & Gal, Susan. 2000. Language ideology and linguistic differentiation. In Kroskrity, Paul V. (ed.), Regimes of language: Ideologies, polities, and identities, 3583. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research Press.Google Scholar
Isola, Akinwumi. 1982. Ena: Code-talking in Yoruba. Journal of West African Languages 12 (1): 4351.Google Scholar
Ito, M., Baumer, S., Bittani, M., Boyd, D., Cody, R., Horst, H., Lange, P., Mahendran, D., Martínex, K., Pascoe, C. J., Perkel, D., Robinson, L., Sims, C., & Tripp, L.. 2009. Hanging out, messing around and geeking out: Kids living and learning with new media. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.Google Scholar
Ivanova, Olga. 2013. Constructing social norms: The pragmatics of multimodal quotation boundaries in spoken Swahili. Journal of Pragmatics 57: 8299.Google Scholar
Jacobs, Bart. 2010. Upper Guinea Creole: Evidence in favor of a Santiago birth. Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 25 (2): 289343.Google Scholar
Jaggar, Philip J. 2001. Hausa. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Jaggar, Philip J., & Ekkehard Wolff, H.. 2002. Chadic and Hausa linguistics: Selected papers of Paul Newman with commentaries. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika. 1990. A Fur grammar: Phonology, morphophonology, and morphology. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika. 2006. Focus in an active/agentive alignment system: The case of Beria (Saharan). ZAS Papers in Linguistics 4: 129142.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika. 2009. Differential object marking in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian). Manuscript.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika. 2011. Split-S in Beria. In Löhr, Doris, Rothmaler, Eva, & Ziegelmeyer, Georg (eds.), Kanuri, Borno and beyond, 91116. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika. 2017. Verbal number and transitivity in Karko (Kordofan Nubian). STUF 70 (1): 117142.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika. Forthcoming. A Karko grammar.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika, & Crass, Joachim. 2004. Grammaire du beria (langue saharienne) avec un glossaire français-beria. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika, & El-Guzuuli, El-Shafie. 2013. Perception verbs and their semantics in Dongolawi (Nile Nubian). In Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. & Storch, Anne (eds.), Perception and cognition in language and culture, 193215. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika, & El-Guzuuli, El-Shafie 2015. Relative clauses in Andaandi (Nile Nubian). Dotawo 2: 7389.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika, & El-Guzuuli, El-Shafie 2016. Heterosemy of case markers and clause-linkers in Andaandi (Nile Nubian). Studies in African Linguistics 45: 161188.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika, & Hamdan, Ahmed. 2015. Number marking on Karko nouns. Dotawo 2: 271289.Google Scholar
Jakobi, Angelika, & Kümmerle, Tanja. 1993. The Nubian languages: An annotated bibliography. African linguistic bibliographies 5. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
James, Wendy, Baumann, Gerd, & Johnson, Douglas H. (eds.). 1996. Juan Maria Schuver's travels in north east Africa 1880–1883. London: Hakluyt Society.Google Scholar
Janssens, Baudouin. 1993. Double reflexes consonantiques: quatre études sur le bantou de zone A. Doctoral dissertation, Université Libre de Bruxelle.Google Scholar
Jikihara, Toshio. 1965a. Introduction to Lingala. Tenri: Tenrikyo Oversee Mission.Google Scholar
Jikihara, Toshio. 1965b. Lingala vocabulary. Tenri: Tenrikyo Oversee Mission.Google Scholar
Ashkaba, John Abraha & Smidt, Wolbert G. C.. 2007. Ilit and Sokodas. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 3, 123124. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Johnson, David C. 2013. Oil production and language policy in Equatorial Guinea. In Johnson, David C. (ed.), Language policy, 2024. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Johnson, Fredrick. 1935. Kamusi ya Kiswahili. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Johnson, Fredrick. 1939a. Standard English-Swahili dictionary. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Johnson, Fredrick. 1939b. Standard Swahili-English dictionary. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Jones, T. J. 1922. Education in Africa: A study of West, South, and equatorial Africa by the African Education Commission, under the auspices of the Phelps-Stokes Fund and foreign mission societies of North America and Europe. New York: Phelps-Stokes Fund. www.archive.org/stream/educationinafric00afriuoft#page/n5/mode/2up.Google Scholar
Jordan, Linda. 2016. A comparison of five speech varieties of southwestern Angola. SIL Electronic Survey report 20152017.Google Scholar
Jørgensen, J. N. 2008. Polylingual languaging around and among children and adolescents. International Journal of Multilingualism 5: 161176.Google Scholar
Joseph, J. E. 1987. Eloquence and power: The rise of language standards and standard languages. London: F. Pinter.Google Scholar
Joswig, Andreas. 2010. The phonology of Awngi. Dallas: SIL International.Google Scholar
Jouannet, Francis. 1982. Le kanembou des Ngaldoukou (Langue saharienne parlée sur les rives septentrionales du Tchad). Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Juffermans, Kasper. 2015. Local languaging, literacy and multilingualism in a West African society. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Juillard, Caroline. 2005. Hétérogénéité des plurilinguismes en Afrique à partir du terrain Sénégalais. La Linguistique 41: 2336.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1970. Die Ron-Sprachen: Tschadohamitische Studien in Nordnigerien. Glückstadt: J. J. Augustin.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1975. Types of conjugational forms in Chadic. In James Bynon & Theodora Bynon (eds.), Hamito-Semitica, 399413. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1977. Apophony and grammatical tone in the tense system of Chadic languages. Afrika und Übersee 60: 7982.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1978. A tentative four stage model for the development of the Chadic languages. In Fronzaroli, Pelio (ed.), Atti del Secondo Congresso Internazionale di Linguistica Camito-Semitica, 381388. Florence: Istituto de Linguistica e di Lingue Orientali, Universita di Firenze.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1980. Kontakte zwischen Adamawa- und Tschad-Sprachen: Zur Übertragung grammatischer Systeme. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 130: 7085.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 1987a. Apocope et syncope dans l'histoire du développement des langues tchadiques. In Barreteau, Daniel (ed.), Langues et cultures dans le bassin du lac Tchad, 151160. Paris: ORSTOM.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. (ed.). 1987b. Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures 5: Langues tchadiques et langues non-tchadiques en contact en Afrique Centrale (Actes de la Table Ronde franco-allemande, Ivry (France), 8–12 décembre 1978). Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 2000. Zum Genus im Tschadischen. Frankfurter Afrikanistische Blätter 12: 2736.Google Scholar
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann. 2005. Prefix and suffix conjugation in Chadic. In Fronzaroli, Pelio & Marrassini, Paolo (eds.), Proceedings of the 10th Meeting of Hamito-Semitic (Afroasiatic) Linguistics, 411419. Florence: Dipartimento di Linguistica, Università di Firenze.Google Scholar
Kabel, A. 2012. There is no such thing as ‘keeping out of politics’: Arabisation and Amazigh/Berber mother tongue education in Morocco. In Skutnabb-Kangas, T. & Heugh, K. (eds.), Multilingual education and sustainable development work: From periphery to centre, 216238. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kabuta, J. 2008. Dictionnaire cilubà-français. Gent: Recall.Google Scholar
Kadende-Kaiser, R. M. 2000. Interpreting language and cultural discourse: Internet communication among Burundians in the diaspora. Africa Today 47: 120148.Google Scholar
Kadima, M. 1969. Le système des classes d'accord en bantou. Leuven: Vander.Google Scholar
Kagame, Alexis. 1956. La philosophie Bantu-Rwandaise de l’être. Paris: Membre Academic Royale Sciences Colon.Google Scholar
Kagame, Alexis. 1969. Introduction aux grands genres lyrics de l'ancien Rwanda. Butare: University of Rwanda.Google Scholar
Kagame, Alexis. 1976. La philosophie Bantu comparée. Paris: Présence Africaine.Google Scholar
Kagaya, Ryohei. 1992. A classified vocabulary of the Bakueri language. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Kagaya, Ryohei, & Nobuko, Yoneda (eds.). 2006. Bibliography of African language study: ILCAA 1964–2006. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Kaggwa, Apollo. 1900. Ekitabo kye Basekabaka be Buganda. Kampala.Google Scholar
Kaggwa, Apollo. 1901. Ekitabo kya basekabaka beBuganda, nabeBunyoro nabeKoki, nabeToro, nabeNkole. London: Luzae.Google Scholar
Kaji, Shigeki, Xiaomeng, Sun, Chul-Joon, Yang, Hajek, John. 2019. African linguistics in Asia and Australia. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 233250. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kamba Muzenga, J. G. 1981. Les formes verbales négatives dans les langues bantoues. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l'Afrique Centrale.Google Scholar
Kamwangamalu, Nkonko M. 1994. SiSwati-English code-switching: The matrix language principle and linguistic constraints. South African Journal of African Languages 14 (2): 7077.Google Scholar
Kamwangamalu, Nkonko M.. 1996. Sociolinguistic aspects of siSwati‐English bilingualism. World Englishes 15 (3): 295305.Google Scholar
Kamwangamalu, Nkonko M.. 2016. Language policy and economics. The language question in Africa. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kamwangamalu, Nkonko M., Baldauf, R. B. Jr., & Kaplan, R. B. (eds.). 2013. Language planning in Africa: The Cameroon, Sudan and Zimbabwe. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kamwendo, Gregory H. 1998. The use of vernacular languages in the Malawian literacy industry. Alternation 5 (1): 3238.Google Scholar
Kamwendo, Gregory H.. 2010. Denigrating the local, glorifying the foreign: Malawian language policies in the era of African Renaissance. International Journal of African Renaissance Studies: Multi-, Inter- and Transdisciplinarity 5 (2): 270282.Google Scholar
Kamwendo, Gregory H., & Mann, Michael. 1978. A general sketch of the Bantu languages of Zambia. In Ohannessian, Sirarpi & Kashoki, Mubanga E. (eds.), Language in Zambia, 47100. London: International African Institute.Google Scholar
Kandybowicz, Jason. 2008. The grammar of repetition: Nupe grammar at the syntax-phonology interface. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Kane, Thomas Leiper. 2000. Tigrinya–English dictionary. 2 vols. Springfield, VA: Dunwoody Press.Google Scholar
Kapanga, Andre M. 2001. Recreating a language. A socio-historical approach to the study of Shaba Swahili. Cultural Survival 25 (2). www.culturalsurvival.org/print/3160.Google Scholar
Kapanga, Mwamba Tshishiku. 1991. Language variation and change: A case study of Shaba Swahili. Doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.Google Scholar
Karangwa, Jean de Dieu. 1995. Le Kiswahili dans l'Afrique des Grands Lacs. Doctoral dissertation, INALCO.Google Scholar
Kari, Ethelbert E. 2000. Ogbronuagum (The Bukuma Language). Munich: Lincom.Google Scholar
Kari, Ethelbert E.. 2003. Serial verb constructions in Degema, Nigeria. African Study Monographs 24: 271289.Google Scholar
Kari, Ethelbert E.. 2004. A reference grammar of Degema. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kari, Ethelbert E.. 2008. Degema-English dictionary with English index. Tokyo: Research Institute for Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies.Google Scholar
Kasa Gäbrä-Həywät & Amanuʾel (Ėmmanuil) Gankin. 2003–2004. Säwasəw Təgrəñña. Mäqälä.Google Scholar
2007–2008. Mäzgäbä-qalat Təgrəñña. Np.Google Scholar
Kaschula, Russell H. 1999. Imbongi and griot: Toward a comparative analysis of oral poetics in Southern and West Africa. Journal of African Cultural Studies 12 (1): 5576.Google Scholar
Kaschula, Russell H.. 2008. The oppression of isiXhosa literature and the irony of transformation. English in Africa 35 (1): 117132.Google Scholar
Kaschula, Russell H.. 2012. Technauriture: Southern African poetry in the digital age. In Gerhmann, S. & Veit-Wild, F. (eds.), Conventions & conversions: Generic innovations in African literatures, 2539. Trier: WVT Wissenschaftlicher Verlag Trier.Google Scholar
Kaschula, Russell H., Maseko, Pamela, & Ekkehard Wolff, H. (eds.). 2017. Multilingualism and intercultural communication: A South African perspective. Johannesburg: Wits University Press.Google Scholar
Kaschula, Russell H., Mostert, A., Schafer, D., & Wienand, C.. 2007. English hegemony of African identity? Towards an integrated language planning tool for economic development. SAFOS 17 (2): 4369.Google Scholar
Kaschula, Russell H., & Ekkehard Wolff, H. (eds.). 2016. Multilingual education for Africa: Concepts and practices. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kashoki, Mubanga E. 1978. The language situation in Zambia. In Ohannessian, Sirarpi & Kashoki, Mubanga E. (eds.), Language in Zambia, 946. London: International African Institute.Google Scholar
Kassim Mohamed, Souad. 2016. Berceuses et comptines arabes de Djibouti (avec introduction linguistique, transcription et glose). Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Katupha, José M. M. 1994. The language situation and language use in Mozambique. In Fardon, R. & Furniss, G. (eds.), African languages, development and the state, 8996. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kaviti, Lillian. 2015. From stigma to status: Sheng and Engsh in Kenya's linguistic and literary space. ResarchGate, January. www.researchgate.net/publication/286945582.Google Scholar
Kawada, Junzo (ed.). 1997. Cultures sonores d'Afrique. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Kaye, Alan S. (ed.). 1997. Phonologies of Asia and Africa (including the Caucasus). Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Kaye, Alan S. (ed.). 2007. Morphologies of Asia and Africa. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Kebebw, Lemi. 2010. A grammatical description of Opo. Master's thesis, Addis Abeba University.Google Scholar
Keegan, John M. 2012. The Western Sara languages: The Sara Language Project. Cuenca: Morkeg Books.Google Scholar
Keese, Alexander. 2007. Living with ambiguity, integrating an African elite in French and Portuguese Africa, 1930–61. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner.Google Scholar
Keller, Rudi. 1994. Sprachwandel: Von der unsichtbaren Hand in der Sprache. 2nd ed. Tübingen: Francke.Google Scholar
Kerfoot, C., & Bello-Nonjengele, B. O.. 2014. Game changers? Multilingual learners in a Cape Town primary school. Applied Linguistics 37 (4): 451473.Google Scholar
Kerfoot, C., & Hyltenstam, K. (eds.). 2017. Entangled discourses: South-North orders of visibility. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Khachaturyan, Maria. 2015. Grammaire du mano. Mandenkan 54: 1253.Google Scholar
Khachaturyan, Maria, & Nikitina, Tatiana. 2016. Syntactic reanalysis of nominalizations in Mande and its historical consequences. Paper presented at the Workshop on the Diachrony of Nominalization and Nominalizers, Mexico City, August 20. www.academia.edu/27945220/Syntactic_reanalysis_of_nominalizations_in_Mande_and_its_historical_consequences.Google Scholar
Khaketla, B. Makalo. 1951. Sebopeho sa Sesotho. Johannesburg: Afrikaanse Pers-Boekhandel.Google Scholar
Khmiri, Tahar. 1958. Al-taqrib bayna lughati al-hadith wa lughati al-kitaba [Narrowing the gap between everyday language and the language of writing]. Al-Fikr 2426.Google Scholar
Kiango, John Gongwe. 2000. Bantu lexicography: A critical survey of the principles and process of constructing dictionary entries. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Kiango, John Gongwe. 2005. Tanzania's historical contribution to the recognition and promotion of Swahili. Department of Oriental and African Languages, Goteborg University. Africa and Asia 5: 157166.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland. 2008a. Leo Reinisch. In Uhlig, Siegbert & Bausi, Alessandro (eds.), Encyclopedia Aethiopica 4: O-X, 354355. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland. 2008b. Noun classification in ǃXoon. In Ermisch, Sonja (ed.), Khoisan languages and linguistics: Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium, January 8–12, 2006, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal, 225248. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland. 2011. Verbal serialisation in Isu (West-Ring): A Grassfields language of Cameroon. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland. 2013. On the origin of Niger-Congo nominal classification. In Kikusawa, Ritsuko & Reid, Lawrence A. (eds.), Historical linguistics 2011: Selected papers from the 20th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Osaka, 25–30 July 2011, 4365. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland. 2019. Western Europe: African linguistics and the colonial project. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 2145. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland, & Mous, Maarten. 2003. The lexical reconstruction of West-Rift (Southern Cushitic). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland, & Mous, Maarten 2004. Urban youth languages in Africa. Anthropological Linguistics 46 (3): 303341.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland, Mous, Maarten, & Nurse, Derek. 2008. The Tanzanian Rift Valley area. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 186227. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kießling, Roland, Pawlak, Nina, Zheltov, Alexander, & Hurskainen, Arvi. 2019. African linguistics in Central and Eastern Europe, and in the Nordic countries. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kievit, Dirk. 2007. Nara. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 3, 11421144. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Kievit, Dirk, & Kievit, Saliem. 2009. Differential object marking in Tigrinya. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 30: 4571.Google Scholar
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2003. Khwe dictionary. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2008. A grammar of modern Khwe (Central Khoisan). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2013. Kxoe subgroup: Khwe. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 356378. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kilian-Hatz, Christa, & Heine, Bernd. 2010. On nominal gender marking in Khwe. Rev. ed. Cologne: Universität zu Cologne, Institut für Afrikanistik.Google Scholar
Killian, Donald. 2014. Uduk-English dictionary. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Killian, Donald. 2015a. Complex verbal predicates in Uduk. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), Nilo-Saharan: Models and descriptions, 177197. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Killian, Donald. 2015b. Topics in Uduk phonology and morphosyntax. Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki.Google Scholar
Kilpatrick, Eileen. 1985. Bongo phonology. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 4: 162.Google Scholar
Kilpatrick, Eileen. 2004. Orthographies of Moru-Ma'di languages. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 9: 8591.Google Scholar
King, G. K. 1999. Swahili technical terminology: Problems of development and usage in Kenya. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere 60: 147160.Google Scholar
King, Lid, & Carson, Lorna (eds.). 2015. The multilingual city: Vitality, conflict and change. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Kioko, Eric M. 2015. Regional varieties and ‘ethnic’ registers of Sheng. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 119148. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Kishe, A. M. 2010. Kiswahili as vehicle of unity and development in the Great Lakes Region. Language, Culture and Curriculum 16 (2): 218230.Google Scholar
Kishindo, Pascal J. 2001. Authority in language: The role of the Chichewa Board (1972–1995) in prescription and standardization of Chichewa. Journal of Asian and African Studies 62: 261283.Google Scholar
Kisseberth, Charles W., & Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam. 2011. Chimwiini phonological phrasing revisited. Lingua 121: 19872013.Google Scholar
Kitchen, Andrew, Ehret, Christopher, Assefa, Shiferaw, & Mulligan, Connie J.. 2009. Bayesian phylogenetic analysis of Semitic languages identifies an Early Bronze Age origin of Semitic in the Near East. Proceedings of the Royal Society B 276: 27032710.Google Scholar
Ki-Zerbo, Joseph (ed.). 2003. General history of Africa, vol. 1 (abridged): Methodology and African prehistory. Cape Town: National Education Association (NEA) and UNESCO.Google Scholar
Klein, J. 2010. Can the new African language dictionaries empower the African language speakers of South Africa or are they just a half-hearted implementation of language policies? In Dykstra, A. & Schoonheim, T. (eds.), Proceedings of the XIV EURALEX International Congress. 6–10 July 2010, 14851496. Leeuwarden: Fryske Akademy – Afûk.Google Scholar
Klingenheben, August. 1949. Zur Nominalbildung im Galla. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen 35: 2147, 107126, 235260.Google Scholar
Knappert, , Jan. 1967. Traditional Swahili poetry. Leiden: E. J. Brill.Google Scholar
Koelle, Sigismund Wilhelm. 1854. Polyglotta Africana; or, A comparative vocabulary of nearly three hundred words and phrases in more than one hundred distinct African languages. London: Church Missionary House.Google Scholar
Kogan, Leonid. 1997. Tigrinya. In Hetzron, Robert (ed.), The Semitic languages, 424445. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kogan, Leonid. 2005. Common origin of Ethiopian Semitic: The lexical dimension. Scrinium 1: 367396.Google Scholar
Kogan, Leonid. 2007. Tigrinya morphology. In Kaye, Alan S. (ed.), Morphologies of Asia and Africa, 381401. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Kogan, Leonid. 2008. On Proto-Semitic deverbal derivation. Aula Orientalis 26: 91115.Google Scholar
Kogan, Leonid. 2015. Genealogical classification of Semitic: The lexical isoglosses. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Kogan, Leonid, & Korotajev, Andrey V.. 1997. Sayhadic (epigraphic South Arabian). In Hetzron, Robert (ed.), The Semitic languages, 230241. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Kohl, Christoph. 2011. National integration in Guinea-Bissau since independence. Cadernos de Estudos Africanos 20: 86109.Google Scholar
Köhler, Oswin. 1975. Geschichte und Probleme der Gliederung der Sprachen Afrikas. In Baumann, H. (ed.), Die Völker Afrikas und ihre traditionellen Kulturen. Part I: Allgemeiner Teil und südliches Afrika, 135373. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Kolbusa, Stefanie. 2000. Ingamwana. Nyakyusa-Schwiegermeidung. Master's thesis, University of Bayreuth.Google Scholar
Kolmodin, Johannes. 1912. Traditions de Tsazzega et Hazzega. Textes tigrigna. Archives d’études orientales 5, 1. Rome.Google Scholar
Kolmodin, Johannes. 1914. Traditions de Tsazzega et Hazzega, Annales et documents. Archives d’études orientales 5, 3. Upsal.Google Scholar
Kolmodin, Johannes. 1915. Traditions de Tsazzega et Hazzega. Traduction française. Archives d’études orientales 5, 2. Upsal.Google Scholar
König, Christa. 2006. Case in Africa. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
König, Christa. 2008. The marked-nominative languages of Eastern Africa. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), A linguistic geography of Africa, 251271. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
König, Ekkehard, & Siemund, Peter. 2000. Intensifiers and reflexives: A typological perspective. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Curl, Traci S. (eds.), Reflexives: Forms and functions, Typological Studies in Language 40, 4174. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Konoshenko, Maria. 2014. The syntax of tone in Guinean Kpelle. Berkeley Linguistics Society 40: 233252.Google Scholar
Koopman, Hilda. 1984. The syntax of verbs. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Kootz, Anja, & Pasch, Helma (eds.). 2009. 5000 Jahre Schrift in Afrika: Entstehung, Funktionen, Wechsel. Cologne: Universitäts- und Stadtbibliothek.Google Scholar
Kosch, Inge M. 1993. A historical perspective on Northern Sotho linguistics. Via Afrika Monograph Series 5. Pretoria: Via Afrika.Google Scholar
Kosch, Inge M., & Bosch, Sonja E.. 2014. African languages as languages of teaching and learning: The case of the Department of African Languages, University of South Africa. In Hibbert, L. & van der Walt, C. (eds.), Multilingual universities in South Africa: Reflecting society in higher education, 4967. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Kossmann, Maarten. 1997. Grammaire du parler berbère de Figuig (Maroc oriental). Louvain: Peeters.Google Scholar
Kossmann, Maarten. 2000. Esquisse grammaticale du rifain oriental. Louvain: Peeters.Google Scholar
Kossmann, Maarten. 2011. A grammar of Ayer Tuareg (Niger). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kossmann, Maarten. 2012. Berber. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 18101. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Kossmann, Maarten. 2013. A grammatical sketch of Ghadames Berber (Libya). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Krapf, Ludwig. 1850. Outline of the elements of the Ki-Suahili language with special reference to the Kiníka dialect. Tübingen: L. F. Fues.Google Scholar
Krapf, Ludwig. 1882. A dictionary of the Suaheli language. London: Spalding Press.Google Scholar
Kreamer, Christine Mullen. 1995. Transformation and power in Moba (Northern Togo) initiation rites. Africa: Journal of the International African Institute 65 (1): 5878.Google Scholar
Krebernik, Manfred, & Nissen, Hans J.. 1994. Die sumerisch-akkadische Keilschrift. In Günther, Hartmut & Ludwig, Otto (eds.), Schrift und Schriftlichkeit / Writing and its use, vol. 1, 274288. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Kropf, A. 1915. A Kafir-English dictionary. 2nd ed. Alice: Lovedale.Google Scholar
Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther. 2012. Towards a phonology of Proto-Kwa: Onwards from Stewart's Potou-Akanic-Bantu. Paper presented at the Workshop towards Proto-Niger-Congo: Comparison and Reconstruction, Paris.Google Scholar
Kroskrity, Paul V. 2007. Language ideologies. In Duranti, Alessandro (ed.), Companion to linguistic anthropology, 496517. Malden, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Krumm, Bernard. 1940. Words of oriental origin in Swahili. London: Sheldon Press.Google Scholar
Kunene, Daniel P. 1958. Notes on Hlonepha among the Southern Sotho. African Studies 17: 159182.Google Scholar
Kuteva, Tania. 1998. Large linguistic areas in grammaticalization: Auxiliation in Europe. Language Sciences 20 (3): 289311.Google Scholar
Kuteva, Tania. 2000. Areal grammaticalization: The case of the Bantu-Nilotic borderland. Folia Linguistica 34 (3–4): 267283.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 1989. The secret behind vowelless syllables in Lendu. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 11: 115126.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 1991. Lendu: A new perspective on implosives and glottalized consonants. Afrika und Übersee 74: 7786.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 1994. Ngiti: A central-Sudanic language of Zaire. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 2003. Prenominal relative clauses and word order in Lendu. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 2007. Coreference in Ngiti. In Reh, Mechthild & Payne, Doris L. (eds.), Advances in Nilo-Saharan linguistics, Nilo-Saharan Linguistic Analyses and Documentation 22, 143161. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. 2013. Exotic consonants in Congolese languages. Paper presented at the Phonetics and Phonology of Sub-Saharan Languages colloquium, University of the Witwatersrand, July 7–10.Google Scholar
Kutsch Lojenga, Constance. N.d. Verbal derivation in Ngiti and Lendu. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Labov, William. 1972. Language in the inner city. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.Google Scholar
Labov, William. 1991. The three dialects of English. In Eckert, P. (ed.), New ways of analyzing variation, 144. New York: Academic Press.Google Scholar
Labov, William. 2001. Principles of linguistic change, vol. 2: Social factors. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, Peter. 1968. A phonetic study of West African languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, Peter, Glick, R., & Criper, C.. 1972. Language in Uganda. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, Peter, & Maddieson, Ian. 1996. The sounds of the world's languages. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Ladefoged, Peter, & Traill, Anthony. 1984. Linguistic phonetic description of clicks. Language 60 (1): 120.Google Scholar
Lafage, S. 1979. Role and importance of popular French in French of Côte d'Ivoire. Le Français Moderne 47: 208219.Google Scholar
Lafarge, Francine. 1978. Étude phonologique des parlers kosop (Kim) et gerep (Djouman): Groupe Kim (Adamawa) – Mayo Kebbi – Tchad. Doctoral thesis, Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle III.Google Scholar
Lamberti, Marcello. 1991. Cushitic and its classification. Anthropos 86 (4/6): 552561.Google Scholar
Lamberti, Marcello. 2003. Italian Ethiopian studies in the 20th century. In Voigt, Rainer (ed.), Die äthiopischen Studien im 20. Jahrhundert / Ethiopian studies in the 20th century. Akten der internationalen äthiopischen Tagung Berlin 22. bis 24. Juli 2000, Semitica et Semitohamitica Berolinensia 2, 103121. Aachen: Shaker Verlag.Google Scholar
Lamidi, Mufutau Temitayo. 2008. Hybrid verbs in Yorùbá-English code-mixing. Languages in Contrast 8 (2): 161180.Google Scholar
Lanham, Leonard W., & Macdonald, Carol. 1979. The standard in South African English and its social history. Heidelberg: Julius Groos.Google Scholar
Larochette, J. 1958. Grammaire des dialectes mangbetu et medje. Série 8, Vol. 18. Tervuren: Annales du musée royal du Congo belge.Google Scholar
Larochette, J.. 1959. Overeenkomst tussen Mangbetu, Zande, en Bantu-talen. In Handelingen van het XXIIIe Vlaams Filologencongres, 247248. Brussels.Google Scholar
Lass, Roger. 1995. South African English. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Language and social history: Studies in South African sociolinguistics, 89106. Cape Town: David Philip.Google Scholar
Lass, Roger, & Wright, Susan. 1986. Endogeny versus contact: ‘Afrikaans influence’ on South African English. English World-Wide 7: 201224.Google Scholar
Laughren, Mary. 1973. Une analyse plérématique du tyebari, un dialecte sénoufo de Côte d'Ivoire. Doctoral dissertation, Université de Nice.Google Scholar
Lave, Jean, & Wenger, Etienne. 1991. Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
LaVerle, Berry. 1989. The society and its environment. In Chapin Metz, Helen (ed.), Libya. A country study, 61116. Washington, DC: US Department of the Army.Google Scholar
Leben, William R. 1976. Suprasegmental phonology. Doctoral thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.Google Scholar
Lébikaza, K. Kézié. 1999. Grammaire Kabiyè: une Analyse Systématique-Phonologie, Tonologie, et Morphosyntaxe. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Lee, John. 1991. Language and culture: The linguistic analysis of culture. In Button, Graham (ed.), Ethnomethodology and the human sciences, 196226. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Lefebvre, Claire. 1989. Instrumental take-serial constructions in Haitian and in Fon. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 34: 319337.Google Scholar
Lefebvre, Claire. 1998. Creole Genesis and the acquisition of grammar: The case of Haitian Creole. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Lefebvre, Claire, & Brousseau, Anne-Marie. 2002. A grammar of Fongbe. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Legendre, G., & Schindler, M.. 2010. Code switching in Urban Wolof: A case for violable constraints in syntax. Revista Virtual de Estudos da Linguagem-ReVEL 8: 4775.Google Scholar
Legère, Karsten. 2006a. Formal and informal development of the Swahili Language: Focus on Tanzania. In Arasanyin, O. F. & Pemberton, M. A. (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 36th annual conference on African linguistics, 176184. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Legère, Karsten. 2006b. Language endangerment in Tanzania: Identifying and maintaining endangered languages. South African Journal of African Languages 22 (3): 99112.Google Scholar
Legère, Karsten. 2007. Vidunda (G38) as an endangered language? In Payne, Doris L. & Peña, Jaime (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 37th annual conference on African linguistics, 4354. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
Lehmann, Christian. 2011. Grammaticalization of Semitic case relators. Aula Orientalis 29: 926.Google Scholar
Leiris, Michel. 1948. La langue secrète des Dogons de Sanga (Soudan français). Paris: Institut d'Ethnologie.Google Scholar
Leitch, Myles. 1996. Vowel harmonies of the Congo Basin: An optimality theory analysis of variation in the Bantu Zone C. Doctoral thesis, University of British Columbia.Google Scholar
Lemi, Kebebe. 2017. Grammatical description and documentation of Bayso. Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Lentz, C. 1995. ‘Tribalism’ and ethnicity in Africa. Cahiers des Sciences Humaines 31 (2): 303328.Google Scholar
Lepsius, Karl Richard. 1880. Nubische Grammatik: Mit einer Einleitung über die Völker und Sprachen Afrikas. Berlin: Hertz.Google Scholar
Leroy, J. 1977. Morphologie et classes nominales en mankon (Cameroun). Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Leslau, Wolf. 1949. An Ethiopian argot of people possessed by a spirit. Africa: Journal of the International African Institute 19 (3): 204212.Google Scholar
Leslau, Wolf. 1956. Étude descriptive et comparative du Gafat (Éthiopien méridional). Paris: C. Klincksieck.Google Scholar
Leslau, Wolf. 1995. Reference grammar of Amharic. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Lewis, G., Jones, B., & Baker, C.. 2012. Translanguaging: Developing its conceptualisation and contextualization. Educational Research and Evaluation 18 (7): 655670.Google Scholar
Lewis, M. Paul (ed.). 2009. Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 16th ed. Dallas: SIL International. www.ethnologue.com/.Google Scholar
Lewis, M. Paul, Simons, Gary F., & Fennig, Charles D. (eds.). 2015. Ethnologue: Languages of Africa and Europe. 18th ed. Dallas: SIL.Google Scholar
Lewis, M. Paul, Simons, Gary F., & Fennig, Charles D. (eds.). 2016. Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 190th ed. Dallas: SIL International. www.ethnologue.com.Google Scholar
Lexander, K. V. 2011. Texting and African language literacy. New Media Society 13: 427443.Google Scholar
Leyew, Zelealem, & Heine, Bernd. 2003. Comparative constructions in Africa: An areal dimension. Annual Publication in African Linguistics 1: 4768.Google Scholar
Leynseele, Hélène van, and Stewart, John M.. 1980. Harmonie consonantique en pre-nèn. In Bouquiaux, L. (ed.), L'expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4–16 avril 1977, 421433. Paris: Société des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).Google Scholar
Liddicoat, A., & Bryant, P.. 2002. Intellectualisation: A current issue in language planning. Current Issues in Language Planning 3 (4): 14.Google Scholar
Lim, L., Stroud, C., & Wee, L. (eds.). 2018. The multilingual citizen: Towards a politics of language for agency and change. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Lindau, Mona. 1978. Vowel features. Language 54: 541563.Google Scholar
Lionnet, Florian. 2014. Doubly triggered harmony in Laal as subphonemic agreement by correspondence. In Kingston, John, Moore-Cantwell, Claire, Pater, Joe, & Staubs, Robert (eds.), Proceedings of the 2013 Meeting on Phonology. http://journals.linguisticsociety.org/proceedings/index.php/amphonology/article/view/38.Google Scholar
Lipiński, Edward. 1997. Semitic languages: Outline of a comparative grammar. Leuven: Peeters and Departement Oosterse Studies.Google Scholar
Lipski, John. 2011. El habla of los Congos. Panama: Instituto Nacional de Cultura.Google Scholar
Lipski, John. 2015. La reconstrucción de los primeros contactos lingüísticos afrohispánicos: la importáncia de las comunidades de habla contemporáneas. In Avelar, Juanito & Álvarez-López, Laura (eds.), Dinâmicas Afro-Latinas Língua (s) e História (s), 93126. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Littmann, Enno. 1910–1915. Publications of the Princeton expedition to Abyssinia. Vols. 1–4A/B. Leiden.Google Scholar
Littmann, Enno, & Höfner, Maria. 1962. Wörterbuch der Tigre-Sprache, Tigre-Deutsch-Englisch. Wiesbaden.Google Scholar
Lloret, Maria-Rosa. 1997. Oromo phonology. In Kaye, Alan S. (ed.), Phonologies of Asia and Africa (including the Caucasus), vol. 1, 493519. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Lobban, Richard. 1995. Cape Verde: Crioulo colony to independent nation. Boulder, CO: Westview.Google Scholar
Lopes, Armando J. 1998. The language situation in Mozambique. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 19 (5): 440486.Google Scholar
Loprieno, Antonio, & Müller, Matthias. 2012. Ancient Egyptian and Coptic. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 102144. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Lord, Carol. 1975. Igbo verb compounds and the lexicon. Studies in African Linguistics, 61: 2348.Google Scholar
Lord, Carol. 1993. Historical change in serial verb constructions. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Lovegren, Jesse. 2013. Mungbam grammar. Doctoral dissertation, State University of New York at Buffalo.Google Scholar
Lucy, John A. 1993. Reflexive language: Reported speech and metapragmatics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Lukas, Johannes. 1936. The linguistic situation in the Lake Chad area. Africa 9 (3): 332349.Google Scholar
Lukusa, Stephen T. M., & Monaka, Kemmonye C.. 2008. Shekgalagari grammar. Cape Town: Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2004. Language planning in West Africa – Who writes the script? Language Documentation and Description 2: 90107.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2009. At the margin. African endangered languages in the context of global endangerment discourses. African Research and Documentation 109: 1541.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2010a. Multilingualism and language contact in West Africa: Towards a holistic perspective. Journal of Language Contact THEMA 3: 112.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2010b. Rare and endangered: Languages or features? An African perspective. Journal of West African Languages 37: 119139.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2011. Orthography development. In Austin, Peter K. & Sallabank, Julia (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of endangered languages, 312336. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2015. Ideologies and typologies of language endangerment in Africa. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 59105. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2016a. Pure fiction – The interplay of indexical and essentialist ideologies and heterogeneous practices: A view from Agnack. Language Documentation and Conservation Special Publication 10: 839.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2016b. Uncovering small-scale multilingualism. Critical Multilingualism Studies 4 (2): 3574.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2017. African(ist) perspectives on vitality. Fluidity, small speaker numbers, and adaptive multilingualism make vibrant ecologies (response to Mufwene). Language 93 (4): e275e279.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2018a. Escaping the tyranny of writing. West African regimes of writing as a model for multilingual literacy. In Juffermans, Kasper & Weth, Constanze (eds.), The tyranny of writing revisited: Ideologies of the written word, 129148. London: Bloomsbury.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2018b. Multiple choice: Language use and cultural practice in rural Casamance between convergence and divergence. In Knörr, Jacqueline & Filho, Wilson Trajano (eds.), Creolization and pidginization in contexts of postcolonial diversity: Language, culture, identity, 181208. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. 2018c. Supporting vital repertoires, not revitalizing languages. In Hinton, Leanne, Huss, Leena, & Roche, Gerald (eds.), The Routledge handbook of language revitalization, 473484. Abingdon: Routledge.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike. In preparation. Organic multilingualism.Google Scholar
Lüpke, Friederike, & Storch, Anne. 2013. Repertoires and choices in African languages. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Lusekelo, Amani. 2019. African linguistics in Eastern Africa. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 133152. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Lux, Cécile. 2013. Le tetserrét, langue berbère du Niger. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Lyautey, Louis-Hubert. 1915. Décision du Commissaire résident général créant à Rabat un Comité d'Etudes berbères. Les Archives berbères 1 (1). http://bnm.bnrm.ma:86/ClientBin/images/book393968/doc.pdf.Google Scholar
Lyche, Chantal, & Skattum, Ingse. 2012. The phonological characteristics of French in Bamako, Mali: A sociolinguistic approach. In Gess, Randall, Lyche, Chantal, & Meisenburg, Trudel (eds.), Phonological variation in French: Illustrations from three continents, vol. 11, 73101. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Lydall, Jean. 1976. Hamer. In Lionel Bender, M. (ed.), The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia, 393438. East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State University.Google Scholar
Lydall, Jean. 1988. Gender, number, and size in Hamar. In Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Serzisko, Fritz (eds.), Cushitic-Omotic: Papers from the International Symposium on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Cologne, January 6–9, 1986, 7590. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Lydall, Jean. 2000. Having fun with ideophones: A socio-linguistic look at ideophones in Hamar, southern Ethiopia. In Yimam, Baye, Pankhurst, Richard, Chapple, David, Admassu, Yonas, Pankhurst, Alula, & Tefera, Birhanu (eds.), Ethiopian studies at the end of the second millennium: Proceedings of the 14th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, November 6–11, 2000, Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia, vol. 3, 886911. Addis Ababa: Institute of Ethiopian Studies, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Mabika Mbokou, L. 2012. A survey of bilingualism in multilingual Gabon. In Ndinga-Koumba-Binza, H. S. & Bosch, S. E. (eds.), Language science and language technology in Africa: Festchrift for Justus C. Roux, 163175. Stellenbosch: SUN Press.Google Scholar
Maddieson, Ian. 2003. The sounds of the Bantu languages. In Nurse, Derek & Philippson, Gérard (eds.), The Bantu languages, 1541. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Maddieson, Ian, & Precoda, Kristin. 1990. Updating UPSID. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics 74: 104111.Google Scholar
Maegaard, B., Krauwer, S., Choukri, K., & Jørgensen, L.. 2006. The BLARK concept and BLARK for Arabic. In Proceedings of LREC 2006, 773778. Genova: European Language Association CD-ROM.Google Scholar
Maganga, Clement, & Schadeberg, Thilo C.. 1992. Kinyamwezi: Grammar, texts, vocabulary. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Təgray, Maḥbär bahli (ed.). 1991 ʿa.-mə. [= 1998/1999]. Mäṣnaʿtətat qäddamay simpoziyäm qwanqwa Təgrəñña. mässänadaʾti Täklä-Haymanot Haylä-Səllase (do/r) et alii. Addis Abäba: Maḥbär bahli Təgray (təkkal bet maḥtäm Bərhan-ənna Sälam).Google Scholar
Təgray, Maḥbär bahli (ed.). 1999 ʿa.-mə. [= 2007] [recte: 2000 ʿa.-mə. [= 2008]. Wəṣṣəʾit käydi mäbbäl 2 [kalʿa]y wa ʿla-n mäṣnaʿtə-n qwanqwatat Təgray. Mäqälä: Maḥbär bahli Təgray, miyazya.Google Scholar
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2007. The linear ordering of TAM/NEG markers in the Bantu languages. SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics 15: 213225.Google Scholar
Makalela, L. 2015. Moving out of linguistic boxes: The effects of translanguaging strategies for multilingual classrooms. Language and Education 29 (3): 200217.Google Scholar
Makoe, P., & McKinney, C.. 2009. Hybrid discursive practices in a South African multilingual primary classroom: A case study. English Teaching: Practice and Critique 8 (2): 8095.Google Scholar
Makoni, Busi, Makoni, Sinfree, & Pennycook, Alastair. 2010. On speaking multilanguages: Urban lingos and fluid multilingualism. In Cuvelier, Pol, Du Plessis, Theo, Meeuwis, Michael, & Vandekerckhove, Reinhilde (eds.), Multilingualism from below: Studies in language policy in South Africa, 147165. Pretoria: Van Schaik.Google Scholar
Makoni, Sinfree. 2003. From misinvention to disinvention of language: Multilingualism and the South African Constitution. In Makoni, S., Smitherman, G., Ball, A., & Spears, A. K. (eds.), Black linguistics: Language, society and politics in Africa and the Americas, 132153. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Makoni, Sinfree, Brutt-Griffler, Janina, & Mashiri, Pedzisai. 2007. The use of ‘indigenous’ and urban vernaculars in Zimbabwe. Language in Society 36: 2549.Google Scholar
Makoni, Sinfree, & Pennycook, A. (eds.). 2007. Disinventing and reconstituting languages. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Makoni, Sinfree, Smitherman, Geneva, Ball, Arnetha F., & Spears, Arthur K.. 2003. Black linguistics: Language, society, and politics in Africa and the Americas. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Malcolm, D. McK. 1949. Zulu manual for beginners. Cape Town: Longmans, Green.Google Scholar
Malherbe, E. G. 1946. The bilingual school: A study of bilingualism in South Africa. London: Longmans.Google Scholar
Manessy, Gabriel. 1979. Contribution à la classification généalogique des langues voltaïques: Le groupe proto-central. Paris: Société d'Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France.Google Scholar
Manessy, Gabriel. 1990. Du bon usage de la méthode comparative historique, dans les langues africaines et ailleurs. Travaux du Cercle Linguistique d'Aix-en-Provence 8: 89107.Google Scholar
Manessy, Gabriel. 1992. Norme endogène et normes pedagogiques en Afrique noire francophone. In Baggioni, Daniel et al. (eds.), Multilinguisme et développement dans l'espace francophone, 4381. Aix-en-Provence: Institut d’études créoles et francophones, Université de Provence & Didier Erudition.Google Scholar
Manfredi, Stefano. 2017. Arabi juba: Un pidgin-créole du Soudan du Sud. Louvain: Peeters.Google Scholar
Mangulu, André Motingea. 2005. Leboale et lebaate: Langues bantoues du plateau des Uélé, Afrique Centrale. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Mangulu, André Motingea. 2008. Aspects du bongili de la sangha-Likouala: Suivis de l'Esquisse du Parler Énga de Mampoko, Lulonga. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Mangulu, André Motingea. 2010. Aspects des parlers minoritaires des lacs Tumba et Inongo: Contribution à l'histoire de contact des langues dans le bassin central congolais. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Mangulu, André Motingea. 2012. Contributions aux études linguistiques sur le haut Congo: Esquisses du soa, mbesa, tofoké et lokelé. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Mangulu, André Motingea. 2014. Le nom individuel chez les Ngɔmbɛ de l'Equateur congolais: Etude ethnolinguistique et sociohistorique. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Mangwa, W. 2008. Language harmonization in Southern Africa: Toward a Standard Unified Shona Orthography (SUSO) for Botswana, Mozambique and Zimbabwe. Dyke 3 (2): 5872.Google Scholar
Manswoko, H. 1994. The post-primary Swahilization scheme in Tanzania: From debate to struggle. In Rubagumya, C. M. (ed.), Teaching and researching language in the African classrooms, 1523. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Manus, Sophie. 2017. The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Símákonde. In Van der Wal, J. & Hyman, L. M. (eds.), The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Bantu, 239257. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Marchese, Lynell. 1979. Atlas linguistique kru: Essai de typologie (Linguistique 73). Abidjan: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée.Google Scholar
Marchese, Lynell. 1983a. Atlas linguistique Kru. 2nd ed. Abidjan: ACCT and ILA.Google Scholar
Marchese, Lynell. 1983b. On assertive focus and the inherent focus nature of negatives and imperatives: Evidence from Kru. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 5: 15129.Google Scholar
Marchese, Lynell. 1989. Kru. In Bendor-Samuel, J. T. (ed.), The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa's largest language family, 119139. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Marchese Zogbo, L. 2012. Kru revisited, Kru revealed. Paper presented at the First International Congress: Towards Proto-Niger-Congo: Comparison and Reconstruction, Paris, September 18–21.Google Scholar
Marckwardt, Albert. 1958. American English. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Marckwardt, Albert. 1980. American English. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Marrassini, Paolo. 2011. ‘Early Semites’ in Ethiopia? Rassegna di Studi Etiopici, n.s. 3: 7596.Google Scholar
Marshall, Jane. 2014. Decline of French among university students. University World News: Africa Edition, no. 138. www.universityworldnews.com/article.php?story=20140918162039605.Google Scholar
Marten, Lutz, & Kula, Nancy C.. 2008. Zambia: ‘One Zambia, one nation, many languages’. In Simpson, Andrew (ed.), Language and national identity in Africa, 291313. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Marten, Lutz, & Petzell, Malin. 2016. Linguistic variation and the dynamics of language documentation: Editing in ‘pure’ Kagulu. Language Documentation and Conservation Special Publication 10: 105129.Google Scholar
Martin‐Jones, Marilyn, Kroon, Sjaak, & Kurvers, Jeanne. 2011. Multilingual literacies in the Global South: Language policy, literacy learning and use. Compare 41 (2): 157164.Google Scholar
Martins, Aracy A., Gomes, Silvestre F., & , Vigínia J. B.. 2016. Letramento (s)/alfabetização em contextos multilíngues de Angola e Guiné-Bissau. Educação em Revista 32 (4): 391412.Google Scholar
Maseko, Pamela, Sam, M., Dalvit, L., Nosilela, B., & Terzoli, A.. 2010. The role of the web in the promotion of African languages. Alternation 17 (1): 312327.Google Scholar
Massamba, David P. B. 1977. A comparative study of the Ruri, Jita and Kwaya ‘languages’ of the eastern shores of Lake Nyanza (Victoria). Master's thesis, University of Dar es Salaam.Google Scholar
Massamba, David P. B.. 1978. Kiswahili lugha ya taifa. Nairobi: Kenya Literature Bureau.Google Scholar
Massamba, David P. B.. 1984. Tone in Ciruri. In Clements, George & Goldsmith, John (eds.), Autosegmental studies in Bantu tone, 235255. Leiden: Foris Press.Google Scholar
Massamba, David P. B.. 1997. Problems in terminology development: The case of Tanzania. Kiswahili 59: 8698.Google Scholar
Massamba, David P. B.. 2002. Historia ya Kiswahili: 50BK hadi 1500BK. Nairobi: Jomo Kenyatta Foundation.Google Scholar
Massamba, David P. B.. 2007. Historia ya usanifishaji wa Kiswahili. Dar es Salaam: Institute of Kiswahili Research.Google Scholar
Mateene, Kahombo. 1999. OAU's strategy for linguistic unity and multilingual education. Social Dynamics 25 (1): 164178.Google Scholar
Mathangwane, Joyce, & Mtenje, Al. 2010. Tone and reduplication in Wandya and Subiya. In Legère, Karsten & Thornell, Christina (eds.), Bantu languages: Analyses, description and theory, 175189. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Mavoungou, P. A. 2013. Gabonese French dictionaries: Survey and perspectives. Lexikos 23: 255272.Google Scholar
Mazrui, Alamin M. 2004. English in Africa. After the Cold War. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Mazrui, Ali A. 1975. The political sociology of the English language: An African perspective. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Mazrui, Ali A.. 2005. The re-invention of Africa: Edward Said, VY Mudimbe, and beyond. Research in African Literatures 36: 6882.Google Scholar
Mazrui, Ali A., & Tidy, Michael. 1984. Nationalism and new states in Africa. London: Heinemann.Google Scholar
Mba, Gabriel, & Sadembouo, Etienne (eds.). 2012. De l'exploration du multilinguisme dans les villes africaines. Exploring multilingualism. Littérature et unité africaine. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Mbaabu, Ireri. 1973. Language planning in Kenya: Some practical considerations. Lugha 5 (3): 1314.Google Scholar
Mbaya, Maweja. 2005. Pratiques et attitudes linguistiques dans l'Afrique d'aujourd'hui: le cas du Sénégal. Munich: LINCOM Europa.Google Scholar
Mbembe, Achille. N.d. Decolonizing knowledge and the question of the archive. Manuscript. https://wiser.wits.ac.za/.../Achille%20Mbembe%20-%20Decolonizing%20Knowledge.Google Scholar
Mbindi Aninga, L. 2016. Electronic dictionaries and lexicographical theory: A case study of the Dictionnaire Interactif pour Jeunes Apprenants. Paper presented at the 21st International Conference of the African Association for Lexicography, Tzaneen, South Africa, July 4–7.Google Scholar
McCall, Daniel F. 1998. The Afroasiatic language phylum: African in origin, or Asian? Current Anthropology 39 (1): 139144.Google Scholar
McCarthy, John J. 1981. A prosodic theory of non-concatenative morphology. Linguistic Inquiry 12: 373418.Google Scholar
McCormick, Kay. 2002. Language in Cape Town's District Six. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
McGill, Stuart John. 2009. Gender and person agreement in Cicipu discourse. Doctoral dissertation, SOAS, University of London.Google Scholar
McGill, Stuart John, & Austin, Peter K.. 2012. Introduction. In Austin, Peter K. & McGill, Stuart (eds.), Language documentation and description, vol. 11, 527. London: SOAS, University of London.Google Scholar
McGregor, William B. 2014. Numerals and number words in Shua. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 35 (1): 4590.Google Scholar
Mchombo, Sam A. 2004. The syntax of Chichewa. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
McIntosh, Janet. 2005. Liminal meanings: Sexually charged Giriama funerary ritual and unsettled participant frameworks. Language & Communication 25 (1): 3960.Google Scholar
McIntosh, Janet. 2010. Mobile phones and Mipoho's prophecy: The powers and dangers of flying language. American Ethnologist 37: 337353.Google Scholar
McKee, Robert G. 2007. Mangbetu orthography statement. Manuscript, Projet de Traduction et d'Alphabétisation en Langue Mangbetu.Google Scholar
McLaughlin, Fiona. 2008. The ascent of Wolof as an urban vernacular and national lingua franca in Senegal. In Vigouroux, Cécile & Mufwene, Salikoko S. (eds.), Globalization and language vitality: Perspectives from Africa, 142170. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
McLaughlin, Fiona (ed.). 2009a. The languages of urban Africa. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
McLaughlin, Fiona 2009b. Introduction to the languages of urban Africa. In McLaughlin, Fiona (ed.), The languages of urban Africa, 118. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
McLaughlin, Fiona 2009c. Senegal's early cities and the making of an urban language. In McLaughlin, Fiona (ed.), The languages of urban Africa, 7185. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
McLaughlin, Fiona 2015. Can a language endanger itself? Reshaping repertoires in urban Senegal. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 131151. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
McLaughlin, T. 1996. Street smarts and critical theory: Listening to the vernacular. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.Google Scholar
McMahon, April, & McMahon, Robert. 2005. Language classification by numbers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
McNaughton, Patrick R. 1982. Language, art, secrecy and power: The semantics of Dalilu. Anthropological Linguistics 24 (4): 487505.Google Scholar
McPherson, Laura. 2014. Replacive grammatical tone in the Dogon languages. Doctoral dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles.Google Scholar
McPherson, Laura, & Hayes, Bruce. 2016. Relating application rate to morphological structure: The case of Tommo So vowel harmony. Phonology 33: 125167.Google Scholar
McPherson, Laura, & Paster, Mary. 2009. Evidence for the mirror principle and morphological templates in Luganda: Affix ordering. In Ojo, Akinloye & Moshi, Lioba (eds.), Selected proceedings of the 39th Annual Conference on African Linguistics, 5666. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.Google Scholar
McWhorter, John. 2016. Is radical analyticity normal? Implications of Niger-Congo and Southeast Asia for typology and diachronic theory. In van Gelderen, Elly (ed.), Cyclical change continued, 4992. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Medjo, Pither Mvé. 1997. Essai sur la phonologie panchronique des parlers fang du Gabon et ses implications historiques. Doctoral dissertation, Université de Lyon 2.Google Scholar
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1959. Essai de grammaire rundi. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l'Afrique Centrale.Google Scholar
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1967. Bantu grammatical reconstructions. Africana Linguistica 3: 80122.Google Scholar
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1969. Bantu lexical reconstructions. Tervuren: MRAC.Google Scholar
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1971. Éléments de grammaire lega. Archives d'Ethnographie 15. Tervuren: RMCA.Google Scholar
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1975. Possible linguistic Africanisms. Language Sciences 35: 15.Google Scholar
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1980. Bantu lexical reconstructions. Archives d'Anthropologie. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.Google Scholar
Meeuwis, Michael, & Blommaert, Jan. 1994. The ‘markedness model’ and the absence of society: Remarks on codeswitching. Multilingua 13 (4): 387423.Google Scholar
Meeuwis, Michael, & Blommaert, Jan 1998. A monolectal view of code-switching: Layered codeswitching among Zairians in Belgium. In Auer, P. (ed.), Code-switching in conversation: Language, interaction and identity, 76100. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Meinhof, Carl. 1899. Grundriss einer Lautlehre der Bantusprachen. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.Google Scholar
Meinhof, Carl. 1906. Grundzüge einer vergleichenden Grammatik der Bantusprachen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Meinhof, Carl. 1910. Die moderne Sprachforschung in Afrika: Hamburgische Vorträge. Berlin: Buchhandlung der Berliner Missionsgesellschaft.Google Scholar
Meinhof, Carl. 1912. Die Sprachen der Hamiten. Hamburg: Friedrichsen.Google Scholar
Meinhof, Carl. 1930. Der Koranadialekt des Hottentottischen. Berlin: Verlag Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen) A. G.Google Scholar
Mekonnen, Hundie. 2016. The grammar of Girirra (a Lowland East Cushitic language of Ethiopia). Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Mekonnen Alemu Gebre, Yohannes. 2016. Language policy in Ethiopia: The interplay and tensions between language policy and practices. Doctoral dissertation, Addis Ababa University.Google Scholar
Mendes, Mafalda, Semedo, Aires, Ragageles, Fátima, & Quint, Nicolas. 2002. Dicionário Prático Português-Caboverdiano: Variante de Santiago. Coimbra: Edições Tenacitas.Google Scholar
Amberber, Mengistu. 2005. Differential subject marking in Amharic. In Amberber, Mengistu & De Hoop, Helen (eds.), Competition and variation in natural languages: The case for case, 295319. Amsterdam: Elsevier.Google Scholar
Mensah, Eyo. 2016. The dynamics of youth language in Africa: An introduction. Sociolinguistic Studies 10 (1–2): 114.Google Scholar
Menzies, Gavin. 2002. 1421. The year China discovered the world. London: Bantam.Google Scholar
Merrill, Jack. 2013. A historical account of the Fula and Sereer consonant mutation and noun class systems. Manuscript, University of California, Berkeley. http://linguistics.berkeley.edu/∼merrill/files/Merrill_Fula_Sereer_Mutation.pdf.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. 1989. The origins of Fanagalo. Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages 4 (2): 211240.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. 1992. Language in indenture: A sociolinguistic history of Bhojpuri-Hindi in South Africa. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. 1998. Words across worlds: Aspects of language contact and language learning in the Eastern Cape, 1800–1850. African Studies 57 (1): 526.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. 2007. The origins of colloquial South African Tamil. Oriental Anthropologist 7 (1): 1738.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. (ed.). 2008. Varieties of English. Vol 4. Africa, South and Southeast Asia. Berlin: DeGruyter-Mouton.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. 2012. English in Africa – a diachronic typology. In Bergs, A. & Brinton, L. J. (eds.), English historical linguistics: An international handbook, vol. 2, 20922105. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend. 2014. How non-Indo-European is Fanakalo? Selected understudied structures in a Bantu-lexified pidgin with Germanic substrates. In Buchstaller, I., Holmberg, A., & Almoaily, M. (eds.), Pidgins and Creoles beyond Africa-Europe encounters, 85100. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend, & Bhatt, Rakesh M.. 2008. World Englishes: The study of New linguistic varieties. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Meyer, Christian. 2008. Predicaments of polyphony: Sequence, self and style in Wolof conversations. Africana Studia 11: 4379.Google Scholar
Meyer, Christian. 2010. Self, sequence and the senses: Universal and culture-specific aspects of conversational organization in a Wolof social space. Doctoral dissertation, University of Bielefeld.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2009. The quotative verb in Ethiosemitic languages and Oromo. In Crass, Joachim & Meyer, Ronny (eds.), Language contact and language change in Ethiopia, 1742. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2010a. Nominal number marking in Wolane. Aethiopica 13: 135151.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2010b. The use of Muher demonstratives for references in space and discourse. Afrika und Übersee 91: 161202.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2011a. Gurage. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 12201257. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2011b. Amharic. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 11781212. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2012a. The converb in Amharic. In Eades, Domenyk (ed.), Grammaticalization in Semitic, 165191. Oxford. Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2012b. Number in Muher: On the interaction between nominal and verbal morphology. Journal of Afroasiatic Languages 5 (1): 142.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2014. Finiteness in Gurage languages. In Meyer, Ronny, Treis, Yvonne, & Amha, Azeb (eds.), Explorations in Ethiopian linguistics: Complex predicates, finiteness and interrogativity, 225258. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2016a. The Ethiopic script: Linguistic features and socio-cultural connotations. Oslo Studies in Language 8 (1): 137172.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2016b. Aspect and tense in Ethiosemitic languages. In Edzard, Lutz (ed.), The morpho-syntactic and lexical encoding of tense and aspect in Semitic, 159239. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny. 2016c. Emergence of tense in Ethio-Semitic. In Meyer, Ronny & Edzard, Lutz (eds.), Time in languages of the Horn of Africa, 179236. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny, & Richter, Renate. 2003. Language use in Ethiopia from network perspective: Results from a sociolinguistic survey conducted among high school students. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Meyer, Ronny, Bulakh, Maria, Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude, Wolbert G. C. Smidt in cooperation with Rainer M. Voigt, & Jakobi, Angelika. 2019. African linguistics in North-Eastern Africa. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), A history of African linguistics, 87144. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke, & Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1986. Afrikanische Sprachen in Forschung und Lehre. 75 Jahre Afrikanistik in Hamburg (1909–1984). Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Miehe, Gudrun. 1991. Die Präfixnasale im Benue-Congo und im Kwa. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Miehe, Gudrun, Reinek, Brigitte, & Winkelmann, Kerstin (eds.). 2007. Noun classes systems in Gur languages, vol. 1: Southwestern Gur Languages (without Gurunsi). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Miehe, Gudrun, Reinek, Brigitte, & Winkelmann, Kerstin (eds.). 2012. Noun classes systems in Gur languages, vol. 2: North Central Gur languages. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Mignolo, Walter D. 1996. Linguistics maps, literary geographies, and cultural landscapes: Languages, languaging, and (trans)nationalism. Modern Language Quarterly 57 (2): 181196.Google Scholar
Mignolo, Walter D.. 2009. Epistemic disobedience, independent thought and de-colonial freedom. Theory, Culture & Society 26 (7–8): 159181.Google Scholar
Mikkola, Pertti. 1999. Nilo-Saharan revisited: Some observations concerning the best etymologies. Nordic Journal of African Studies 8 (2): 108138.Google Scholar
Militarev, Alexander. 1996. Home for Afrasian: African or Asian? Areal linguistic arguments. In Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Voigt, Rainer M. (eds.), Cushitic and Omotic languages: Proceedings of the 3rd International Symposium, Berlin, March 1994, 1332. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Militarev, Alexander. 2002. The prehistory of a dispersal: The Proto-Afrasian (Afroasiatic) farming lexicon. In Bellwood, Peter & Renfrew, Colin (eds.), Examining the farming/language dispersal hypothesis, 135150. Cambridge: McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research.Google Scholar
Miller, Amanda. 2011. The representation of clicks. In van Oostendorp, Marc, Ewen, Colin J., Hume, Elizabeth, & Rice, Keren (eds.), The Blackwell companion to phonology: General issues and segmental phonology, vol. 1, 416439. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.Google Scholar
Miller, Amanda L., Brugman, Johanna, Sands, Bonny, Namaseb, Levi, Exter, Mats, & Collins, Chris. 2009. Differences in airstream and posterior place of articulation among Nǀuu clicks. Journal of the International Phonetic Association 39 (2): 129161.Google Scholar
Miller, Catherine. 1996. Nubien, berbère et beja: notes sur trois langues vernaculaires non arabes de l’Égypte contemporaine. Les langues en Egypte, première serie 27–28: 411431. https://ema.revues.org/1960.Google Scholar
Miller, V. 2008. New media, networking and phatic culture. Convergence 14: 387400.Google Scholar
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda Lynne. 2000. C-V coarticulation and complex consonants: Evidence for ordering in click place gestures. In Fujimura, Osamu, Joseph, Brian D., & Palek, Bohumil (eds.), Item order in language and speech, 301330. Prague: Karolinum Press.Google Scholar
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda Lynne. 2001. Grounding Ju|'Hoansi root phonotactics: The phonetics of the guttural OCP and other acoustic modulations. Doctoral dissertation, Ohio State University.Google Scholar
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda Lynne. 2003. The phonetics and phonology of gutturals: A case study from Ju|'hoansi. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Milroy, James, & Milroy, Lesley. 1985. Linguistic change, social network and speaker innovation. Journal of Linguistics 21: 339384.Google Scholar
Milroy, Lesley. 1980. Language and social networks. 2nd ed. London: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Mitchell, Alice. 2015a. Linguistic avoidance and social relations in Datooga. Doctoral dissertation, University at Buffalo.Google Scholar
Mitchell, Alice. 2015b. Words that smell like father-in-law: A linguistic description of the Datooga Avoidance Register. Anthropological Linguistics 57 (2): 195217.Google Scholar
Mitchell, Timothy. 1991. Colonising Egypt. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Mnyampala, Mathias E. 1954. Historia, mila na desturi za Wagogo wa Tanganyia. Nairobi: Eagle Press.Google Scholar
Mnyampala, Mathias E., & Chiraghdin, S.. 1977. Historia ya Kiswahili. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Moerman, Michael. 1988. Talking culture. Ethnography and conversation analysis. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.Google Scholar
Moga, J., & Fee, Dan (eds.). 2003. Sheng dictionary. Nairobi: Ginseng Publishers.Google Scholar
Yigezu, Moges. 2002. A comparative study of the phonetics and phonology of Surmic languages. Brussels: Université Libre de Bruxelles.Google Scholar
Yigezu, Moges. 2005. Convergence of Baale, a Southwest Surmic language, to the Southeast Surmic group: Lexical evidence. Annual Publications in African Linguistics 3: 4966.Google Scholar
Yigezu, Moges. 2007. The vowel system of Kara from a historical-comparative perspective. In Voigt, Rainer M. (ed.), From beyond the Mediterranean: Akten des 7. internationalen Semitohamitistenkongresses (VII. ISHaK), Berlin 13. bis 15. September 2004, 245251. Aachen: Shaker.Google Scholar
Mohamed, Hashim I., & Banda, Felix. 2008. Classroom discourse and discursive practises in higher education in Tanzania. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 29 (2): 95109.Google Scholar
Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G. 2000. Das Studium der schwarzafrikanischen Sprachen. In Sylvain Auroux (ed.), History of the language sciences: An international handbook on the evolution of the study of language from the beginnings to the present, Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science (HSK 18.1), 980991. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G., & Kavari, Jekura U.. 2008. Reference grammar of Herero (Otjiherero). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Mojapelo, G. P. 1960. Popo-puo ya Sesotho. Johannesburg: Afrikaanse Pers Beperk.Google Scholar
Mojola, Aloo Osotsi. 2000. The Swahili Bible in East Africa from 1844–1996: A brief survey with special reference to Tanzania. In West, Gerand O. & Dube, Musa W. (eds.), The Bible in Africa: Transactions, trajectories and trends, 511523. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Moñino, Yves. 1977. Conceptions du monde et langue d'initiation lábì des Gbaya-Kara. In Calame-Griaule, G. (ed.), Langage et cultures africaines, 115147. Paris: Maspero.Google Scholar
Moñino, Yves. 1988. Lexique Comparatif des Langues Oubanguiennes. In Moñino, Yves (ed.), Lexique comparatif des langues oubanguiennes, 87146. Paris: Geuthner.Google Scholar
Moñino, Yves. 1991. Les langues spéciales sont-elles des langues? La notion de pseudo-langue à travers l'exemple d'une ‘langue d'initiation’ d'Afrique Centrale. Langage et société 56 (1): 520.Google Scholar
Moñino, Yves. 1995. Le Proto-Gbaya: essai de linguistique comparative historique sur vingt-et-une langues d'Afrique centrale. Paris: Peeters.Google Scholar
Moñino, Yves, & Roulon, Paulette. 1972. Phonologie Du Gbaya Kara 'Bodoe de Ndongue Bongowen (Région de Bouar, République Centrafricaine). Paris: Société d’Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France (SELAF).Google Scholar
Moodie, Jonathan. Forthcoming. Number marking in Lopit, an Eastern Nilotic language.Google Scholar
Moore, Leslie C. 2004. Multilingualism and second language acquisition in the northern Mandara mountains. In Echu, George & Gyasi, Samuel (eds.), Africa meets Europe: Language contact in West Africa, 131148. New York: Nova Science.Google Scholar
Morais-Barbosa, Jorge. 1975. Cape Verde, Guinea-Bissau and São Tomé and Príncipe: The linguistic situation. In Valkhoff, M. F. et al. (eds.), Miscelânea Luso-Africana: Colectânea de Estudos Coligidos, 133152. Lisbon: Junta de Investigações Científicas de Ultramar.Google Scholar
Morin, Didier. 1999. Le texte légitime, pratiques littéraires orales traditionnelles en Afrique du nord-est. Paris: Peeters.Google Scholar
Morin, Didier. 2012. Dictionnaire afar-français. Paris: Karthala.Google Scholar
Morino, Tsuneo, & Nakajima, Hisashi. 1990−1997. A dictionary of the Swahili language. 6 vols. Tokyo: Research Institute for Asian and African Languages and Cultures, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies.Google Scholar
Moropa, K., & Kruger, A.. 2000. Mistranslation of culture-specific terms in Kropf's Kafir-English dictionary. South African Journal of African Languages 20 (1): 7079.Google Scholar
Moscati, Sabatino (ed.). 1964. An introduction to the comparative grammar of the Semitic languages. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Moser, Gerald. 1986. The Portuguese in Africa. In Gerard, Albert S. (ed.), European language writing in sub-Saharan Africa, vol. 1: 4348. Budapest: Akadémiai Kadó.Google Scholar
Moser, Rosmarie. 2004. Kabba. A Nilo-Saharan language of the Central African Republic. Munich: LINCOM.Google Scholar
Moshi, Lioba. 1998. Word order in multiple object constructions in Kivunjo-Chaga. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 19: 137152.Google Scholar
Mothibeli, A. 2005. Cross-country achievement results from the SACMEQ 11 Project – 2000 to 2002. A quantitative analysis of education systems in Southern and Eastern Africa. Edusource Data News, 49.Google Scholar
Mourigh, Khalid. 2016. A grammar of Ghomara Berber (North-West Morocco). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 1992. A grammar of Iraq. Doctoral dissertation, Leiden University.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2001. Paralexification in language intertwining. In Veenstra, Tonjees (ed.), Creolization and contact, 113123. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2003. Loss of linguistic diversity in Africa. In Janse, Mark & Tol, Sijmen (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches, 157170. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2004a. The making of a mixed language: The case of Ma'a/Mbugu. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2004b. The middle in Cushitic languages. In Simpson, Andrew (ed.), Proceedings of the twenty-seventh annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society (March 22–25, 2001): Special session on Afroasiatic languages, 7586. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2005a. Selectors in Cushitic. In Voeltz, Erhard F. K. (ed.), Studies in African linguistic typology, 303325. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2005b. The innovative character of object-verb word order in Nen (Bantu A44, Cameroon). In Bostoen, Koen & Maniacy, Jacky (eds.), Studies in African comparative linguistics, with special focus on Bantu and Mande, 411424. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l'Afrique Centrale.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2007. John M. Stewart, 1926–2006. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 28 (1): 7174.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2008. Number as an exponent of gender in Cushitic. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), Interaction of morphology and syntax: Case studies in Afroasiatic, 137160. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mous, Maarten. 2012. Cushitic. In Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Shay, Erin (eds.), The Afroasiatic languages, 342422. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Msanjila, Y. P. 2007. Utumiaji wa Kiswahili na Lugha za Jamii Kijinsia Nchini Tanzania. Nordic Journal of African Studies 16 (1): 1829.Google Scholar
Msimang, C. T. 1992. African languages and language planning in South Africa. The Nhlapo-Alexander notion of harmonisation revisited. Pretoria: Bard.Google Scholar
Mtenje, Al. 1986. Issues in the nonlinear phonology of Chichewa. Doctoral thesis, University College London.Google Scholar
Mtenje, Al. 1987. Tone shift principles in the Chichewa verb. Lingua 72: 169209.Google Scholar
Mudimbe, V. Y. 1988. The invention of Africa. Gnosis, philosophy, and the order of knowledge. Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.Google Scholar
Mufanechiya, Tafara, & Mufanechiya, Albert. 2015. Teaching Chishona in Zimbabwe: A curriculum analysis approach. Journal of Pan African Studies 8 (8): 3551.Google Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S. 2001. What is African American English? In Lanehart, Sonja L. (ed.), Sociocultural and historical contexts of African American English, 2151. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S.. 2003. Language endangerment: What have pride and prestige got to do with it? In Joseph, B. (ed.), When languages collide, 324346. Columbus: Ohio State University Press.Google Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S.. 2008. What do Creoles and Pidgins tell us about the evolution of language? In Laks, B., Cleuziou, S., Demoule, J. P., & Encrevé, P. (eds.), The origin and evolution of languages: Approaches, models, paradigms, 272297. London: Equinox.Google Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S.. 2016a. A cost-and-benefit approach to language loss. In Filipović, Luna & Pütz, Martin (eds.), Endangered languages and languages in danger. Issues of documentation, policy, and language rights, 115143. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S.. 2016b. Lingala language. In Encyclopedia Britannica. www.britannica.com/topic/Lingala-language.Google Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S.. 2017. Language vitality: The weak theoretical underpinnings of what can be an exciting research area. Language 93 (4): e202e223.Google Scholar
Mugaddam, Abdelrahim Hamid. 2015. Identity contruction and linguistic manipulation in Randuk. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 99118. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Mugglestone, L. 2015. Samuel Johnson and the journey into words. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Mukarovsky, Hans G. 1976–1977. A study of Western Nigritic. 2 vols. Vienna: Institut für Ägyptologie und Afrikanistik, Universität Wien.Google Scholar
Mukarovsky, Hans G.. 1987. Mande-Chadic common stock: A study of phonological and lexical evidence. Vienna: Institut für Ägyptologie und Afrikanistik, Universität Wien.Google Scholar
Mukhwana, Ayub. 2014. Je, Sheng ni Lahaja ya Kiswahili? Nadharia ya Utambulisho wa Maana. In Simala, I., Chacha, L., & Osore, M. (eds.), Miaka Hamsini ya Kiswahili Nchini Kenya, 188200. Nairobi: Twaweza Communications.Google Scholar
Mukiibi, Catherine. 1991. Is there a need for a communication skills course at Makerere University? In Proceedings of the Conference on Academic Communication Skills in African Universities, 4045. Nairobi: British Council.Google Scholar
Mukuthuria, Mwenda. 2006. Kiswahili and its expanding roles of development in East African cooperation: A case of Uganda. Nordic Journal of African Studies 15 (2): 154165.Google Scholar
Mukuthuria, Mwenda.. 2009. Islam and the development of Kiswahili. Journal of Pan African Studies 2 (8): 3645.Google Scholar
Mulaudzi, P. A. 1999. The speech variety of diviners in Venda. South African Journal of African Languages 19 (1): 3945.Google Scholar
Müller, Friedrich. 1876–1888. Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft. 4 vols. Vienna: Hölder.Google Scholar
Mullins, Joseph D. 1904. The wonderful story of Uganda. London: Church Missionary Society.Google Scholar
Mulokozi, Mugyabuso M. 2002. Barua za Shaaban Robert 1931–1958. Dar es Salaam: Institute of Kiswahili Studies.Google Scholar
Mulokozi, Mugyabuso M.. 2005. Miaka 75 ya Taasisi ya Uchunguzi wa Kiswahili (1930–2005). Kiswahili 68: 128.Google Scholar
Mulokozi, Mugyabuso M.. 2009. Mustakabali wa Kiswahili katika ukanda wa maziwa makuu. Mulika 28: 7287.Google Scholar
Seyoum, Mulugeta. 2008. A grammar of Dime. Utrecht: LOT.Google Scholar
Mulumbwa, Georges Mutambwa. 2009. Étude sociolinguistique du Kindubile, argot Swahili des enfants de la rue de Lubumbashi. Doctoral dissertation, Université Libre de Bruxelles.Google Scholar
Mumin, Meikal. 2009. The Arabic script in Africa. Master's thesis, Cologne University.Google Scholar
Mumin, Meikal. 2014. The Arabic script in Africa: Understudied literacy. In Mumin, M. & Versteegh, K. (eds.), The Arabic script in Africa: Studies in the use of a writing system, 4176. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Munzinger, Werner. 1865. Vocabulaire de la langue Tigre. In Dillmann, Augustus (ed.), Lexicon linguae Aethiopicae. Lipsiae.Google Scholar
Muratori, Carlo. 1955. Lingua Funj. Unpublished word list of the Comboni Catholic Mission, Khartoum.Google Scholar
Aron, Musa. 1994. Mäzgäbä-qalat səmat Ertrawəyan Təgrəñña-n Təgrä-n. Toronto.Google Scholar
Musanji, Ngalasso Mwatha. 2005. Kəbət qalat hagya təgre. Asmara.Google Scholar
Musanji, Ngalasso Mwatha. 2010. Décolonisation et devenir culturel de l'Afrique et de ses diasporas. Présence Africaine 1: 181182.Google Scholar
Musanji, Ngalasso Mwatha. 2011. ‘Textes oraux: littérarité et modernité’ dans Les littératures africaines. Paris: Editions Karthala.Google Scholar
Musau, P. M. 2010. Constraints on the acquisition planning of indigenous African languages: The case of Kiswahili in Kenya. Language, Culture and Curriculum 12 (2): 117127.Google Scholar
Musinguzi, B. 2008. Need for African languages on the internet. New African Magazine, no. 472.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Ngessimo Mathe, & Tamanji, Pius Ngwa. 2000. An introduction to African linguistics. Handbooks in linguistics 16. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo Mathe 1994. The lexical tonology of Kinande. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo Mathe. 2003. The fruit of love. Yaoundé: Editions Sherpa.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo Mathe. 2011. Love and AIDS prevention. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo Mathe. (ed.). 2011. Glimpses of African cultures/Échos des cultures africaines. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo Mathe, & Chumbow, Beban S. (eds.). 2001. Research mate in African linguistics: Focus on Cameroon: A fieldworker's tool for deciphering the stories Cameroonian languages have to tell. In honor of Professor Larry M. Hyman. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Mutaka, Philip Ngessimo Mathe, & Kavutirwaki, Kambale. 2011. Kinande/Konzo-English dictionary: With an English-Kinande index. Trenton, NJ: African World Press.Google Scholar
Mutume, G. 2006. Harnessing the internet for development. Africa Renewal 20 (2): 1415.Google Scholar
Muysken, P. 2000. Bilingual speech. A typology of code-mixing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Myers-Scotton, Carol. 1972. Choosing a lingua franca in an African capital. Edmonton: Linguistic Research.Google Scholar
Myers-Scotton, Carol. 1988. Codeswitching as indexical of social negotiations. In Monica, Heller (ed.), Codeswitching: Anthropological and sociolinguistic perspectives, 151186. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Myers-Scotton, Carol. 1993a. Social motivations for codeswitching: Evidence from Africa. Oxford: Clarendon.Google Scholar
Myers-Scotton, Carol. 1993b. Dueling languages: Grammatical structure in codeswitching. Oxford: Clarendon.Google Scholar
Myers-Scotton, Carol. 1993c. Elite closure as a powerful language strategy: The African case. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 103 (1): 149164.Google Scholar
Naicker, Camalita. 2016. From Marikana to #feesmustfall: The praxis of popular politics in South Africa. Urbanisation 1: 5361.Google Scholar
Naït-Zerrad, Kamal. 2001. Grammaire moderne du kabyle/ tajerrumt tatrart n teqbaylit. Paris: Karthala.Google Scholar
Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2006. Aspects of the phonetic and phonological structure of the Gǀui language. Doctoral dissertation, University of the Witwatersrand.Google Scholar
Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2010. Phonotactics of disyllabic lexical morphemes in Gǀui. Working Papers in Corpus-Based Linguistics and Language Education 5, 2331, Tokyo University of Foreign Studies.Google Scholar
Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2013. ǁGana subgroup. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 6471, 99103, 394401. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2016. Khoisan phonotactics: A case study from Gǀui. In Vossen, Rainer & Haacke, Wilfrid H. G. (eds.), Lone tree: Scholarship in the service of the Koon. Essays in memory of Anthony T Traill, 301310. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Namyalo, Saudah. 2015. Linguistic strategies in Luyaaye: Word-play and conscious language manipulation. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 313344. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Naro, A., & Scherre, M. M.. 2007. Origens do português brasileiro. São Paulo: Parabola.Google Scholar
Naro, A., & Scherre, M. M. 2014. Contato entre quimbundo e português clássico: impactos na gramática de impessoalização do português brasileiro e angolano. Lingüística 30 (2): 289330.Google Scholar
Nartey, Jonas N. A. 1982. Code-switching, interference or faddism? Language use among educated Ghanians. Anthropological Linguistics 24 (2): 183192.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico. 2014. A grammatical study of the youth language Yanké. Munich: LINCOM.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico. 2015. Kisangani Swahili. Choices and variation in a multilingual urban space. Munich: LINCOM.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico. 2016a. Acha sha, tulipiga dose trop, bro! Einblicke in das Kiswahili von Bujumbura (Burundi). Paper presented at the Forschungskolloquium Afrikanistik, University of Cologne, December 21.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico. 2016b. The new urban youth language Yabacrâne in Goma (DR Congo). Sociolinguistic Studies 10 (1–2): 235259.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico. Forthcoming. Western Swahili Dialects. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico, & Hollington, Andrea (eds.). 2015. Youth language practices in Africa and beyond. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Nassenstein, Nico, & Hollington, Andrea 2016. Global repertoires and urban fluidity: Youth languages in Africa. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 242: 171193.Google Scholar
Naumann, Christfried. 2014. A preliminary classification of Taa dialects. In Güldemann, Tom & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Beyond ‘Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari basin, 281300. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Naumann, Christfried. 2016. The phoneme inventory of Taa (West ǃXoon Dialect). In Vossen, Rainer & Haacke, Wilfrid H. G. (eds.), Lone tree: Scholarship in the service of the Koon. Essays in memory of Anthony T Traill, 311351. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Ndayipfukamiye, L. 1994. Code-switching in Burundi primary classrooms. In Rubagumya, C. M. (ed.), Teaching and researching language in African classrooms, 7979. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Ndebele, H. 2014. The role of information and communication technology in the promotion and intellectualisation of African languages in higher education. Doctoral thesis, University of KwaZulu-Natal.Google Scholar
Ndhlovu, Finex. 2015. Hegemony and language policies in Southern Africa: Identity, integration, development. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars.Google Scholar
Ndinga-Koumba-Binza, H. S. 2011. From foreign to national: A review of the status of the French language in Gabon. Literator 32 (2): 135150.Google Scholar
Ndoma, Ungina. 1977. Some aspects of planning language policy in education in Belgian Congo: 1906–1960. Doctoral dissertation, Northwestern University.Google Scholar
Ndoma, Ungina. 1998. Beginning literacy in Congo: Immediate implications. In Annales de la faculté des Lettres 1 (1): 157163.Google Scholar
Negrão, Esmeralda, & Viotti, Evani. 2008. Estratégias de impessoalização no português brasileiro. In Fiorin, José Luiz & Petter, Margarida (eds.), África no Brasil: a formação da língua portuguesa, 179203. São Paulo: Contexto.Google Scholar
Negrão, Esmeralda, & Viotti, Evani 2014. Contato entre quimbundo e português clássico: impactos na gramática de impessoalização do português brasileiro e angolano. Lingüística 30 (2): 289330.Google Scholar
Negreiros, Almada José. 1895. Historia Ethnographica da ilha de S. Tomé. Lisbon: José Bastos.Google Scholar
Neudorf, Susanne. 2015. The use of body part lexemes in Berta. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), Nilo-Saharan – Models and descriptions, 93112. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Nevile, Maurice, Haddington, Pentti, Heinemann, Trine, & Rauniomaa, Mirka (eds.). 2014. Interacting with objects: Language, materiality, and social activity. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Newell, Sasha. 2009. Enregistering modernity, bluffing criminality: How Nouchi speech reinvented (and fractured) the nation. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 19 (2): 157184.Google Scholar
Newman, Francis William. 1882. Libyan vocabulary. London: Hertford.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1973. Grades, vowel-tone classes and extensions in the Hausa verbal system. Studies in African Linguistics 4: 297346.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1974. The Kanakuru language. Leeds: Institute of Modern English Language Studies.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1975. Proto-Chadic verb classes. Folia orientalia 16: 6584.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1976. The origin of Hausa /h/. In Hyman, Larry M., Jacobson, Leon C., & Schuh, Russell G. (eds.), Papers in African linguistics in honor of Wm. E. Welmers, 165175. Los Angeles: Department of Linguistics, UCLA.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1977a. Chadic classification and reconstructions. Afroasiatic Linguistics 5 (1): 142.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1977b. The formation of the imperfective verb stem in Chadic. Afrika und Übersee 60: 178192.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1980. The classification of Chadic within Afroasiatic. Leiden: Universitaire Pers Leiden.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1984. Methodological pitfalls in Chadic-Afroasiatic comparisons. In Bynon, James (ed.), Current progress in Afro-Asiatic Linguistics, 161166. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1990. Nominal and verbal plurality in Chadic. Dordrecht: Foris.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 1995. On being right: Greenberg's African linguistic classification and the methodological principles which underlie it. Bloomington: Institute for the Study of Nigerian Languages and Cultures, African Studies Program, Indiana University.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2000. The Hausa language: An encyclopedic reference grammar. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2003. The endangered languages issue as a hopeless cause. In Janse, Mark & Tol, Sijmen (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches, 113. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2006. Comparative Chadic revisited. In Newman, Paul & Hyman, Larry M. (eds.), West African linguistics: Papers in honor of Russell G. Schuh, 188202. Columbus: Ohio State University.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2007. A Hausa-English dictionary. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2010. The making of JALL: Its beginnings and intellectual foundations. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 31 (1): 311.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2013. The Chadic language family: Classification and name index. Mega-Chad Miscellaneous Publications 111. http://hdl.handle.net/2022/20964.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul. 2015. Comprehensive bibliography of Chadic and Hausa Linguistics. 3rd ed. Bloomington, IN: IUScholarWorks.Google Scholar
Newman, Paul, & Schuh, Russell G.. 1974. The Hausa aspect system. Afroasiatic Linguistics 1: 139.Google Scholar
Newman, Roxana Ma. 1977. Y-prosody as a morphological process in Ga'anda. In Newman, Paul & Newman, Roxana Ma (eds.), Papers in Chadic linguistics: Papers from the Leiden colloquium on the Chadic language family, 212230. Leiden: Afrika-Studiecentrum.Google Scholar
Newman, Roxana Ma. 1990. An English-Hausa dictionary. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.Google Scholar
Ngidi, N. D., Mtshixa, C., Diga, K., Mbarathi, N., & May, J.. 2016. ‘Asijiki’ and the capacity to aspire through social media: The #feesmustfall movement as an anti-poverty activism in South Africa. In Proceedings of the Eighth International Conference on Information and Communication Technologies and Development. http://dx.doi.org/10.1145/2909609.2909.Google Scholar
Ngué Um, Emmanuel. 2015. Some challenges of language documentation in African multilingual settings. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 195212. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Ngugi, Wa Thiong'o. 1986. Decolonising the mind: The Politics of language in African literature. London: James Currey.Google Scholar
Ngunga, Armindo. 2000a. Constraints in suffix ordering in Ciyao. In Carstens, Vicki & Parkson, Frederick (eds.), Advances in African linguistics, 189204. Trenton, NJ: African World Press.Google Scholar
Ngunga, Armindo. 2000b. Phonology and morphology of the Ciyao verb. Stanford, CA: CSLI.Google Scholar
Nhlapo, J. 1944. Bantu Babel: Will the Bantu languages live? The Sixpenny Library, No. 4. Cape Town: African Bookman.Google Scholar
Nhlapo, J.. 1945. Nguni and Sotho. Cape Town: African Bookman.Google Scholar
Nichols, Johanna. 1992. Linguistic diversity in time and space. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.Google Scholar
Nichols, Johanna. 1997. Modeling ancient population structures and movement in linguistics. Annual Review of Anthropology 26: 359384.Google Scholar
Nichols, Johanna, & Bickel, Balthasar. 2013. Locus of marking in possessive noun phrases. Leipzig: Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology.Google Scholar
Nicolaï, Robert. 1981. Les dialectes du songhay: Contribution à l’étude des changements linguistiques. Paris: SELAF – Peeters.Google Scholar
Nicolaï, Robert. 2001. Gabriel Manessy. In Nicolaï, Robert (ed.), Leçons d'Afrique: Filiations, ruptures et reconstitution de langues. Un hommage à Gabriel Manessy, 1119. Louvain-Paris: Peeters.Google Scholar
Nicolaï, Robert, & Zima, Petr. 1997. Songhay. Munich: LINCOM.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert. 1976. On the linguistic bases of moore orthography. Doctoral dissertation, Indiana University.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert. 1979. La situation linguistique en Haute-Volta: Travaux de recherche et d'application sur les langues nationales. Paris: UNESCO.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert. 1980. Èd góm mooré: la grammaire du mooré en 50 leçons. Ouagadougou: Université de Ouagadougou.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert. 1982. Moor gulsg sebre: Manuel de transcription du mooré. Ouagadougou: Presses Africaines.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert. 2011. A first-language-first multilingual model to meet the quality imperative in formal basic education in three West African countries. International Review of Education 57 (5–6): 599616.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert, & Ilboudo, P.. 2012. Setting a tradition of mother tongue-medium education in ‘Francophone’ Africa: The case of Burkina Faso. In Skutnabb-Kangas, T. & Heugh, K. (eds.), Multilingual education and sustainable development work: From periphery to centre, 197215. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Nikiéma, Norbert, & Kinda, Jules. 1997. Moor gom-biis no-tûur gulsg sebre: Dictionnaire orthographique du moore. Ouagadougou: SOGIF.Google Scholar
Nikitina, Tatiana. 2009. The syntax of postpositional phrases in Wan, an ‘SOVX’ language. Studies in Language 33: 910933.Google Scholar
Nikitina, Tatiana. 2011. Categorical reanalysis and the origin of S-O-V-X word order in Mande. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 32: 251273.Google Scholar
Nilsson, Morgan. 2016. Somali language and linguistics: A bibliography. Studia Interdisciplinaria Linguistica et Litteraria 7. https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/51577?locale=en.Google Scholar
Nkobi, S. D. 1954. Incwadi yesizulu yabafundi bezikole ezincane neziphakeme. Johannesburg: A. P. B.Google Scholar
Nkomo, D. 2018. Dictionaries and language policy. In Fuertes-Olivera, P. A. (ed.), Routledge handbook of lexicography, 152165. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Nomlomo, V. 2003. Accommodating diversity in the isiXhosa classroom. In Brock-Utne, B., Desai, Z., & Qorro, M. (eds.), Language of instruction in Tanzania and South Africa (LOITASA), 6979. Dar es Salaam, Tanzania: E & D Limited.Google Scholar
Nougayrol, Pierre. 1979. Le Day de Bouna (Tchad), I: Phonologie, Syntagmatique Nominale, Synthématique. Vols. 71–72. Bibl. de La SELAF (Société Des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France). Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Nougayrol, Pierre. 2013. Neutre, logophorique et réfléchi en bongo. In Boyeldieu, Pascal (ed.), Logophorique et discours rapporté en Afrique centrale, 325337. Leuven: Peeters.Google Scholar
Ntondo, Zavoni. 2006. Morfologia e sintaxe do Ngangela. Lunda: Editorial Nzila.Google Scholar
Ntondo, Zavoni. 2015. Fonologia e Morfologia do Oshikwanyama. Angola: Mayamba.Google Scholar
Ntumngia, Zaccheus Fuh. 2003. Language in society: The case of the major Ring languages of the Grassfields of Cameroon. Yaoundé: Presse Universitaires de Yaoundé.Google Scholar
Nurse, Derek. 1982. A tentative classification of the primary dialects of Swahili. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 4: 165205.Google Scholar
Nurse, Derek. 1988a. Extinct Southern Cushitic communities in East Africa. In Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Serzisko, Fritz (eds.), Cushitic–Omotic. Papers from the International Symposium on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Cologne, January 6–9, 1986, 93104. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Nurse, Derek. 1988b. The diachronic background to the language communities of Southwestern Tanzania. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, 9: 15115.Google Scholar
Nurse, Derek, & Philippson, Gérard (eds.). 2003a. The Bantu languages. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Nurse, Derek, & Philippson, Gérard 2003b. Introduction. In Nurse, Derek & Philippson, Gérard (eds.), The Bantu languages, 112. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Nurse, Derek, & Spear, Thomas. 1985. The Swahili: Reconstructing the history of an African society 800–1500. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.Google Scholar
Nwoye, Onuigbo G. 1992. Linguistic politeness and socio-cultural variations of the notion of face. Journal of Pragmatics 18 (4): 309328.Google Scholar
Nwoye, Onuigbo G. 1993. An ethnographic analysis of Igbo greetings. African Languages and Cultures 6 (1): 3748.Google Scholar
Nyangone Assam, B., Ndinga-Koumba-Binza, H. S., & Ompoussa, V.. 2016. What French for Gabonese French lexicography? Lexikos 26: 162192.Google Scholar
Nyembezi, C. L. S. 1956. Uhlelo Lwesizulu. Pietermaritzburg: Shuter and Shooter.Google Scholar
Obanya, P. 1999. The dilemma of Education in Africa. Dakar: UNESCO Regional Office.Google Scholar
Obeng, Samuel Gyasi. 1994. Verbal indirection in Akan informal discourse. Journal of Pragmatics 21 (1): 3765.Google Scholar
Obeng, Samuel Gyasi. 1999a. Requests in Akan discourse. Anthropological Linguistics 41 (2): 230251.Google Scholar
Obeng, Samuel Gyasi. 1999b. Apologies in Akan discourse. Journal of Pragmatics 31 (5): 709734.Google Scholar
Obiamalu, Greg Orji. 2015. Functional categories in Igbo: A minimalist perspective. Port Harcourt, Nigeria: M & J Grand Orbit Communications.Google Scholar
O'Bryan, Todd, & Rose, Sharon. 2004. Segmental effects on (de)gemination in Western Gurage. In Simpson, Andrew (ed.), Proceedings of the twenty-seventh annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society (March 22–25, 2001): Special session on Afroasiatic languages, 8798. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
O’Bryan, Todd, & Rose, Sharon 2013. A grammar of Konso. Utrecht: LOT.Google Scholar
Odden, David. 1998. The phonology and morphology of Kimatuumbi. Oxford: Clarendon.Google Scholar
Odebunmi, Akin. 2012. Participation configuration in a Nigerian university campus. Pragmatics & Cognition 20 (1): 186215.Google Scholar
Odebunmi, Akin. 2013. Greetings and politeness in doctor-client encounters in southwestern Nigeria. International Journal of Society, Culture & Language 1 (1): 101117.Google Scholar
Odejobi, O. A. 2008. Computer text-to-speech synthesis of African languages. Modern tools, techniques and technologies. Saarbrücken: VDM.Google Scholar
Odora Hoppers, C. (ed.). 2002. Indigenous knowledge and the integration of knowledge systems: Towards a philosophy of articulation. Cape Town: New Africa Books.Google Scholar
Oduor, Jane A. N. 2000. A study of syllable weight and its effect in Dholuo phonology. Doctoral thesis, University of Nairobi.Google Scholar
O'Fahey, Sean R. 2008. Arabic literature in the eastern half of Africa. In Jeppe, Shamil & Diagne, Souleymane B. (eds.), The meanings of Timbuktu, 333347. Cape Town: HSRC Press.Google Scholar
Ogwu, E. J., Talib, M., & Odejobi, O. A.. 2006. Text-to-speech processing using African language as case study. Journal of Discrete Mathematical Sciences and Cryptography 9 (2): 365382.Google Scholar
Ojwang, Benson Oduor, Matu, Peter Maina, & Ogutu, Emily Atieno. 2010. Face attack and patients’ response strategies in a Kenyan hospital. Journal of Sociolinguistics 14 (4): 501523.Google Scholar
Okombo, Duncan O. 1982. Dholuo morphophonemic in a generative framework. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Okombo, Duncan O.. 1999. Language and ethnic identity: The case of the Abasuba. Kenyan Journal of Sciences 5 (1): 2138.Google Scholar
OLAC: Open Language Archives Community. 2011. www.language-archives.org.Google Scholar
Oladosu, J. B., & Emuoyibofarhe, J. O.. 2015. A Yoruba-English language translator for doctor–patient mobile chat application. International Journal of Computers and Applications 34: 149156.Google Scholar
Olawsky, K. 2004. What is a noun? What is an adjective? Problems of classification in Dagbani. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 25: 127148.Google Scholar
Olderogge, D. A. 1961. Suahili-russkiy slovar’, Moskva: Gos. izd-vo inostrannyh i nacional'nyh slovarej [Swahili-Russian dictionary]. Moscow.Google Scholar
Olderogge, D. A.. 1963. Kamus na hausa-rashanci … Hausa-russkiy slovar’. Moskva: Institut ètnografii AN SSSR [Hausa-Russian dictionary]. Moscow.Google Scholar
Olivier, J. 2016. Sesotho Online: Establishing an internet-based language knowledge community. South African Journal of African Languages 36 (2): 141152.Google Scholar
Omar, Alwiya S. 1992. Conversational openings in Kiswahili: The pragmatic performance of native and non-native speakers. Pragmatics and Language Learning 3: 2032.Google Scholar
Ombui, E. O., & Muchemi, L.. 2015. Wiring Kenyan languages for the global virtual age: An audit of the human language technology resources. International Journal of Scientific Research and Innovative Technology 2 (2): 3542.Google Scholar
Ombui, E. O., Wagacha, P. W., & Ng'ang'a, W.. 2014. InterlinguaPlus machine translation approach for under-resourced languages: Ekegusii & Swahili. In Proceedings of the Workshop on the Use of Computational Methods in the Study of Endangered Languages, 6872. Baltimore: Association for Computational Linguistics.Google Scholar
Omondi, Lucia N. 1975. The major syntactic structures of Luo: A generative transformational analysis. Doctoral thesis, University of London.Google Scholar
Omondi, Lucia N.. 1993. Comp and question words in Dholuo. In Rottland, Franz & Omondi, Lucia N. (eds.), Proceedings of the third Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, 225237. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Omondi, Oketch, & Banda, Felix. 2008. Multilingual discourse practices in community development in Nyanza Province, Kenya. Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies 26 (1): 111.Google Scholar
Omoniyi, T. 2003. Local policies and global forces: Multiliteracy and Africa's indigenous languages. Language Policy 2 (2): 133152.Google Scholar
Omulokoli, Watson A. O. 1995. The contribution of George L. Pilington to Christian work in Uganda, 1890–1893. Unpublished manuscript.Google Scholar
Oda, Ongaye. 2009. The spread of punctual derivation in Dullay and Oromoid languages. In Crass, Joachim & Meyer, Ronny (eds.), Language contact and language change in Ethiopia, 4358. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Oda, Ongaye. 2013. A grammar of Konso. Utrecht: LOT.Google Scholar
Opland, J. 1995. Xhosa literature in newspapers, 1837–1909. Paper presented at the Conference on Southern African Literature and Languages, University of Durban-Westville, September 13–16.Google Scholar
Opoku-Amankwa, K., Edu-Buandoh, D. F., & Brew-Hammond, A.. 2015. Publishing for mother tongue-based bilingual education in Ghana: Politics and consequences. Language and Education 29: 114.Google Scholar
Orel, Vladimir E., & Stolbova, Olga V.. 1995. Hamito-Semitic etymological dictionary: Materials for a reconstruction. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Organisation of African Unity. 1986. The language plan of action for Africa. Addis Ababa: OAU. www.bisharat.net/Documents/OAU-LPA-86.htm.Google Scholar
Orman, J. 2013. New lingualisms, same old codes. Language Sciences 37: 9098.Google Scholar
Osborn, D. 2010. African languages in a digital age. Challenges and opportunities for indigenous language computing. Cape Town: HSRC Press.Google Scholar
Otero, Manuel A. 2015a. Nominal morphology and ‘topic’ in Ethiopian Komo. In Hieda, Osamu (ed.), Information structure and Nilotic languages, 1935. Tokyo: Research Institute for Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa.Google Scholar
Otero, Manuel A.. 2015b. Dual number in Ethiopian Komo. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), 2015. Nilo-Saharan – Models and descriptions, 123134. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Otero, Manuel A.. 2016. Reconstructing pronominal morphology in Koman languages. Paper presented at ACAL 47, University of California, Berkeley.Google Scholar
Otero, Manuel A.. 2018. Directional verb morphology in Ethiopian Komo. In Helga, Schroeder & Prisca, Jerono (eds.), Nilo-Saharan issues and perspectives, 165177. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Otsuji, E., & Pennycook, A.. 2010. Metrolingualism: Fixity, fluidity and language in flux. International Journal of Multilingualism 7: 240254.Google Scholar
Ouane, Adama. 2003. Introduction: The view from inside the linguistic jail. In Ouane, A. (ed.), Towards a multilingual culture of education, 122. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Education.Google Scholar
Ouane, Adama, & Glanz, Christine. 2010. Why and how Africa should invest in African languages and multilingual education. An evidence-and practice-based policy advocacy brief. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning.Google Scholar
Ouane, Adama, & Glanz, Christine (eds.). 2011. Optimising learning, education and publishing in Africa: The language factor. A review and analysis of theory and practice in mother-tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning (UIL) and the Association for the Development of Education in Africa (ADEA)/African Development Bank.Google Scholar
Ousmanou, . 2014. How to disclose the environment through linguistic description: A basic linguistic analysis of Koshin (“Beboid” Bantu, Cameroon). Doctoral dissertation, University of Yaoundé I.Google Scholar
Owens, Jonathan. 2005. Hierarchicalized matrices: Codeswitching among urban Nigerian Arabs. Linguistics 43 (5): 957993.Google Scholar
Owens, Jonathan. 2006. A linguistic history of Arabic. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Owens, Jonathan. (ed.). 2013. The Oxford handbook of Arabic linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Oyori-Ogoche, N., & Bosire-Ogoche, E.. 2002. Educational publishing in African languages, with a focus on Swahili in Kenya. Nordic Journal of African Studies 11 (2): 167184.Google Scholar
Pahl, H. W. 1967. Isixhosa. Johannesburg: Educum.Google Scholar
Pakendorf, Brigitte. 2014. Molecular anthropological perspectives on the Kalahari Basin Area. In Güldemann, Tom & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Beyond ‘Khoisan’: Historical relations in the Kalahari Basin, 4568. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Pakendorf, Brigitte, Gunnink, Hilde, Sands, Bonny, & Bostoen, Koen. 2017. Prehistoric Bantu-Khoisan language contact: A cross-disciplinary approach. Language Dynamics and Change 7: 146.Google Scholar
Panović, Ivan. 2010. The beginnings of Wikipedia Masry. Al-Logha 8: 93127.Google Scholar
PANSALB. 2000. Language use and language interaction in South Africa: A national sociolinguistic survey. Pretoria: Pan South African Language Board.Google Scholar
Parsons, F. W. 1960. The verbal system in Hausa. Afrika und Übersee 44: 136.Google Scholar
Partman, Gayle. 1975. Quelques remarques sur le dioula véhiculaire en Côte-d'Ivoire. Annales de l'Université d'Abidjan (série H) 8 (1): 241259.Google Scholar
Pasch, Helma. 2008. Competing scripts: The introduction of the Roman alphabet in Africa. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 191: 65109.Google Scholar
Pat-El, Na'ama. 2012. On verbal negation in Semitic. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 162: 1745.Google Scholar
Paul, Ludwig (ed.). 2008. Vom Kolonialinstitut zum Asien-Afrika-Institut: 100 Jahre Asien- und Afrikawissenschaften in Hamburg. Gossenberg: Ostasien-Verlag.Google Scholar
Paulian, Christiane. 1975. Le kukuya: Langue teke du Congo. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Pawlak, Nina. 1994. Syntactic markers in Chadic: A study on development of grammatical morphemes. Warsaw: Instytut Orientalistyczny, Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego.Google Scholar
Pawlak, Nina. 2001. Diachronic typology of locative phrases in Chadic. In Nurse, Derek (ed.), Historical language contact in Africa, Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, vols. 16/17, 355385. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Pawlikova-Vilkanova, Viera. 2006a. Biblical translation of early missionaries in East and Central Africa: I. Translations into Swahili. Asian and African Studies 15: 8089.Google Scholar
Pawlikova-Vilkanova, Viera. 2006b. Biblical translation of early missionaries in East and Central Africa: Translations into Luganda. Asian and African Studies 15: 198210.Google Scholar
Payne, Doris L., & Barshi, Immanuel. 1999. Introduction. External possession: What, how, where and why? In Payne, Doris L. & Barshi, Immanuel (eds.), External possession, 329. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Payne, Doris, & Otero, Manuel. 2016. Deictic (associated-)motion and the tense-aspect domain: Evidence from Nilotic and Koman. Paper presented at the Syntax of the World's Languages 7, Workshop on Associated Motion, Mexico City, August 20.Google Scholar
Penchoen, Thomas. 1973. Tamazight of the Ayt Ndhir. Los Angeles: Undena.Google Scholar
Pennycook, Alaistair. 2002. Language policy and docile bodies: Hong Kong and governmentality. In J. Tollefson, W. (ed.), Language policies in education, 91110. London: Lawrence Erlbaum.Google Scholar
Pennycook, Alaistair. 2010. Language as a local practice. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Pennycook, Alaistair. 2017. Language policy and local practices. In Gracía, O., Flores, N., & Spotti (eds.), M., The handbook of language and society, 125140. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Pennycook, A., & Makoni, S.. 2005. Disinventing and reconstituting languages. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Pennycook, Alaistair, & Mitchell, Tony. 2009. Hip hop as dusty foot philosophy: Engaging locality. In Alim, H. Samy, Ibrahim, Awad, & Pennycook, Alastair (eds.), Global linguistic flows: Hip hop cultures, youth identities, and the politics of language, 2542. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Pennycook, Alaistair, & Otsuji, Emi. 2015. Metrolingualism: Language in the city. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Perini, Ruffillo. 1893. Manuale teorico-pratico della lingua Tigrè. Rome.Google Scholar
Perley, Bernard C. 2012. Zombie linguistics: Experts, endangered languages and the curse of undead voices. Anthropological Forum 22 (2): 133149.Google Scholar
Perrot, Jean, Manessy, Gabriel, & Valdman, Albert (eds.). 1981. Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne. 2 vols. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique.Google Scholar
Perry, Theresa, & Delpit, Lisa D. (eds.). 1998. The real Ebonics debate: Power, language, and the education of African-American children. Boston: Beacon.Google Scholar
Persson, Janet. 2004. Bongo-Bagirmi languages in Sudan. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 9: 7784.Google Scholar
Peterson, D., & Allman, J.. 1999. Introduction: New directions in the history of missions in Africa. Journal of Religious History 23: 17. doi:10.1111/1467–9809.00070.Google Scholar
Petrollino, Sara. 2016. A grammar of Hamar, a South Omotic language of Ethiopia. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Petrollino, Sara, & Mous, Maarten. 2010. Recollecting words and expressions in Aasá, a dead language in Tanzania. Anthropological Linguistics 52 (2): 206216.Google Scholar
Petter, Margarida. 2011. A presença de línguas africanas na América Latina. Lingüística 26: 7896.Google Scholar
Petter, Margarida. 2012. African languages in Latin América. In Proceedings of the 6th World Congress of African Linguistics. Cologne, 17–21 August 2009, 2938. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Peust, Carsten. 2012. On the subgrouping of Afroasiatic; or, How to use an unrooted phylogenetic tree in historical linguistics. Lingua Aegyptia 20: 221251.Google Scholar
Philips, J. E. 2004. Hausa in the twentieth century: An overview. Sudanic Africa 15: 5584.Google Scholar
Phillipson, R. 1996. Linguistic imperialism: African perspectives. ELT Journal 50 (2): 160167.Google Scholar
Pichler, Werner. 2007. Origin and development of the Libyco-Berber script. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Pike, Kenneth L. 1948. Tone languages: A technique for determining the number and type of pitch contrasts in a language, with studies in tonemic substitution and fusion. Vol. 4. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.Google Scholar
Piller, Ingrid. 2016. Monolingual ways of seeing multilingualism. Journal of Multicultural Discourses 11 (1): 2533.Google Scholar
Pinto, Joana C., Oliveira, Sandra, Teixeira, Sergio, et al. 2016. Food and pathogen adaptations in the Angolan Namib desert: Tracing the spread of lactase persistence and human African trypanosomiasis resistance into southwestern Africa. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 161 (3): 436447.Google Scholar
Platnick, N. I. 1991. Patterns of biodiversity: Tropical vs. temperate. Journal of Natural History 25: 10831088.Google Scholar
Platt, John, Weber, Heidi, & Ho, M. L.. 1984. The new Englishes. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Plüddemann, P., Braam, D., October, M., & Wababa, Z.. 2004. Dual-medium and parallel-medium schooling in the Western Cape: From default to design. PRAESA Occasional Papers 17. Cape Town: PRAESA, University of Cape Town.Google Scholar
Plüddemann, P., Nomlomo, V., & Jabe, N.. 2010. Using African languages for teacher education. Alternation 17 (1): 7292.Google Scholar
Poplack, S., & Meechan, M.. 1995. Patterns of language mixture: Nominal structure in Wolof-French and Fongbe-French bilingual discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Portland, . 2015. How Africa Tweets. www.howafricatweets.com.Google Scholar
Posner, Daniel N. 2003. The colonial origins of ethnic cleavages: The case of linguistic division in Zambia. Comparative Politics 35 (2): 127146.Google Scholar
Poulos, G. 1986. The study of African languages: Misconceptions within a society. Inaugural lecture. Pretoria: University of South Africa.Google Scholar
Poushter, J. 2016. Smartphone ownership and Internet usage continues to climb in emerging economies. www.pewglobal.org/2016/02/22/smartphone-ownership-and-internet-usage-continues-to-climb-in-emerging-economies/.Google Scholar
Pozdiniakov, K. 1978. Mande languages: A historical comparative analysis. Doctoral dissertation, Institute of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Prado, D. 2012. Language presence in the real world and in cyber space. In Vannini, L. & Le Crosnier, H. (eds.), Net.lang. Towards the multilingual cyberspace, 3552. Caen: C & F éditions.Google Scholar
Praetorius, Franz. 1871. Grammatik der Tigriñasprache in Abessinien hauptsächlich in der Gegend von Aksum und Adoa. Halle.Google Scholar
Prah, Kwesi K. 1998. Between distinction and extinction: The harmonisation and standardisation of African languages. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Prah, Kwesi K.. 2009. Mother tongue education in Africa for emancipation and development: Towards the intellectualization of African languages. In Brock-Utne, B. & Skattum, I. (eds.), Languages and education in Africa: A comparative and transdisciplinary analysis, 83104. Oxford: Symposium Books.Google Scholar
Prasse, Karl-G. 1972–1974. Manuel de la grammaire touarègue. Copenhagen: Akademisk Forlag.Google Scholar
Pratchett, Lee James. 2017. A documentation of Groot Laagte ǂKx'aoǁ'ae and dialectal diversity in Southeastern Ju (Kx'a). Doctoral dissertation, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin.Google Scholar
Probyn, M. 2015. Pedagogical translanguaging: Bridging discourses in South African science classrooms. Language and Education 29 (3): 218234.Google Scholar
Prunet, Jean-François. 1996. Guttural vowels. In Hudson, Grover (ed.), Essays on Gurage language and culture, dedicated to Wolf Leslau on the occasion of his 90th birthday, 175203. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Pulleyblank, Douglas. 1986. Tone in lexical phonology. Dordrecht: D. Reidel.Google Scholar
Pumphrey, M. E. C. 1937. Shilluk ‘royal’ language conventions. Sudan Notes and Records 20 (2): 319321.Google Scholar
Queiroz, Sônia Maria de Melo. 1998. Pé preto no barro branco. A língua dos negros da Tabatinga. Belo Horizonte: Editora da UFMG.Google Scholar
Quint, Nicolas. 2010. Benefactive and malefactive verb extensions in the Koalib verb system. In Zuñiga, Fernando & Kittilä, Seppo (eds.), Benefactives and malefactives: Typological perspectives and case studies, 295315. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Quint, Nicolas. Forthcoming. Djifanghor Nyun (Bainouck). In Lüpke, Friederike (ed.), The Oxford guide to the Atlantic languages of West Africa. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Raidt, Edith H. 1994. Historiese Taalkunde: Studies oor die Geskiedenis van Afrikaans. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Rambukkana, N. 2015. Hashtag publics: The power and politics of discursive networks. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Rampton, Ben. 1995. Crossing: Language and ethnicity among adolescents. London: Longman.Google Scholar
Rampton, Ben. 2010. Speech community. In Jaspers, Jürgen, Verschueren, Jef, & Östman, Jan-Ola (eds.), Society and language use, 274303. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Rampton, Ben. 2011. From ‘multi-ethnic adolescent heteroglossia’ to ‘contemporary urban vernaculars’. Language & Communication 31: 276294.Google Scholar
Rampton, Ben, Blommaert, Jan, Arnaut, Karel, & Spotti, Massimiliano. 2015. Superdiversity and sociolinguistics. Working Papers in Urban Language & Literacies 152.Google Scholar
Ranger, Terence. 1983. The invention of tradition in colonial Africa. In Hobsbawm, Eric J. & Ranger, Terence O. (eds.), The invention of tradition, 211262. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ranger, Terence. 1984. Missionaries, migrants and the Manyika: The invention of ethnicity in Zimbabwe. Johannesburg: University of the Witwatersrand, African Studies Institute.Google Scholar
Rapold, Christian J. 2006. Towards a grammar of Benchnon. Doctoral dissertation, Leiden University.Google Scholar
Rapold, Christian J., & Zaugg-Coretti, Silvia. 2009. Exploring the periphery of the Central Ethiopian linguistic area: Data from Yemsa and Benchnon. In Crass, Joachim & Meyer, Ronny (eds.), Language contact and language change in Ethiopia, 5981. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Rasmussen, Susan J. 1995. Spirit possession and personhood among the Kel Ewey Tuareg. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Rasmussen, Susan J.. 2013. Neighbors, strangers, witches, and culture-heroes: Ritual powers of smith/artisans in Tuareg society and beyond. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Raum, Otto Friedrich. 1973. The social functions of avoidances and taboos among the Zulu. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Raz, Shlomo. 1983. Tigre grammar and texts. Malibu: Undena.Google Scholar
Reddy, V. 2006. Mathematics and science achievement at South African schools in TIMSS 2003. Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council.Google Scholar
Redinha, José. 1962. Distribuição étnica de angola. Angola: Centro de Informação e Turismo de Angola.Google Scholar
Reeves, C., Heugh, K., Prinsloo, C. P., Macdonald, C., Netshitangani, T., Alidou, H., & Diedericks, G.. 2008. Evaluation of literacy teaching in the primary schools of the Limpopo Province. Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council. www.hsrc.ac.za/research/output/outputDocuments/5715_Reeves_Evaluationofliteracy.pdf.Google Scholar
Reh, Mechthild. 1996. Anywa language. Description and internal reconstructions. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Reinisch, Leo. 1879. Die Nuba-Sprache. 2 vols. Vienna: Braumüller.Google Scholar
Reinisch, Leo. 1893–1894. Die Beḍauye-Sprache in Nordost-Afrika. 4 vols. Vienna: Hölder.Google Scholar
Reintges, Chris H. 2018. Coptic Egyptian (Sahidicdialect): A learner's grammar. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Remijsen, Bert, Miller-Naudé, Cynthia L., & Gilley, Leoma G.. 2016. The morphology of Shilluk transitive verbs. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 37 (2): 201245.Google Scholar
Rennison, John R. 1997. Koromfe. Descriptive Grammars Series. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Rialland, Annie. 1979. Une langue à tons en terrasse. Le Gulmancema. Thèse d’état, Univ. René Descartes, Paris V.Google Scholar
Rialland, Annie. 2007. Question prosody: An African perspective. In Gussenhoven, Carlos & Riad, Tomas (eds.), Tones and tunes: Studies in word and sentence prosody, 3562. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Rialland, Annie. 2009. The African lax question prosody: Its relation and geographical distribution. Lingua 119: 928949.Google Scholar
Rice, Keren. 2011. Documentary linguistics and community relations. Language Documentation and Conservation 5: 187207.Google Scholar
Rice, Keren, & Cowper, Elizabeth. 1984. Consonant mutation and autosegmental morphology. In Drogo, J., Mishra, V., & Testen, D. (eds.), CLS 20: Papers from the twentieth regional meeting, 309320. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Richards, Audrey I. 1956. Chisungu: A girls’ initiation ceremony among the Bemba of Northern Rhodesia. London: Faber and Faber.Google Scholar
Richter, Doris genannt Kemmermann. 2014. A grammar of Mbembe. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Rickford, John R. 1997. Prior creolization of African-American English? Sociohistorical and textual evidence from the 17th and 18th centuries. Journal of Sociolinguistics 1: 315336.Google Scholar
Rickford, John R.. 1998. The creole origins of African-American vernacular English: Evidence from copula absence. In Mufwene, Salikoko S. et al. (eds.), African-American English: Structure, history, and use, 154200. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Riehl, Claudia. 2002. Die deutsche Sprache in Namibia. Eine Bestandsaufnahme. Windhoek: National Library Archives.Google Scholar
Rijkhoff, Jan. 2002. The noun phrase. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Rilly, Claude. 2010. Le méroïtique et sa famille linguistique. Louvain: Peeters.Google Scholar
Rita-Ferreira, António. 1958. Agrupamento e caracterização étnica dos indígenas de Moçambique. Lisbon: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar.Google Scholar
Rita-Ferreira, António. 1959. Mozambique ethnic characterisation and grouping. South African Journal of Science 55 (8): 201204.Google Scholar
Rita-Ferreira, António. 1975. Povos de Moçambique – história e cultura. Porto: Afrontamento.Google Scholar
Roberge, Paul. 1995. The formation of Afrikaans. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Language and social history: Studies in South African sociolinguistics, 6888. Cape Town: David Philip.Google Scholar
Robert, Shaaban. 1951. Kusadikika. London: Nelson.Google Scholar
Robert, Shaaban. 1967. Kufikirika. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Robert, Shaaban. 1968. Siku ya Watenzi Wote. London: Nelson.Google Scholar
Roberts, James. 2003. The analysis of the central vowels in Gor. In Lébikaza, Kézié (ed.), Actes du 3e Congrès Mondial de Linguistique Africaine, Lomé 2000, 5367. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Robins, R. H. 1967. A short history of linguistics. London: Longman.Google Scholar
Robinson, C. H. 1913. Dictionary of the Hausa language. Hausa-English. 3rd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Rocha, Jorge. 2017. Race and society in Portugal: Two notes and a remark. Journal of Anthropological Sciences 95: 393343.Google Scholar
Rodén, Karl Gustav. 1913. Kəl'e Mansaʿ – dəgəm wa-fətəh wa-ʿadotat, Le tribù dei Mensa – storia, legge e costumi. Asmara.Google Scholar
Rogers, Henry. 2005. Writing systems: A linguistic approach. Malden, MA: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Rogers, R. 2013. Debanalizing Twitter: The transformation of an object of study. In Proceedings of the 5th Annual ACM Web Science Conference, May 2–4, 2013, Paris, France, 356365. New York: ACM.Google Scholar
Rohlfs, Gerhard. 1872. Die Zahlzeichen der Rhadamser. Ausland 29: 695696.Google Scholar
Rohloff, Peter, & Henderson, Brent. 2015. Development, language revitalization, and culture: The case of the Mayan languages of Guatemala, and their relevance for African languages. In Essegbey, James, Henderson, Brent, & McLaughlin, Fiona (eds.), Language documentation and endangerment in Africa, 177194. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Rolle, Nicholas. 2013. Nasal vowel patterns in West Africa. UC Berkeley Phonology Lab Annual Report 2013: 226267. http://linguistics.berkeley.edu/phonlab/documents/2013/Rolle_NasalVowelsWestAfrica.pdf.Google Scholar
Rolle, Nicholas. 2015. An areal typology of nasal vowels in West Africa. Paper presented at the 11th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), University of New Mexico.Google Scholar
Rolle, Nicholas, Faytak, Matthew, & Lionnet, Florian. 2017. The distribution of ATR and interiority in the Macro-Sudan Belt. In Proceedings of the 91st annual meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, January 5–8, 2017, Austin, Texas. http://dx.doi.org/10.3765/plsa.v2i0.4058.Google Scholar
Rosch, Eleanor H. 1973. Natural categories. Cognitive Psychology 4: 328350.Google Scholar
Roschenthaler, Ute M. 1998. Honoring Ejagham women. African Arts 31 (2): 3849.Google Scholar
Rose, Sharon. 1994. The historical development of secondary articulation in Gurage. In Moore, Kevin E., Peterson, David A., & Wentum, Comfort (eds.), Proceedings of the twentieth annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, February 18–21, 1994: Special session on historical issues in African linguistics, 112124. Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Rose, Sharon. 1996a. Variable laryngeals and vowel lowering. Phonology 13 (1): 73117.Google Scholar
Rose, Sharon. 1996b. Allomorphy and morphological categories in Muher. In Hudson, Grover (ed.), Essays on Gurage language and culture, dedicated to Wolf Leslau on the occasion of his 90th birthday, 205227. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Rose, Sharon. 2006. Durational conditions on Endegeň gemination. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Proceedings of the 15th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Hamburg July 20–25, 2003, 843850. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Rose, Sharon. 2013. The morphological structure of the Moro verb. In Schadeberg, Thilo C. & Blench, Roger (eds.), Nuba mountain language studies, 2556. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.Google Scholar
Rottland, Franz. 1982. Die südnilotischen Sprachen. Kölner Beiträge zur Afrikanistik 7. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Rottland, Franz, & Okombo, Duncan O.. 1992. Language shift among the Suba of Kenya. Contributions to the Sociology of Language 64: 273273.Google Scholar
Rougé, Jean-Louis. 1988. Petit dictionnaire étymologique du Kriol de Guinée-Bissau et Casamance. Bissau: Instituto Nacional de Estudos e Pesquisa.Google Scholar
Roux, Justus C. 2016. South African Centre for Digital Language Resources. In The LREC 2016 Proceedings, 24672470. Portorož, Slovenia.Google Scholar
Roux, Justus C.. 2017. Language and language technology: Prerequisites for the development of language technologies in the South African context. In Kaschula, R. H., Maseko, P., & Wolff, H. E. (eds.), Multilingualism and intercultural communication: A South African perspective, 262280. Johannesburg: Wits University Press.Google Scholar
Roux, Justus C., Louw, P. H., & Niesler, T. R.. 2004. The African speech technology project: An assessment. In Proceedings of LREC, 9396. Lisbon, Portugal.Google Scholar
Rowan, Kirsty. 2006. Meroitic: An Afroasiatic language? SOAS Working Papers in Linguistics 14: 169206.Google Scholar
Rowntree, Les, Lewis, M., Price, M., & Wyckoff, W.. 2008. Diversity amid globalization: World regions, environment, development. 2nd ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.Google Scholar
Rubagumya, Casmir M. (ed.). 1990a. Language in education in Africa: A Tanzanian perspective. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Rubagumya, Casmir M.. 1990b. Language in Tanzania. In Rubagumya, C. M. (ed.), Language in education in Africa: A Tanzanian perspective, 514. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Rubagumya, Casmir M.. (ed.). 1994. Teaching and researching language in African classrooms. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.Google Scholar
Rubagumya, Casmir M., Afitska, O., Clegg, J., & Kiliku, P.. 2011. A three-tier citizenship: Can the state in Tanzania guarantee linguistic human rights? International Journal of Educational Development 31 (1): 7885.Google Scholar
Rubin, Aaron D. 2008. The subgrouping of the Semitic languages. Language and Linguistics Compass 2 (1): 6184.Google Scholar
Rubin, Aaron D.. 2010a. A brief introduction to the Semitic languages. Piscataway, NJ: Gorgias Press.Google Scholar
Rubin, Aaron D.. 2010b. The development of the Amharic definite article and an Indonesian parallel. Journal of Semitic Studies 55 (1): 103114.Google Scholar
Rubin, Aaron D.. 2017. The Semitic language family. In Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. & Dixon, R. M. W. (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic typology, 854886. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Rugemalira, Josephat M. 1993. Bantu multiple ‘objects’ constructions. Linguistic Analysis 23 (3/4): 226253.Google Scholar
Rugemalira, Josephat M.. 2002. Runyambo-Kiswahili-English lexicon. Dar es Salaam: University of Dar es Salaam.Google Scholar
Rugemalira, Josephat M.. 2005. A grammar of Runyambo. Dar es Salaam: University of Dar es Salaam.Google Scholar
Ruíz, Richard. 1984. Orientations in language planning. NABE Journal 8 (2): 1534.Google Scholar
Rüsch, Maren, & Nassenstein, Nico. 2016. Ethno-regional ideologies and linguistic manipulation in the creation of the youth language Leb pa Bulu. Critical Multilingualism Studies 4 (2): 174208.Google Scholar
Sacks, Harvey. 1992. Lectures on conversation. 2 vols. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
Sacks, Harvey, Schegloff, Emanuel A., & Jefferson, Gail. 1974. A simplest systematics for the organization of turn taking for conversation. Language 50: 696735.Google Scholar
Sacleux, Charles. 1891. Dictionnaire Français-Swahili. Zanzibar: Mission de PP. du St. Esprit.Google Scholar
Sacleux, Charles. 1909a. Grammaire Swahilie. Paris: Saint-Esprit.Google Scholar
Sacleux, Charles. 1909b. Grammaire des dialectes Swahilis. Paris: Procure des PP. du Saint-Esprit.Google Scholar
Sacleux, Charles. 1939. Dictionnaire Swahili-Français. Paris: Travaux et mémoires de l'Institut d‘ethnologie.Google Scholar
Sadiqi, Fatima. 1997. Grammaire du berbère. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Saeed, John I. 1993. Somali reference grammar. Wheaton, MD: Dunwoody.Google Scholar
Saeed, John I.. 2007. Somali morphology. In Kaye, Alan S. (ed.), Morphologies of Asia and Africa, vol. 1, 547586. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Safir, Ken, & Bassene, Mamadou. 2017. Morphosyntax and movement: verb stems in Jóola Eeegimaa. NLLT 35: 839897.Google Scholar
Sagey, Elizabeth. 1990. The representation of features in non-linear phonology: The articulator node hierarchy. New York: Garland.Google Scholar
Sagna, Serge. 2010. Issues in noun classification and noun class assignment in Gújjolay Eegimaa (Banjal) and other Jóola languages. Studies in African Linguistics 39: 133.Google Scholar
Saïb, Jilali. 1977. The treatment of geminates: Evidence from Berber. Studies in African Linguistics 8: 299316.Google Scholar
Saleh, Mahmud. [2005] 2007. Tigre dialects. Journal of Eritrean Studies 4: 4573.Google Scholar
Samarin, William J. 1950. A provisional phonemic analysis of Kisi. Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers 2: 89102.Google Scholar
Samarin, William J.. 1965. Perspective on African ideophones. African Studies 24: 117121.Google Scholar
Samarin, William J.. 1966. The Gbeya language: Grammar, texts, and vocabularies. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Samarin, William J.. 1967a. A grammar of Sango. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Samarin, William J.. 1967b. A guide to linguistic fieldwork. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.Google Scholar
Samarin, William J.. 1971. Survey of Bantu ideophones. African Language Studies 12: 130168.Google Scholar
Samatar, Said S. 1998. Remembering B. W. Andrzejewski: Poland's Somali genius. Research in African Literatures 29 (3): 208219.Google Scholar
Sambieni, Coffi. 2005. Le Proto-Oti-Volta-Oriental. Essai d'application de la méthode historique comparative. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Sampson, Douglas L. 1985. The phonology of Banda-Tangbago. In Schuh, Russell G. (ed.), Papers from the fifteenth conference on African linguistics: Studies in African Linguistics, suppl. 9: 269274.Google Scholar
Sande, Hannah. 2017. Distributing morphologically conditioned phonology: Three case studies from Guébie. Doctoral dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.Google Scholar
Sande, Hannah, Baier, Nico, & Jenks, Peter. Forthcoming. The syntactic diversity of SAuxOVX in West Africa. In Clem, Emily, Jenks, Peter, & Sande, Hannah (eds.), Theory and description in African linguistics: Selected papers from ACAL 47, 663696. Berlin: Language Sciences Press.Google Scholar
Sanders, Edith R. 1969. The Hamitic hypothesis: Its origin and functions in time perspective. Journal of African History 10 (4): 521532.Google Scholar
Sands, Bonny E. 1998a. Eastern and Southern African Khoisan: Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationship. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Sands, Bonny E.. 1998b. The linguistic relationship between Hadza and Khoisan. In Schladt, Mathias (ed.), Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, 265283. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Sands, Bonny E.. 2009. Africa's linguistic diversity. Language and Linguistics Compass 3: 559580.Google Scholar
Sands, Bonny E.. 2010. Juu subgroups based on phonological patterns. In Brenzinger, Matthias & König, Christa (eds.), Khoisan languages and linguistics: Proceedings of the 1st International Symposium, January 4–8, 2003, Riezlern/Kleinwalsertal, Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung/Research in Khoisan Studies 17, 85114. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Sands, Bonny E.. 2018. Language revitalization in Africa. In Rehg, Kenneth & Campbell, Lyle (eds.), The Oxford handbook of endangered languages, 613636. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Sanni, A. O. 2016. Arabic Literature of Africa. In Stewart, S. & Salim, S. (eds.), The writings of Mauritania and the Western Sahara, parts 1 and 2, vol. 5, 103106. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Santandrea, Stefano. 1970. Brief grammar outlines of the Yulu and Kara languages (Bahr El Ghazal, Sudan – Central African Republic) with a small comparative vocabulary of Bongo, Baka, Yulu [and] Kara. Rome: Sodality of St. Peter Claver.Google Scholar
Santos, B. de S. 2012. Public sphere and epistemologies of the south. Africa Development 37 (1): 4367.Google Scholar
Sapir, David. 1971. West Atlantic: An inventory of the languages, their noun class systems and consonant alternations. Current Trends in Linguistics 7: 45112.Google Scholar
Sartre, Jean-Paul. 1963. Preface. In Fanon, F., The wretched of the earth. New York: Grove.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1981a. Afroasiatisch. In Heine, Bernd, Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Die Sprachen Afrikas, 129148. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1981b. Die kuschitischen Sprachen. In Heine, Bernd, Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Die Sprachen Afrikas, 187215. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1982. An etymological dictionary of Burji. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1984. Case in Cushitic, Semitic and Berber. In Bynon, James (ed.), Current progress in Afro-Asiatic linguistics: Papers of the third International Hamito-Semitic Congress, 111125. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1986. A southwest Ethiopian language area and its cultural background. In Fishman, Joshua A., Tabouret-Keller, Andrée, Clyne, Michael, Krishnamurti, Bhadriraju, & Abdulaziz, Mohamed (eds.), The Fergusonian impact: In honour of Charles A. Ferguson on the occasion of his 65th birthday, vol. 1, 327342. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 1992. Cushitic languages. In Bright, William (ed.), International encyclopedia of linguistics, vol. 1, 326330. New York: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 2003. Cushitic adpositions and their possible relatives in Semitic. In Bender, M. Lionel, Appleyard, David, & Takács, Gábor (eds.), Afrasian: Selected comparative-historical linguistic studies in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff, 123142. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Sasse, Hans-Jürgen. 2007. ‘Nominal’ and ‘adjectival’ predication in Lowland Eastern Cushitic. In Crass, Joachim & Meyer, Ronny (eds.), Deictics, copula, and focus in the Ethiopian convergence area, 2749. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Savà, Graziano. 2003. Ongota (Birale), a moribund language of southwest Ethiopia. In Janse, Mark & Tol, Sijmen (eds.), Language death and language maintenance: Theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches, 171187. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Sawers, P. 2011. The multilingual web: A year of non-Latin script domain names. TNW – The Next Web. https://thenextweb.com/insider/2011/06/12/the-multilingual-web-a-year-of-non-latin-script-domain-names.Google Scholar
Scantamburlo, Luigi. 1981. Gramática e dicionário da língua criol da Guiné-Bissau (GCr). Bologna: Editrice Missionaria Italiana.Google Scholar
Schachter, Paul. 1974. A non-transformational account of serial verb constructions. Studies in African Linguistics, suppl. 5: 253270.Google Scholar
Schachter, Paul, & Fromkin, Victoria. 1968. A phonology of Akan: Akuapem, Asante, Fante. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, University of California, Los Angeles.Google Scholar
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1982. Nasalization in Umbundu. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 4: 109132.Google Scholar
Schadeberg, Thilo C.. 1987. Zwei areale Sprachmerkmale im Ostsudan. In Mukarovsky, Hans G. (ed.), Leo Reinisch: Werk und Erbe, 213229. Vienna: Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften.Google Scholar
Schadeberg, Thilo C.. 1995. Spirantization and the 7-to-5 vowel merger in Bantu. Belgian Journal of Linguistics 9: 7384.Google Scholar
Schadeberg, Thilo C.. 2003. Historical linguistics. In Nurse, Derek & Philippson, Gérard (eds.), The Bantu languages, 143163. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Schadeberg, Thilo C.. 2011. The unique nature of the Niger-Congo noun class system, and a comparison of event participant marking in Bantu and Ebang (Kordofanian). Paper presented at the Fourth International Conference on Bantu Languages, Berlin.Google Scholar
Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Blench, Roger (eds.). 2013. Nuba mountain language studies. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Schebesta, Paul. 1919. Eine Bantugrammatik aus dem 17. Jahrhundert: Arte da lingua de Cafre. Anthropos.Google Scholar
Scheele, Judith. 2016. The Libyan Connection: Settlement, war, and other entanglements in northern Chad. Journal of African History 57 (1): 115134.Google Scholar
Schegloff, Emanuel A. 1992. Repair after next turn: The last structurally provided defense of intersubjectivity in conversation. American Journal of Sociology 97 (5): 12951345.Google Scholar
Schegloff, Emanuel A.. 1998. Reply to Wetherell. Discourse & Society 9 (3): 413416.Google Scholar
Schenkel, Wolfgang. 1994. Die ägyptische Hieroglyphenschrift und ihre Weiterentwicklung. In Günther, Hartmut & Ludwig, Otto (eds.), Schrift und Schriftlichkeit/Writing and its use, vol. 1, 289297. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Schlenker, Christian Frederick. 1864. Grammar of the Temne language. London: Church Missionary Society.Google Scholar
Schmied, Josef. 1991. English in Africa: An introduction. London: Longman.Google Scholar
Schmied, Josef. 2008. East African English (Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania): Phonology. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Varieties of English, vol. 4: Africa, South and Southeast Asia, 150163. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Schneider, Edgar W. 2007. Postcolonial English: Varieties around the world. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Schnoebelen, Tyler. 2009. (Un)classifying Shabo: phylogenetic methods and results. In Austin, Peter K., Bond, Oliver, Charette, Monik, Nathan, David, & Sells, Peter (eds.), Proceedings of the Conference on Language Documentation and Linguistic Theory 2, 275284. London: SOAS.Google Scholar
Schreiber, Henning. 2009. Social networks, linguistic variation and micro change in an African context. A case study in the borderland of Mali and Burkina Faso. SUGIA 20: 209230.Google Scholar
Schreiber, Henning, & Beyer, Klaus. Forthcoming. Driving forces of language contact: A case study in the Upper Sourou. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Schreier, Daniel. 2003. Isolation and language change: Contemporary and sociohistorical evidence from Tristan da Cunha English. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Schrock, Terrill B. 2014. A Grammar of Ik (Icétôd) – Northeast Uganda's last thriving Kuliak language. Utrecht: LOT.Google Scholar
Schrock, Terrill B.. 2016. Icétôd dictionary and grammar sketch. Berlin: Language Science Press Publication.Google Scholar
Schuchardt, Hugo. 1882. Über das Negerportugiesische von S. Thomé. Sitzungsberichte Wien 101: 889917.Google Scholar
Schuchardt, Hugo. 1889. Über das Negerportugiesische der Ilha do Príncipe. Zeitschrift für romanische Philologie 13: 463475.Google Scholar
Schuh, Russell G. 1976. The Chadic verbal system and its Afroasiatic nature. Afroasiatic Linguistics 3: 114.Google Scholar
Schuh, Russell G.. 1983. The evolution of determiners in Chadic. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (eds.), Studies in Chadic and Afroasiatic linguistics, 157210. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Schuh, Russell G.. 2017. A Chadic cornucopia. Newman, P. (ed.). http://escholarship.org/uc/item/5zx6z32d.Google Scholar
Schultze, Leonard. 1928. Zur Kenntnis des Körpers der Hottentotten und Buschmänner. In Zoologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Südafrika, 147227. Jena: Gustav Fischer.Google Scholar
Schultze-Berndt, Eva. 2006. Linguistic annotation. In Gippert, Jost, Himmelmann, Nikolaus, & Mosel, Ulrike (eds.), Essentials of language documentation, 213251. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Schwellnus, P. E. 1931. Tlhalosa-Polelo: Grammar ya Sesotho se se bolelwaxo dileteng tša Transvaal. London: Blackie & Son.Google Scholar
Sebba, M. 2007. Spelling and society: The culture and politics of orthography around the world. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Sebba, M.. 2012. Researching and theorising multilingual texts. In Jaffe, A., Androutsopoulos, J., Sebba, M., & Johnson, S. (eds.), Orthography as social action: Scripts, spelling, identity and power, 126. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Sebeok, Thomas A. (ed.). 1971. Current trends in linguistics 7: Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Segerer, Guillaume. 2009. A database on personal pronouns in African languages. In Everaert, Martin, Musgrave, Simon, & Dimitriadis, Alexis (eds.), The use of databases in cross-linguistic studies, 363389. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Seifart, Frank. 2006. Orthography development. In Gippert, Jost, Himmelmann, Nikolaus, & Mosel, Ulrike (eds.), Essentials of language documentation, 275300. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Senft, Gunter. 2014. Understanding pragmatics. Abingdon: Routledge.Google Scholar
Sentumbwe, G., & Heugh, K.. 2014. Local languages and primary education in Northern Uganda: Post-conflict community and local partnerships. In McIlwraith, H. (ed.), Language rich Africa Policy dialogue: The Cape Town Language and Development Conference – Looking beyond 2015, 132135. London: British Council.Google Scholar
Sesep, N’ Sial Bal-Nsien. 1990. Language, normes et répertoire en milieu urbain africain: L'indubill. Quebec: Centre International de Recherche en Aménagement Linguistique.Google Scholar
Sessarego, Sandro. 2015. Afro-Peruvien Spanish slavery and the legacy of Spanish Creoles. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Shah, Sheena. 2007. German in a contact situation: The case of Namibian German. eDUSA 2 (2): 2045.Google Scholar
Shah, Sheena. 2014. Identity and belonging: The case of the Gujarati diaspora community in England, Singapore and South Africa. In Mukadam, A. & Mawani, S. (eds.), Globalisation, diaspora and belonging: Exploring transnationalism and Gujarati identity, 145165. Jaipur: Rawat.Google Scholar
Shah, Sheena. 2016. Gujaratis in London: language use in identity construction. Paper presented at the Sociolinguistic Symposium 21, University of Murcia, Spain, June 15–18.Google Scholar
Shankar, S. 2012. Flesh and fish blood: Postcolonialism, translation, and the vernacular. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Sharman, J. C. 1956. The tabulation of tenses in a Bantu languages (Bemba: Northern Rhodesia). Africa 26: 2946.Google Scholar
Shay, Erin. 1999. A grammar of East Dangla: The simple sentence. Doctoral dissertation, University of Colorado.Google Scholar
Shepherd, R. H. W. 1945. Lovedale and literature of the Bantu: A brief history and forecast. Lovedale: Lovedale Press.Google Scholar
Mazengia, Shimelis. 2015. Nominalization via verbal derivation: Amharic, Tigrinya, Oromo. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Shimizu, Kiyoshi. 1980. Comparative Jukunoid: Reconstructions and comparative wordlists of the Jukunoid languages. Beiträge zur Afrikanistik 6. Vienna: Afro-Pub.Google Scholar
Shimizu, Kiyoshi. 1983. The Zing Dialect of M.umuye: A descriptive grammar with a Mumuye-English dictionary and an English-Mumuye index. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Shoba, J., & Chimbutane, F. (eds.). 2013. Bilingual education and language policy in the Global South. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Shryock, Aaron M. 1997. The classification of the Masa group of languages. Studies in African Linguistics 26: 2962.Google Scholar
Siatchitema, A. K. 1992. When nationalism conflicts with nationalist goals: Zambia. In Crawhall, N. T. (ed.), Democratically speaking, 1721. Cape Town: National Language Project.Google Scholar
Sibayan, B. 1999. The intellectualization of Filipino. Manila: Linguistic Society of the Philippines.Google Scholar
Sidarus, Adel Y. 1978. Coptic Lexicography in the Middle Age. The Coptic Arabic Scalae. In Wilson, R. McL. (ed.), The future of Coptic studies, 125141. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Sidnell, Jack. 2008. Alternate and complementary perspectives on language and social life: The organization of repair in two Caribbean communities. Journal of Sociolinguistics 12: 477503.Google Scholar
Sidnell, Jack. 2009a. Participation. In D'hondt, Sigurd, Verschueren, Jef, & Östman, Jan-Ola (eds.), The pragmatics of interaction, 125156. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Sidnell, Jack. (ed.). 2009b. Conversation analysis: Comparative perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Sidnell, Jack, & Stivers, Tanya (eds.). 2013. The handbook of conversation analysis. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.Google Scholar
Signer, David. 2014. Afrika als Vorreiter der Globalisierung. David Van Reybrouck im Gespräch. Neue Zürcher Zeitung, November 24. www.nzz.ch/international/afrika/afrika-als-vorreiter-der-globalisierung-1.18430677.Google Scholar
Silva, Baltasar Lopes da. 1957. O dialecto Crioulo de Cabo Verde. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional.Google Scholar
Silverstein, Michael. 1979. Language structure and linguistic ideology. In Clyne, Paul, Hanks, William F., & Hofbauer, Carol L. (eds.), The elements: A parasession on linguistic units and levels, 193247. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.Google Scholar
Silverstein, Michael. 2003. Indexical order and the dialectics of sociolinguistic life. Language & Communication 23 (3): 193229.Google Scholar
Sim, Ronald J. 1988. The diachronic derivation of the verb in Northern Highland East Cushitic. In Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Serzisko, Fritz (eds.), Cushitic-Omotic: Papers from the International Symposium on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Cologne, January 6–9, 1986, 433452. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude. 1997. The Modern South Arabian languages. In Hetzron, Robert (ed.), The Semitic languages, 378423. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude. 2005a. Djibouti/Eritrea. In Versteegh, K. & Köndgen, O. (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Language and Linguistics (EALL), vol. 1, 654659. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude. 2005b. The Horn of Africa. In Versteegh, K. & Köndgen, O. (eds.), Encyclopedia of Arabic Language and Linguistics (EALL), vol. 1, 268275. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Simeone-Senelle, Marie-Claude. 2011. Modern South Arabian. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 10731113. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Bobda, Simo, Augustin. 2001. East and Southern African English Accents. World Englishes 20: 269284.Google Scholar
Simons, Gary F., & Fennig, Charles D. (eds.). 2017. Ethnologue: Languages of the world. 20th ed. Dallas: SIL International. www.ethnologue.com.Google Scholar
Singer, Ruth, & Harris, Salome. Forthcoming. What practices and ideologies support small-scale multilingualism? A case study of unexpected language survival in an Australian indigenous community. International Journal for the Society of Language.Google Scholar
Singler, John Victor. 1988. The homogeneity of the substrate as a factor in pidgin/creole genesis. Language 64: 2751.Google Scholar
Singler, John Victor. 2004. Liberian settler English: Phonology. In Schneider, E. W., Burridge, K., Kortmann, B., Mesthrie, R., & Upton, C. (eds.), A handbook of varieties of English, vol. 1: Phonology, 874884. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Sithole, E. 2017. From dialect to ‘official’ language: Towards the intellectualization of Ndau in Zimbabwe. Doctoral thesis, Rhodes University.Google Scholar
Skandera, Paul. 2003. Drawing a map of Africa: Idiom in Kenyan English. Tübingen: Gunter Narr.Google Scholar
Smidt, Wolbert G. C. 2009. Matewos. In Biographisch-Bibliographisches Kirchenlexikon, Bd. 30, 971974. Munich: Traugott Bautz.Google Scholar
Smith, David M. 1969. The Kapsiki language. Doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University.Google Scholar
Smith, Ernie. 1975. Ebonics: A case history. In Williams, Robert L. (ed.), Ebonics: The true language of black folks, 7785. St. Louis: Robert Williams and Associates.Google Scholar
Smith, Norval. 2014. The early history of Surinam: Why is Surinam different? In Muysken, Pieter C., Smith, Norval, & Borges, Robert (eds.), Surviving the Middle Passage: The West Africa-Surinam Sprachbund, 1742. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Smitherman, Geneva. 1998. Word from the hood: The lexicon of African-American vernacular English. In Mufwene, S. S. et al. (eds.), African American English: Structure, history and use, 203225. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Smitherman, Geneva. 2006. Word from the mother: Language and African Americans. New York: Routledge.Google Scholar
Smolders, Joshua. 2018. The expression of number in T'apo. Manuscript.Google Scholar
Snoxall, R. A. 1967. Luganda-English dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1970. An introduction to the !Xũ (!Kung) language. Cape Town: Balkema.Google Scholar
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1974. The Bushman and Hottentot languages of Southern Africa. Limi 2 (2): 2844.Google Scholar
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1975. Zu|’hõasi Fonologie en Woordeboek. Cape Town: AA Balkema.Google Scholar
Snyman, Jan Winston 1977. Vowels of Zu|Hoasi. Khoisan Linguistic Studies 3: 93106.Google Scholar
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1997. A preliminary classification of the ǃXũũ and Žuǀ'hõasi dialects. In Haacke, Wilfrid H. G. & Elderkin, Edward Derek (eds.), Namibian languages: Reports and papers, 21106. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Soga, John Henderson. 1932. The Ama-Xosa: Life and customs. London: Lovedale Press.Google Scholar
Somé, M. Z. 2009. Les langues africaines et les TIC. SudLangues: Revue Electronique Internationale des Sciences du Langage 12: 86103.Google Scholar
Sommerauer, Erich. 2010. Die Afrikanistik in Österreich. 1824–1992. www.afrikanistik.at/pdf/themen/historisch.pdf.Google Scholar
Souag, M. Lameen. 2010. Grammatical contact in the Sahara: Arabic, Berber, and Songhay in Tabelbala and Siwa. Doctoral dissertation, SOAS.Google Scholar
Souag, M. Lameen. 2012. The subclassification of Songhay and its historical implications. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 33 (2): 181213.Google Scholar
Souag, M. Lameen. 2013. Berber and Arabic in Siwa (Egypt). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Souag, M. Lameen. 2015. Non-Tuareg Berber and the genesis of nomadic Northern Songhay. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 36 (1): 121143.Google Scholar
Sow, Alfa I., & Abdulaziz, Mohamed H.. 1993. Language and social change. In Mazrui, Ali A. (ed.), Africa since 1935, UNESCO General History of Africa vol. 8. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Spencer, J. 1971. West Africa and the English Language. In Spencer, J. (ed.), The English language in West Africa, 134. London: Longman.Google Scholar
Spiegler, S., van der Spuy, A., & Flach, P. A.. 2010a. Ukwabelana – An open-source morphological Zulu corpus. In Proceedings of the 23rd International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING), 10201028. New York: ACM.Google Scholar
Spiegler, S., van der Spuy, A., & Flach, P. A.. 2010b. Additional material for the Ukwabelana Zulu corpus. CSTR-10–003. University of Bristol.Google Scholar
Spitta, Willem. 1880. Grammatik des arabischen Vulgärdialectes von Ægypten. Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs‘sche Buchhandlung.Google Scholar
Spitulnik, Debra. 1996. The social construction of media discourse and the mediation of communities. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 6 (2): 161187.Google Scholar
Spitulnik, Debra. 1998. The language of the city: Town Bemba as urban hybridity. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 8 (1): 3059.Google Scholar
Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty. 1990. The post-colonial critic: Interviews, strategies, dialogues. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Spolsky, Bernard. 2005. Language policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Ssempuuma, Jude. 2011. The emergence of an indigenous language as lingua franca: The case of Luganda in Uganda. In Anchimbe, Eric A. & Mforteh, Stephen A. (eds.). Postcolonial linguistic voices: Identity choices and representations, 119142. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Stallcup, K. 1978. A comparative perspective on the phonology and noun classification of three Cameroon Grassfields Bantu languages: Moghamo, Ngie, and Oshie. Doctoral dissertation, Stanford University.Google Scholar
Stappers, L. 1973. Esquisse de la langue mituku. Annales Sciences Humaines 80. Tervuren: RMCA.Google Scholar
Stark, John E. 2000. The role of oral literature in the dissemination of neologisms. Doctoral dissertation, University of Ilorin.Google Scholar
Stassen, L. 1985. Comparison and universal grammar. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Google Scholar
Stearns, Jason K., & Vogel, Christoph. The landscape of armed groups in the Eastern Congo. Congo Research Group. www.congoresearchgroup.org.Google Scholar
Steere, Edward. 1870. Swahili tales as told by the natives of Zanzibar, with an English translation. London: Bell & Dalby.Google Scholar
Steere, Edward. 1894. A handbook of the Swahili language as spoken at Zanzibar. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Steere, Edward. 1918. Swahili exercises: Compiled for university's mission to central Africa. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Stein, Peter. 2011. Ancient South Arabian. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 10421073. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Stevenson, Roland C. 1956–1957. A survey of the phonetics and grammatical structure of the Nuba Mountain Languages. Afrika und Übersee 40: 7384, 93115; 41: 2765, 117152, 171196.Google Scholar
Stewart, C., & Salim, S. A. O. A. (eds.). 2016. The Writings of Mauritania and the Western Sahara, parts 1 and 2. The Arabic Literature of Africa 5. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Stewart, John M. 1973. The lenis stops of the Potou Lagoon languages and their significance for pre-Bantu reconstruction. In Dakubu, Mary Esther Kropp (ed.), Papers in Ghanaian linguistics, Transactions of the Linguistic Circle of Accra II, 149. Legon: Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana.Google Scholar
Stewart, John M.. 2000. An explanation of Bantu vowel height harmony in terms of a pre-Bantu nasalized vowel lowering. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 21: 161178.Google Scholar
Stewart, John M.. 2000/2001. Symmetric vs. asymmetric vowel height harmony and e, o versus ɪ, ʊ, in Proto-Bantu and Proto-Savanna Bantu. Journal of West African Languages 28 (2): 4558.Google Scholar
Stewart, John M.. 2002. The potential of Proto-Potou-Akanic-Bantu as a pilot Proto-Niger-Congo, and reconstructions updated. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 23: 197224.Google Scholar
Stiles, Erin E. 2009. An Islamic court in context: An ethnographic study of judicial reasoning. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.Google Scholar
Stirtz, Timothy M. 2011. A grammar of Gaahmg, a Nilo-Saharan language of Sudan. Utrecht: LOT.Google Scholar
Stirtz, Timothy M.. 2014. Ergative, antipassive and other verb derivational morphemes in Gaahmg. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 35: 243272.Google Scholar
Stirtz, Timothy M.. 2015. Logophoric pronouns and other pronominal elements of Bongo. Paper presented at the 12th Nilo-Saharan Linguistics Colloquium, Nairobi, September 1–4.Google Scholar
Stoecker, Holger. 2008. Afrikawissenschaften in Berlin von 1919 bis 1945. Zur Geschichte und Topographie eines wissenschaftlichen Netzwerkes. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner.Google Scholar
Stoeltje, Beverly J. 2000. Gender ideologies and discursive practices in Asante. Political and Legal Anthropology Review 23 (2): 7788.Google Scholar
Stoeltje, Beverly J., Firmin-Sellers, Kathryn, & Ogwang, Okello (eds.). 2002. Women, language, and law in Africa II. Special issue of Africa Today 49 (1).Google Scholar
Stolz, Christel, & Stolz, Thomas. 2001. Mesoamerica as a linguistic area. In Haspelmath, Martin, König, Ekkehard, Oesterreicher, Wulf, & Raible, Wolfgang (eds.), Language typology and language universals: An international handbook, Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 20.2, vol. 2, 15421553. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Stopa, Roman. 1935. Die Schnalze: ihre Natur, Entwicklung und Ursprung. Polska Akademija Umiejętności, Prace Komisji Językowej, Nr. 23. Kraków: Gebethner, Wolff.Google Scholar
Storch, Anne. 2005. The noun morphology of Western Nilotic. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Storch, Anne. 2011. Secret manipulations: Language and context in Africa. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Storch, Anne, Harnischfeger, Johannes, & Leger, Rudolf (eds.). 2014. Fading delimitations: Multilingual settlements in a convergence area: Case studies from Nigeria. Topics in Interdisciplinary African Studies 34. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Storch, Anne, & Mietzner, Angelika. 2015. A multilingual standard: on super-diverse repertoires in rural Uganda. Paper presented at the Sociolinguistics of Globalization: (De)centring and (De)standardization conference, University of Hong Kong, June 3–6.Google Scholar
Streck, Michael P. E. 2008. Die Sprachen des Alten Orients. Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft.Google Scholar
Stroud, Christopher. 2001. African mother-tongue programmes and the politics of language: Linguistic citizenship versus linguistic human rights. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 22 (4): 339355.Google Scholar
Stroud, Christopher. 2008. African modernity, transnationalism, and language vitality: Portuguese in multilingual Mozambique. In Vigouroux, Cécile & Mufwene, Salikoko S. (eds.), Globalization and language vitality: Perspectives from Africa, 7096. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
Stroud, Christopher, & Heugh, Kathleen. 2004. Language rights and linguistic citizenship. In Freeland, J. & Patrick, D. (eds.), Language rights and language survival: Sociolinguistic and sociocultural perspectives, 191218. Manchester: St. Jerome.Google Scholar
Stroud, Christopher, & Heugh, Kathleen 2011. Language education. In Mesthrie, R. (ed.), Cambridge handbook of sociolinguistics, 413429. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Stumme, Hans. 1899. Handbuch der Schilhischen von Tazerwalt. Leipzig: Hinrichs.Google Scholar
Sudlow, David. 2001. The Tamasheq of Northeast Burkina Faso. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Suleiman, Yasir. 2008. Egypt: From Egyptian to pan-Arab nationalism. In Simpson, Andrew (ed.), Language and national identity in Africa, 2643. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Swaan, Abram de. 2001. Words of the world: The global language system. Cambridge: Polity.Google Scholar
Swigart, Leigh. 1992. Two codes or one? The insiders’ view and the description of codeswitching in Dakar. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 13: 83102.Google Scholar
Sylak-Glassman, John. 2014. Deriving natural classes: The phonology and typology of post-velar consonants. Doctoral dissertation, University of California, Berkeley.Google Scholar
Tabi-Manga, J. 2000. Les politiques linguistiques du Cameroun. Paris: Éditions Karthala.Google Scholar
Tacke-Köster, Alexander. 2016. Kirundi slang: Linguistic practices in Bujumbura. Master's thesis, University of Cologne.Google Scholar
Tadadjeu, Maurice, & Chiatoh, A. B.. 2005. Mother tongue-focused bilingual education in Cameroon. In Alexander, Neville (ed.), Mother tongue-based bilingual education in Southern Africa: The dynamics of implementation, 123136. Project for the Study of Alternative Education in South Africa (PRAESA), University of Cape Town.Google Scholar
Tadadjeu, Maurice, & Sadembouo, Etienne (eds.). 1984. Alphabet général des langues camerounaises / General alphabet of Cameroon languages. Yaoundé: SIL.Google Scholar
Taeldeman, Johan. 2005. The influence of urban centres on the spatial diffusion of dialect phenomena. In Auer, Peter, Hinsken, Frans, & Kerswill, Paul (eds.), Dialect change: Convergence and divergence in European languages, 263286. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Takács, Gábor. 1999. Development of Afro-Asiatic (Semito-Hamitic) comparative-historical linguistics in Russia and the former Soviet Union. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Takassi, Issa. 1983. Inventaire linguistique du Togo, Atlas et études sociolinguistiques des Etats de l'entente (ASOL). Abidjan: Institut de Linguistique Appliquée (ILA).Google Scholar
Takassi, Issa. 1996. Description synchronique de la langue ncam (Bassar), parler de Kabou (Togo). Thèse d'Etat, Université du Bénin.Google Scholar
Täsfay, Täkkəʾe. 1999. Zämänawi mäzgäbä-alat Təgrəñña. Asmara.Google Scholar
Täsfay, Täkkəʾe. 2012. Məʿbul mäzgäbä-alat Ǝnglizəñña-Təgrəñña – Advanced English-Tigrinya dictionary. Asmara.Google Scholar
Tamanji, Pius N. 2009. A descriptive grammar of Bafut. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Tavárez, David. 2014. Ritual language. In Enfield, N. J., Kockelman, Paul, & Sidnell, Jack (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic anthropology, 516536. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Taylor, William E. 1891. African aphorisms or saws from Swahili-land. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Taylor, William E.. 1897. Groundwork of the Swahili language. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.Google Scholar
Tchagbale, Zakari, & Lallemand, Suzanne. 1982. Toi et le ciel. Vous et la terre: Contes Paillards Tem du Togo. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Teferra, Anbessa. 1987. Ballišša: Women's speech among the Sidama. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 20: 4459.Google Scholar
Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. 2004. Lexiques proto-bantous: Etude des cooccurrences segmentales et supra-segmentales. Doctoral dissertation, Université de Lyon 2.Google Scholar
Teil-Dautrey, Gisèle. 2008. Et si le proto-bantou était aussi une langue, avec ses déséquilibres et ses contraintes. Diachronica 25: 54110.Google Scholar
Yohannes, Tesfay Tewolde. 2002. A modern grammar of Tigrinya. Rome.Google Scholar
Texier, P.-J., Porraz, G., Parkington, J., Rigaud, J.-P., Poggenpoel, C., & Tribolo, C.. 2013. The context, form and significance of the MSA engraved ostrich eggshell collection from Diepkloof Rock Shelter, Western Cape, South Africa. Journal of Archaeological Science 40 (9): 34123431.Google Scholar
Thayer, Linda J. 1974. A reconstructed history of the Chari languages: Comparative Bongo-Bagirmi-Sara segmental phonology, with evidence from Arabic loanwords. Doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.Google Scholar
Theil, Rolf. 2006. Is Omotic Afroasiatic? A critical discussion. In Proceedings of the David Dwyer Retirement Symposium, Michigan State University, East Lansing, 21 October 2006. www.msu.edu/∼dwyer/JOLIndex.htm.Google Scholar
Theil, Rolf. 2007. Kafa phonology. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 28: 193216.Google Scholar
Theil, Rolf. 2012. Omotic. In Edzard, Lutz (ed.), Semitic and Afroasiatic: Challenges and opportunities, 369384. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Theil, Rolf. 2013. Koorete tonology. In Proceedings of the 5th International Conference on Cushitic and Omotic Languages, Paris, 16–18 April 2008, 167174. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Thomas, Jacqueline, & Behaghel, Anne. 1980. La linguistique africaniste française (en France et en Afrique): Le point de la question en 1980. Paris: SELAF.Google Scholar
Thomason, Sarah G. 2016. Language contact and change in the Americas: The state of the art. In Berez-Kroeker, Andrea L., Hintz, Diane M., & Jany, Carmen (eds.), Language contact and change in the Americas: Studies in honour of Marianne Mithun, 113. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Thomason, Sarah G., & Kaufman, Terrence. 1988. Language contact, creolization, and genetic linguistics. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Tillery, Jan, & Bailey, Guy. 2004. The urban South: Phonology. In Schneider, E. W., Burridge, K., Kortmann, B., Mesthrie, R., & Upton, C. (eds.), A handbook of varieties of English, vol. 1: Phonology, 325337. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Foundation, Timbuktu Education. 2002. Discovery of Timbuktu manuscripts. www.timbuktufoundation.org/manuscripts.html.Google Scholar
Todd, Loreto. 1982. The English language in West Africa. In Bailey, R. W. & Görlach, M. (eds.), English as a world language, 281305. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.Google Scholar
Togarasei, Lovemore. 2009. The Shona Bible and the politics of the Bible translation. Studies in the World Christianity 15 (1): 5164.Google Scholar
Tollefson, J. W. 2002. Introduction: Critical issues in education language planning. In Tollefson, J. (ed.), Language policy and education: Critical issues, 1350. London: Lawrence Erlbaum.Google Scholar
Torrend, J. 1891. A comparative grammar of the South African Bantu languages comprising those of Zanzibar, Mozambique, the Zambezi, etc. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 1994a. On case marking in the Ethiopian Language Area (with special reference to subject marking in East Cushitic). In Brugnatelli, Vermondo (ed.), Sem Cam Iafet: Atti della 7a Giornata di Studi Camito-Semitici e Indeuropei (Milano, 1o giugno 1993), 225244. Milan: Centro Studi Camito-Semitici.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 1994b. The historical syntax of East Cushitic: A first sketch. In Bearth, Thomas, Möhlig, Wilhelm J. G., Sottas, Beate, & Suter, Edgar (eds.), Perspectiven afrikanistischer Forschung. Beiträge zur Linguistik, Ethnologie, Geschichte, Philosophie und Literatur: X. Afrikanistentag (Zürich, 23. – 25. Septermber 1993), 415440. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 1996. The northern Highland East Cushitic verb in an areal perspective. In Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Voigt, Rainer M. (eds.), Cushitic and Omotic languages: Proceedings of the Third International Symposium, Berlin, March 17–19, 1994, 7199. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 1998. A parsing view on inconsistent word order: Articles in Tigre and its relatives. Linguistic Typology 2: 355380.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2000a. Cushitic overview. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 33 (2): 87121.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2000b. Is there an ‘Ethiopian language area’? Anthropological Linguistics 42 (3): 329365.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2003. Cushitic and Omotic overview. In Bender, M. Lionel, Appleyard, David, & Takács, Gábor (eds.), Afrasian: Selected comparative-historical linguistic studies in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff, 8792. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2006. The ideophones in Gawwada. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Proceedings of the 15th International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, Hamburg, July 20–25, 2003, 885892. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2007a. Feature-geometry and diachrony: The development of the subject clitics in Cushitic and Romance. Diachronica 24 (1): 119153.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2007b. Gawwada morphology. In Kaye, Alan S. (ed.), Morphologies of Asia and Africa, vol. 1, 505528. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Tosco, Mauro. 2015. Short notes on Somali previous scripts. In Ismaaciil, Cabdirashiid M., Mansuur, Cabdallla C., & Sharci, Saynab A. (eds.), Proceedings of the conference on the 40th anniversary of Somali orthography, Djibouti, 17th–21st December 2012, 189217. Djibouti: Intergovernmental Academy of Somali Language.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1973a. ‘N4 or S7’: Another Bushman language. African Studies 32 (1): 2532.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1973b. A preliminary sketch of !Xu) phonetics. Edinburgh University Department of Linguistics Work in Progress 6: 123.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. (ed.). 1977a. Introduction. Khoisan Linguistic Studies 3: iii.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1977b. Phonological status of !Xõo clicks. Khoisan Linguistic Studies 3: 107131.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1985. Phonetic and phonological studies in !Xõo bushman. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung 1. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1986a. Click replacement in Khoe. In Vossen, R. & Keuthmann, K. (eds.), Contemporary studies on Khoisan, in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung 5, 301320. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1986b. The laryngeal sphincter as a phonatory mechanism in ǃXóõ Bushman. In Singer, Ronald & Lundy, John K. (eds.), Variation, culture and evolution in African populations: Papers in honour of Dr. Hertha de Villiers, 123131. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1991. Pulmonic control, nasal venting and aspiration in Khoisan languages. Journal of the International Phonetic Association 21 (1): 1318.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1992. A confusion of sounds: the phonetic description of ǃXû clicks. In Gowlett, Derek F. (ed.), African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, 345362. Pretoria: Via Afrika.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony. 1994. A !Xóõ Dictionary. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung 9. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony, & Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2000. A historical !Xóõ-G|ui contact zone: Linguistics and other relations. In Batibo, Herman M. & Tsonope, Joseph (eds.), The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, 117. Mogoditshane: Tasalls Publishing & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, University of Botswana and University of Tromsø.Google Scholar
Traill, Anthony, & Vossen, Rainer. 1997. Sound change in the Khoisan languages: New data on click loss and click replacement. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 18 (1): 2156.Google Scholar
Traoré, Mory. 2000. Esquisse vers l’éloge du tribalisme. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Traoré, S. 2001. La Pédagogie Convergente: son expérimentation au Mali et son impact sur le système educatif. Geneva: UNESCO Bureau International d'Education.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 1998. Names of Khoisan languages and their variants. In Schladt, Mathias (ed.), Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, 463503. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2005. Avoiding their names – avoiding their eyes: How the Kambaata women respect their in-laws. Anthropological Linguistics 47 (3): 292320.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2008. A grammar of Kambaata. Part 1: phonology, nominal morphology, and non-verbal predication. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2012a. Switch-reference and Omotic-Cushitic language contact in Southwest Ethiopia. Journal of Language Contact 5: 80116.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2012b. Negation in Highland East Cushitic. In Zuckerman, Ghil'ad (ed.), Burning issues in Afro-Asiatic linguistics, 2061. Cambridge: Cambridge Scholars.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2012c. Categorial hybrids in Kambaata. Journal of African Languages and Linguistics 33 (2): 215254.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2014a. Interrogativity in Baskeet. In Meyer, Ronny, Treis, Yvonne, & Amha, Azeb (eds.), Explorations in Ethiopian linguistics: Complex predicates, finiteness and interrogativity, 4178. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2014b. Number in Kambaata. In Storch, Anne & Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (eds.), Number – constructions and semantics: Case studies from Africa, Amazonia, India and Oceania, 111133. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Treis, Yvonne. 2017. Similative morphemes as purpose clause markers in Ethiopia and beyond. In Treis, Yvonne & Vanhove, Martine (eds.), Similative and equative constructions: A cross-linguistic perspective, 91142. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Trevor-Roper, H. 1965. The rise of Christian Europe. New York: Harcourt Brace.Google Scholar
Tropper, Josef. 2002. Altäthiopisch. Grammatik des Geʿez mit Übungstexten und Glossar. Münster: Ugarit.Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter. 1974. Linguistic change and diffusion: Description and explanation in sociolinguistic dialect geography. Language in Society 2: 215246.Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter. 2011. Sociolinguistic typology: Social determinants of linguistic complexity. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Tubiana, Joseph. 1982. D'un critère stylistique pour la classification chamito-sémitique. Africa [Rome] 37: 97105.Google Scholar
Tucker, Archibald N. 1959. Le groupe linguistique zande. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l'Afrique Centrale.Google Scholar
Tucker, Archibald N.. 1994. A Grammar of Kenya Luo (Dholuo). Creider, C. A. (ed.). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Tucker, Archibald N., & Bryan, Margaret A.. 1956. The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa. Handbook of African Languages, Part III. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Tucker, Archibald N., & Bryan, Margaret A. 1966. Linguistic analyses: The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa. Handbook of African Languages. London: Oxford University Press for the International African Institute.Google Scholar
Tully, M., & Ekdale, B.. 2014. Sites of playful engagement: Twitter hashtags as spaces of leisure and development in Kenya. Information Technologies & International Development 10: 6782.Google Scholar
Udoh, Imelda Icheji. 2004. Ghost consonants and lenition in Leggbo. Journal of West African Languages 31: 4764.Google Scholar
Ugboajah, F. O. 1985. Oramedia in Africa. In Uhboajah, F. O. (ed.), Mass communication, culture and society in West Africa, 165186. Hans Zell: London.Google Scholar
Uhlig, Siegbert et al. (eds.). 2003–2014. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica. 5 vols. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Ukwamedua, Nelson U. 2011. A critique review of Alexis Kagame's four categories of African philosophy. Origisi: A New Journal of African Studies 8: 248265.Google Scholar
Ullendorff, Edward. 1951. Studies in the Ethiopic syllabary. Africa: Journal of the International African Institute 21 (3): 207217.Google Scholar
Ullendorff, Edward. 1955. The Semitic languages of Ethiopia: A comparative phonology. London: Taylor's (Foreign) Press.Google Scholar
Ullendorff, Edward. 1971. Comparative Semitics. In Hodge, Carleton T. (ed.), Afroasiatic: A survey, 2739. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Ullendorff, Edward. 1985. A Tigrinya (Təgrəñña) Chrestomathy, introduction, grammatical tables, Tigrinya texts, letters, phrases, Tigrinya-English glossary, select bibliography. Stuttgart: Steiner Verlag.Google Scholar
Ullendorff, Edward. 2010. Tigrinya Language Council. In Uhlig, Siegbert & Alessandro, Bausi (eds.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 4, 593594. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
UNESCO. 1953. The use of vernacular languages in education. Monographs of Fundamental Education 8. Paris: UNESCO.Google Scholar
UNESCO. 2003. Language vitality and endangerment: Document adopted by the international expert meeting on UNESCO programme safeguarding of endangered languages of the ad hoc expert group on endangered languages. Paris: UNESCO.Google Scholar
UNESCO. 2011. UNESCO's language vitality and endangerment methodological guideline: Review of application and feedback since 2003. UNESCO's culture sector for Towards UNESCO guidelines on language policies: A tool for language assessment and planning expert meeting, May 30–June 1.Google Scholar
UNESCO. 2016. Literacy in multilingual and multicultural contexts: Effective approaches to adult learning and education. Paris: UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning.Google Scholar
UNICEF. 2016. The impact of language policy and practice on children's learning: Evidence from Eastern and Southern Africa. New York: UNICEF.Google Scholar
Urua, Eno E. 1999. Length and syllable weight in Ibibio. Studies in African Linguistics 28: 241266.Google Scholar
Usman, Bakar. 2014. Language disappearance and cultural diversity in Biu Emirate. Abuja: Klamidas Communications.Google Scholar
Valkhoff, Marius. 1966. Studies in Portuguese and Creole, with special reference to South Africa. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Van Beek, Walter, Bedaux, R. M., Blier, Suzanne P., Bouju, Jacky, Crawford, Ian, Douglas, Mary, Lane, Paul, Meillassoux, Claude, & Griaule, Marcel. 1991. Dogon restudied: A field evaluation of the work of Marcel Griaule [and comments and replies]. Current Anthropology 32 (2): 139167.Google Scholar
Van der Heyden, Ulrich. 1999. Die Afrikawissenschaften in der DDR. Hamburg: Lit.Google Scholar
Van der Wal, Jenneke. 2017. What is the conjoint/disjoint alternation? Parameters of crosslinguistic variation. In van der Wal, Jenneke & Hyman, Larry M., The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Bantu, 1460. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Van der Wal, Jenneke, & Hyman, Larry M. (eds.). 2017. The conjoint/disjoint alternation in Bantu. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Van de Velde, Mark L. 2005. The order of noun and demonstrative in Bantu. In Bostoen, Koen & Maniacky, Jacky (eds.), Studies in African comparative linguistics with special focus on Bantu and Mande, 425441. Tervuren: Royal Museum for Central Africa.Google Scholar
van de Velde, Mark L.. 2008. A grammar of Eton. Mouton Grammar Library 46. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Van Eeden, B. I. C. 1956. Zoeloe-Grammatika. Stellenbosch: Die Universiteitsuitgewers en -Boekhandelaars.Google Scholar
Van Gennep, Arnold. 1908. Essai d'une théorie des langues spéciales. Revue des Études ethnographiques et sociologiques 1 (1): 327337.Google Scholar
Vanhove, Martine. 2011. Roots and patterns in Beja (Cushitic): The issue of language contact with Arabic. In Stolz, Thomas, Vanhove, Martine, Otsuka, Hitomi, & Urdze, Aina (eds.), Morphologies in contact, 323338. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.Google Scholar
Van Leuwen, S. 2012. Senegal: #kebetu #wade @basileniane. http://allafrica.com/stories/201202230024.html.Google Scholar
Van Niekerk, D., & Barnard, E.. 2014. A target approximation intonation model for Yorùbá TTS. In Proceedings of Interspeech 2014, 3640. Singapore: International Speech Communication Association.Google Scholar
Van Putten, Marijn. 2014. A grammar of Awjila (Libya). Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Van Selms, Adrianus. 1953. Die Oudste Boek in Afrikaans: Isjmoeni se ‘Betroubare Woord’. Hertzog Annale van die Suid-Afrikaanse Akademie vir Wetenskap and Kuns 2: 61103.Google Scholar
Vansina, J. 1959. Esquisse de grammaire bushong. Annales Sciences de l'Homme 23. Tervuren: RMCA.Google Scholar
Van Warmelo, N. J. 1927. Die Gliederung der südafrikanischen Bantusprachen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Van Wyk, E. B. 1958. Woordverdeling in Noord-Sotho en Zoeloe: ‘n Bydrae tot die vraagstuk van woord-identifikasie in die Bantoetale. Doctorate thesis, University of Pretoria.Google Scholar
Van Wyk, E. B.. 1993. C. M. Doke: A critical review by a believing outsider. African Studies 52 (2): 2133.Google Scholar
Vedder, H. 1910. Grundriss einer Grammatik der Buschmann-Sprache vom Stamm der !kû Buschmänner. Teil 1. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen 1: 524.Google Scholar
Vedder, H.. 1911. Grundriss einer Grammatik der Buschmann-Sprache vom Stamm der !kû Buschmänner. Teil 2. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen 2: 106117.Google Scholar
Veeramah, Krishna R., et al. 2010. Little genetic differentiation as assessed by uniparental markers in the presence of substantial language variation in peoples of the Cross River region of Nigeria. BMC Evolutionary Biology 10: 92. www.biomedcentral.com/1471-2148/10/92.Google Scholar
Veiga, Manuel. 1996. O Crioulo de Cabo Verde. Introdução à Gramática. Praia, Cabo Verde: ICLD.Google Scholar
Veiga, Manuel. 2000. Le créole du Cap-Vert. Etude grammaticale descriptive et contrastive. Paris: Karthala.Google Scholar
Veiga, Manuel. 2002. O Caboverdiano em 45 lições. Praia, Cabo Verde: INIC.Google Scholar
Veiga, Manuel, Almada, Dulce, et al. 2000. Actas do 1º Colóquio Linguístico sobre o Crioulo de Cabo Verde 1979. Mindelo: Gráfica do Mindelo.Google Scholar
Velupillai, Viveka. 2015. Pidgins, creoles and mixed languages: An introduction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Vergari, Moreno. 2005. Dikshineeri amneefecituk Saaho labcad: Gerho cibra kin Kalimaat Caalamadde [Practise Saho using the dictionary – A voyage in the amazing World of Words]. Asmara.Google Scholar
Versteegh, Kees. 1984. Pidginization and creolization: The case of Arabic. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Versteegh, Kees. (ed.). 2006–2009. Encyclopedia of Arabic language and linguistics. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Vertovec, S. 2007. Language and super-diversity. Ethnic and Racial Studies 30 (6): 10241054.Google Scholar
Vierke, Clarissa. 2015. Some remarks on poetic aspects of Sheng. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 227256. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Vigouroux, Cécile B. 2010. Double‐mouthed discourse: Interpreting, framing, and participant roles. Journal of Sociolinguistics 14 (3): 341369.Google Scholar
Vigouroux, Cécile, & Mufwene, Salikoko S.. 2008. Globalization and language vitality: Perspectives from Africa. In Vigouroux, Cécile & Mufwene, Salikoko S. (eds.), Globalization and language vitality: Perspectives from Africa, 131. London: Continuum.Google Scholar
Vincke, J. L. 1966. Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie de la langue lunda (ruund). Doctoral dissertation, Université Officielle du Congo d'Elisabethville.Google Scholar
Visser, Hessel. 1998. The phonological system of Naro. In Schladt, Mathias (ed.), Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, 117136. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Visser, Hessel. 2001. Naro dictionary: Naro-English, English-Naro. Gansi: Naro Language Project and SIL International.Google Scholar
Voegelin, Carl F., Voegelin, Florence M., & Schutz, Noel W. Jr. 1967. The language situation in Arizona as part of the Southwest Culture Area. In Hymes, Dell H. & Bittle, William E. (eds.), Studies in southwestern ethnolinguistics: Meaning and history in the languages of the American Southwest, 403451. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Voeltz, E. F. K. 1977. Proto-Niger-Congo extensions. Doctoral dissertation, University of California, Los Angeles.Google Scholar
Voeltz, F. K. Erhard, & Kilian-Hatz, Christa (eds.). 2001. Ideophones. Typological Studies in Language 44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Vogt, Carlos, & Fry, Peter. 1996. Cafundó. A África no Brasil: Linguagem e sociedade. São Paulo: Companhia das Letras.Google Scholar
Voigt, Rainer M. 1972. Die Hilfsverben der begrenzten Dauer im Tĕgrěñña unter Berücksichtigung des Tigre und des Amharischen. In Voigt, Wolfgang (ed.), 18. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 1. bis 5. Oktober 1974 in Lübeck, 268277. Wiesbaden: Steiner.Google Scholar
Voigt, Rainer M.. 1977. Das tigrinische Verbalsystem. Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Voigt, Rainer M.. 1999. Nominal (and verbal) nasalization and the nominal plural morphemes in Semitohamitic. In Lamberti, Marcello & Tonelli, Livia (eds.), Afroasiatica Tergestina: Papers from the 9th Italian meeting of Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic) linguistics – Trieste, April 23–24, 1998, 1122. Padova: Unipress.Google Scholar
Voigt, Rainer M.. 2003. Bible translation into Təgre / Təgrəñña. In Uhlig, Siegbert (ed.), Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, vol. 1, 577578. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Voisin, Sylvie. 2015. Les classes nominales en kobiana. In Creissels, Denis & Pozdniakov, Konstantin (eds.), Les classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques, 327383. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Völlmin, Sascha. 2007. The so-called converbs in Gumer (Gurage). Frankfurter Afrikanistische Blätter 19: 8197.Google Scholar
Voogt, Alexander de. 2009. A sketch of Afitti phonology. Studies in African Linguistics 38 (1): 3552.Google Scholar
Voogt, Alexander de. 2011. Dual marking and kinship terms in Afitti. Studies in Language 35 (4): 898911.Google Scholar
Voßen, Rainer. 1982. The Eastern Nilotes: Linguistic and historical reconstructions. Kölner Beiträge zur Afrikanistik 9. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Voßen, Rainer. 1997. Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte Afrikas. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung 2. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Vossen, Rainer. 2010. The verbal ‘linker’ in Central Khoisan (Khoe) in the context of deverbal derivation. Journal of Asian and African Studies 8: 4760.Google Scholar
Vossen, Rainer. 2013a. Kxoe subgroup. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 169179. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Vossen, Rainer. 2013b. Shua. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 7173, 103104, 215227, 401407. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Vossen, Rainer. 2013c. Tshwa. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 7375, 104, 228238, 407408. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Vossen, Rainer. 2013d. ǁGana subgroup. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 207214. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Vydrine, Valentin. 2001. The phonological type and the noun morphology of the Proto-Mande. Doctorate thesis, State University, Oriental Department, St. Petersburg.Google Scholar
Vydrine, Valentin. 2002. Some hasty notes on the ways of the evolution of Mande tonal system. In Nicolai, Robert & Zima, Petr (eds.), Lexical and structural diffusion, 243264. Publications de la Faculté des Lettres, Arts et Sciences Humaines, Université de Nice et de la Faculté des Etudes Humaines, Université Charles de Prague.Google Scholar
Vydrine, Valentin. 2009. Areal features in South Mande and Kru languages. In Cyffer, Norbert & Ziegelmeyer, Georg (eds.), When languages meet: Language contact and change in West Africa, 91116. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Vydrine, Valentin. 2010a. Le pied métrique dans les langues mandé. In Floricic, Franck (ed.), Essais de typologie et de linguistique générale. Mélanges offerts à Denis Creissels, 5362. Lyon: ENS Éditions.Google Scholar
Vydrine, Valentin. 2010b. Co-ordinative pronouns in Southern and South-Western Mande: A second compound pronouns area in Africa. Manuscript, INALCO and LLACAN, Paris.Google Scholar
Waag, Christine. 2010. The Fur verb and its context. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Waag, Christine, Cosmas, A. E., Yokobu, E. D., David, E. D., Jeremiah, I. K., & Abinda, S. N.. 2015. Keliko grammar book. Juba: Keliko Translation and Literacy Project.Google Scholar
Waag, Christine, & Phodunze, M.. 2015. The pronominal system of Baka, a Central Sudanic language of South Sudan. In Mietzner, Angelika & Storch, Anne (eds.), Nilo-Saharan – Models and descriptions, 135150. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wairungu, Michael. 2014. ‘A language of many hats’: The rise of Sheng and other linguistic styles among urban youth in Kenya. Doctoral dissertation, University of Virginia.Google Scholar
Wakasa, Motomichi. 2008. A descriptive study of the modern Wolaytta language. Doctoral dissertation, University of Tokyo.Google Scholar
Walters, Josiah Keith. 2016. A grammar of Dazaga. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Wan Marjuki, S. A. 2015. Multilingualism and culture diversity in Sarawak. Manuscript, LANG 3034 Research Project, University of South Australia.Google Scholar
Wara, M. A. 2016. The development of Hausa-Muslim culture in Kambariland under the British colonial rule, 1900–1960. World Scientific News 28: 112.Google Scholar
Watson, Rachel. In preparation. Language as category.Google Scholar
Watten-Rothlin, Andy. 2009. Script choice, politics, and Bible agencies in West Africa. Bible Translator 60 (1): 5066.Google Scholar
Watters, John Robert. 1979. Focus in Aghem: A study of its formal correlates and typology. In Hyman, Larry (ed.), Aghem grammatical structure, Southern California Occasional Papers in Linguistics 7, 137197. Los Angeles: University of Southern California.Google Scholar
Wazaki, Yoichi. 1980. Swahili-Japanese dictionary. Tenri: Yotokusha.Google Scholar
Wealie, M. E. 1903. Matebele and Malaka vocabulary: Intended for the use of the prospectors and farmers in Mahonaland. CapeTown: Murray and St. Leger.Google Scholar
Webb, Vic, & Kembo-Sure, . 2000. African voices: An introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Wedekind, Klaus. 1983. A six-tone language in Ethiopia: Tonal analysis of Benč4non4 (Gimira). Journal of Ethiopian Studies 16: 129156.Google Scholar
Wedekind, Klaus. 1985. Why Bench’ (Ethiopia) has five level tones today. In Pieper, Ursula & Stickel, Gerhard (eds.), Studia linguistica diachronica, 881902. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Wedekind, Klaus. 1989. Status and dynamics of Ethiopian vowel systems. Journal of Ethiopian Studies 22: 105135.Google Scholar
Wedekind, Klaus. 1994. Alphabetisierung und Literalität in Äthiopien. In Günther, Hartmut & Ludwig, Otto (eds.), Schrift und Schriftlichkeit/Writing and its use, vol. 1, 814824. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Weinreich, Uriel [1953] 1964. Languages in contact. London: Mouton.Google Scholar
Weiss, Doris. 2009. Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du maba. Thèse de doctorat, Université Lumière Lyon 2.Google Scholar
Wells, H. G. 1921. The outline of history. New York: Macmillan.Google Scholar
Wells, John C. 1982. Accents of English I: An introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E. 1946. A descriptive grammar of Fanti (Language dissertation No. 39). Language 22 (3, suppl.): 178.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1958. The Mande Languages. Georgetown University Monograph Series in Languages and Linguistics 11.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1959. Tonemics, morphotonemics, and tonal morphemes. General Linguistics 4: 19.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1962. The phonology of Kpelle. Journal of African Languages 1: 6993.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1963. Associative a and ka in Niger-Congo. Language 39: 432447.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1968. Efik. Occasional Publication 11 of the Institute of African Studies, University of Ibadan.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1969. The morphology of Kpelle nominals. Journal of African Languages 8: 73101.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1971. Christian missions and language policies. In Sebeok, Thomas A. (ed.), Current trends in linguistics 7: Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, 559569. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E.. 1973. African Language structures. Berkeley: University of California Press.Google Scholar
Welmers, William E., & Welmers, Beatrice F.. 1969. Noun modifiers in Igbo. International Journal of American Linguistics 35: 315322.Google Scholar
Wenger, Etienne. 2000. Communities of practice. New York: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Weninger, Stefan. 2010. Sounds of Gǝᶜǝz – How to study the phonetics and phonology of an ancient language. Aethiopica 13: 7588.Google Scholar
Weninger, Stefan. 2011a. Ethio-Semitic in general. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 11141123. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Weninger, Stefan. (ed.). 2011b. The Semitic languages: An international handbook. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Weninger, Stefan. 2011c. Reconstructive morphology. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 151178. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Westermann, Diedrich. 1911. Die Sudansprachen: eine sprachvergleichende Studie. Abhandlungen des Hamburgischen Kolonialinstituts 3. Hamburg: L. Friederichsen.Google Scholar
Westermann, Diedrich. 1927. Die westlichen Sudansprachen und ihre Beziehungen zum Bantu. Beiheft zu den Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen, Jahrgang 29. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Westermann, Diedrich. 1935a. Charakter und Einteilung der Sudansprachen. Africa 8 (2): 129148.Google Scholar
Westermann, Diedrich. 1935b. Nominalklassen in westafrikanischen Klassensprachen und in Bantusprachen. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, 3. Abteilung: Afrikanistische Studien 38: 153.Google Scholar
Westermann, Diedrich, & Bryan, Margaret A.. 1952. The Languages of West Africa. Handbook of African Languages, Part II. London: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Westphal, E. O. J. 1962. A re-classification of Southern African non-Bantu languages. Journal of African Languages 1 (1): 13.Google Scholar
Westphal, E. O. J.. 1971. The Click languages of southern and eastern Africa. In Sebeok, Thomas A. (ed.), Current trends in linguistics 7: Linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, 367420. The Hague: Mouton.Google Scholar
Wetherell, Margaret. 1998. Positioning and interpretative repertoires: Conversation analysis and post-structuralism in dialogue. Discourse & Society 9 (3): 387412.Google Scholar
Wetter, Andreas. 2003. Ideophones in Amharic. In Lébikaza, Kézié K. (ed.), Actes du 3e Congrès Mondial de Linguistique Africaine, Lomé 2000, 257267. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Whiteley, Wilfred H. 1969. Swahili: The rise of a national language. London: Methuen.Google Scholar
Whiteley, Wilfred H.. 1974a. The classification and distribution of Kenya's African languages. In Whiteley, W. H. (ed.), Language in Kenya, 1385. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Whiteley, Wilfred H.. 1974b. Patterns of language use in rural Kenya. In Whiteley, W. H. (ed.), Language in Kenya, 319359. Nairobi: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
White Oyler, D. A. 2001. Cultural revolution in Africa: The role of literacy in the Republic of Guinea since independence. International Journal of African Historical Studies 34 (3): 116.Google Scholar
Widlok, Thomas. 2013. Haiǁom. In Vossen, Rainer (ed.), The Khoesan languages, 5658, 157165, 347355. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Wiese, Heike. 2012. Kiezdeutsch: Ein neuer Dialekt entsteht. Munich: C. H. Beck.Google Scholar
Wilkes, A. 1978. Bantoetaalstudies in Suid-Afrika sedert 1826. Studies in Bantoetale 5 (1): 107167.Google Scholar
Williams, C. 1996. Secondary education: Teaching in the bilingual situation. In Williams, C., Lewis, G., & Baker, C. (eds.), The language policy: Taking stock, 193211. Llangefni, Wales: CAI.Google Scholar
Williams, Edwin. [1971] 1976. Underlying tone in Margi and Igbo. Linguistic Inquiry 7: 463484.Google Scholar
Williamson, Kay. 1965. A grammar of the Kolokuma dialect of Ijo. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Williamson, Kay. 1989. Niger-Congo overview. In Bendor-Samuel, John (ed.), The Niger-Congo languages: A classification and description of Africa's largest language family, 145. Lanham, MD: University Press of America.Google Scholar
Williamson, Kay. 2004. Typical vowel systems and processes in West African Niger-Congo languages. Journal of West African Languages 30: 127142.Google Scholar
Williamson, Kay, & Blench, Roger. 2000. Niger-Congo. In Heine, Bernd & Nurse, Derek (eds.), African languages: An introduction, 1142. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Willms, Alfred. 1972. Grammatik der südlichen Berberdialekte. Glückstadt: J. J. Augustin.Google Scholar
Wilson, Catherina. 2015. Kindoubil: Urban youth languages in Kisangani. In Nassenstein, Nico & Hollington, Andrea (eds.), Youth language practices in Africa and beyond, 293312. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Wilson, Monica. 1949. Nyakyusa age-villages. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland 79 (1/2): 2125.Google Scholar
Wilson, Monica. [1950] 1970. Nyakyusa kinship. In Radcliffe-Brown, Alfred Reginald & Forde, Daryll (eds.), African systems of kinship and marriage, 111139. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Wilson, Penelope. 2004. Hieroglyphs: A very short introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena. 2006. Aspects of information structure in Richtersveld Nama. Master's thesis, University of Leipzig.Google Scholar
Woidich, M. 2010. Von der wörtlichen Rede zur Sprachprosa: zur Entwicklung der Ägyptisch-Arabischen Dialektliteratur. In Munske, H. H. (ed.), Dialektliteratur heute – regional und international, 6394. Erlangen: Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1975. The conceptual framework of Humboldtian ethnolinguistics in German Afrikanistics. In Herbert, Robert K. (ed.), Patterns in language, culture, and society: Sub-Saharan Africa, Working Papers in Linguistics 19, 103124. Columbus: Ohio State University, Department of Linguistics.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1979. Grammatical categories of verb stems and the marking of mood, Aktionsart and aspect in Chadic. Afroasiatic Linguistics 6 (5): 161208.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1980. Sprachkunst der Lamang: Stil, Bedeutung und poetische Dimension in zwei Genres oral tradierter Ein-Satz-Literatur. Glückstadt: J. J. Augustin.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1981a. Die Berbersprachen. In Heine, Bernd, Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Wolff, Ekkehard (eds.), Die Sprachen Afrikas, 171186. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1981b. Die tschadischen Sprachen. In Heine, Bernd, Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Wolff, Ekkehard (eds.), Die Sprachen Afrikas, 239262. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1981c. Die Erforschung der afrikanischen Sprachen: Geschichte und Konzeptionen. In Heine, Bernd, Schadeberg, Thilo C., & Wolff, Ekkehard (eds.), Die Sprachen Afrikas, 1743. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1982. ‘Aspect’ and aspect-related categories in Chadic. In Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (ed.), The Chad languages in the Hamitosemitic-Nigritic border area, 183191. Berlin: Reimer.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1983a. Reconstructing vowels in Central Chadic. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard & Meyer-Bahlburg, Hilke (eds.), Studies in Chadic and Afroasiatic linguistics, 211232. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1983b. A grammar of the Lamang language (Gwàɗ Làmàη). Glückstadt: J. J. Augustin.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1983c. Tonogenese in tschadischen Sprachen. Afrika und Übersee 66: 203220.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1984. New proposals concerning the nature and development of the Proto-Chadic tense/aspect system. In Bynon, James (ed.), Current progress in Afro-Asiatic linguistics: Papers of the Third International Hamito-Semitic Congress, 225239. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1986. Sprachforschung im Dienst der Herrschenden: 75 Jahre Afrikanistik in Hamburg im Spannungsfeld kolonialer Interessen und nationaler Sprachpolitik. In Afrikanische Sprachen in Forschung und Lehre. 75 Jahre Afrikanistik in Hamburg (1909–1984), compiled by Hilke Meyer-Bahlburg & Ekkehard Wolff, 732. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1987a. Consonant-tone interference in Chadic and its implications for a theory of tonogenesis in Afroasiatic. In Barreteau, Daniel (ed.), Langues et Cultures dans le Bassin du Lac Tchad, 193216. Paris: Editions de ORSTOM.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1987b. Consonant-tone interference in Chadic and current theories on verbal aspect systems in Chadic languages. In Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Müller, Walter W. (eds.), Proceedings of the 4th International Hamito-Semitic Congress, 475496. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1988. ‘Ablaut’ and accent in Chadic. In Brauner, S. & Wolff, E. (eds.), Progressive traditions in African and Oriental studies. Asia, Africa, Latin America (Special Issue 21), 165179. Berlin: Akademie Verlag.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1989. Morphophonology of the verb-initial consonant in Maba. In Lionel Bender, M. (ed.), Topics in Nilo-Saharan linguistics, 6784. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1990. Sprachstandardisierung in Afrika: Begriffe, Probleme, Perspektiven. In Cyffer, N., Schubert, K., Weier, H.-I., & Wolff, E. (eds.), Language standardization in Africa, 119. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1993. Referenzgrammatik des Hausa. Zur Begleitung des Fremdsprachenunterrichts und Einführung in das Selbststudium. Münster: LIT.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1995. La question des langues dans la démocratisation, l'alphabétisation et l’éducation de base: l'expérience du Niger. In Vers une culture multilingue de l’éducation, sous la direction de Adama Ouane, 339383. Hamburg: Institut de l'UNESCO pour l'Education.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 1999. Multilingualism, modernisation, and mother tongue: Promoting democracy through indigenous African languages. Social Dynamics 25 (1): 3150.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2000a. Language and society. In Bernd Heine & Derek Nurse (eds.), African languages. An introduction, 298347. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2000b. Indigenous languages in education: Learning from the West African experiences. In Pfaffe, J. F. (ed.), Local languages in education, science and technology. Proceedings of the 2nd National Symposium on Language Policy Formulation, Mangochi, October 25–28, 2000, 5271. Zomba, Malawi: University of Malawi: Centre for Language Studies & GTZ German Technical cooperation.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2000c. Pre-school child multilingualism and its educational implications in the African context. PRAESA (Project on Alternative Education in South Africa) Occasional Papers 4, University of Cape Town.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2002. Language planning implementation in Africa (keynote address). Promoting education, science and technology through African languages. In Webb, V. & Gangla, L. (eds.), Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference of African Languages (in Education, Science and Technology). Hammanskraal Campus, University of Pretoria. Unpublished.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2003a. The issue of language in democratization: The Niger experience in literacy and basic education. In Ouane, Adama (ed.), Towards a multilingual culture of education, 349389. Hamburg: UNESCO Institute for Education.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2003b. Conveners's introduction: The vision of the African renaissance. In Wolff, H. Ekkehard (ed.), Tied tongues: The African renaissance as a challenge for language planning, 119. Muenster-Hamburg-Berlin-London: LIT.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2003c. The heart of the ‘African language question’ in education. In Owino, F. R. (ed.), Speaking African: African languages in education and development, 129148. Cape Town: Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society (CASAS).Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2004a. Marketing multilingual education in Africa. In Pfaffe, J. F. (ed.), Making multilingual education a reality for all: Operationalizing good intentions, 117158. Zomba: University of Malawi – Centre for Language Studies.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2004b. Segments and prosodies in Chadic: On descriptive and explanatory adequacy, historical reconstructions, and the status of Lamang-Hdi. In Akinlabi, Akinbiyi & Adesola, Oluseye (eds.), Proceedings of the 4th World Congress of African Linguistics (New Brunswick 2003), 4365. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2006a. Background and history: language politics and planning in Africa. In Hassana Alidou, Aliou Boly, Birgit Brock-Utne, Yaya Satina Diallo, Kathleen Heugh, & H. Ekkehard Wolff, Optimising learning and education in Africa – The language factor: A stock-taking research on mother-tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa. Document prepared for ADEA, UIE, and GTZ. www.adeanet.org/adeaPortal/adea/biennial-2006/doc/document/B3_1_MTBLE_en.pdf.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2006b. Managing educational reforms in Africa. In Hassana Alidou, Aliou Boly, Birgit Brock-Utne, Yaya Satina Diallo, Kathleen Heugh, & H. Ekkehard Wolff, Optimising learning and education in Africa – The language factor: A stock-taking research on mother-tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa. Document prepared for ADEA, UIE, and GTZ. www.adeanet.org/adeaPortal/adea/biennial-2006/doc/document/B3_1_MTBLE_en.pdf.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2006c. The language factor in discourse on development and education in Africa. In Kembo-Sure, Sera Mwangi & Ogechi, Nathan O. (eds.), Language planning for development in Africa, 122. Eldoret: Moi University Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2007a. Die afrikanischen Sprachen im 21. Jahrhundert: Herausforderungen an Politik und Wissenschaft. In Jahrbuch für Europäische Überseegeschichte 7, 189219. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2007b. Was sie sagen und was sie tun: Die ‘Sprachenfrage in Afrika’ im politischen Diskurs. In Streck, Bernhard (ed.), Die gezeigte und die verborgene Kultur, 103124. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2008a. Afro-Asiatic languages. In Encyclopædia Britannica. https://global.britannica.com/topic/Afro-Asiatic-languages.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2008b. Berber languages. In Encyclopædia Britannica. https://global.britannica.com/topic/Amazigh-languages.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2008c. Chadic languages. In Encyclopædia Britannica. https://global.britannica.com/topic/Chadic-languages.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2009a. Another look at ‘internal a’ in Chadic. In Rothmaler, Eva (ed.), Topics in Chadic linguistics V: Papers from the 4th Biennial International Colloquium on the Chadic Language, Bayreuth, October 30–31, 2007, 161172. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2009b. Elemente einer Soziolinguistik Nordafrikas. In Carlotta von Maltzan & Christine Anthonissen (eds.), Special issue: Multilingualism and language policies in Africa. Sonderausgabe: Mehrsprachigkeit und Sprachenpolitik in Afrika, Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics Plus 38: 42–59.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2011a. Background and history: Language politics and planning in Africa. In Ouane, Adama & Glanz, Christine (eds.), Optimizing learning, education and publishing in africa: The language factor. A review and analysis of theory and practice in mother-tongue and bilingual education in sub-Saharan Africa, 49102. Hamburg: UIL/ADEA.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2011b. Contexte et histoire: Les politiques linguistiques et la planification en Afrique. In Ouane, Adama & Glanz, Christine (eds.), Optimiser l'apprentissage, l’éducation et l’édition en Afrique: Le facteur langue. Étude bilan sur la théorie et la pratique de l'enseignement en langue maternelle et l’éducation bilingue en Afrique subsaharienne, 51107. Hamburg: UIL/ADEA.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2011c. The African predicament and the ‘language factor’: Unidentified, under-researched, under-rated. In Agwuele, A. O., Nwankwo, U. M., & Akinwumi, O. (eds.), Multidisciplinary perspectives on overcoming the African predicament, 312325. Berlin: Mediateam IT Educational Publishers.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2011d. Global denken – lokal kommunizieren: Sprachbarrieren und ‘Sprachkarrieren’ in Afrika unter kultureller und politischer Hegemonie. In Denzel, Markus & Heeg, Günther (eds.), Globalizing Areas, kulturelle Flexionen und die Herausforderungen der Geisteswissenschaften, Beiträge zur Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeschichte 119, 191220. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2011e. Semitic-Chadic relations. In Weninger, Stefan (ed.), The Semitic languages: An international handbook, 2738. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2012. Sociolinguistics in the African context: history – challenges – prospects. In Brenzinger, Matthias & Fehn, Anne-Maria (eds.), Proceedings of the 6th World Congress of African Linguistics, Cologne, 17–21 August 2009, 93106. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2013a. Was ist eigentlich Afrikanistik? Eine kleine Einführung in die Welt der afrikanischen Sprachen, ihre Rolle in Kultur und Gesellschaft, und ihre Literaturen. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. (In cooperation with Ari Awagana & Marion Feuerstein.)Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2013b. On visibility and legitimisation of languages: The ‘linguistic landscape’ in Adama, Ethiopia. Aethiopica 16: 149191. (In cooperation with Sileshi Berhanu & Getinet Fulea.)Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2013c. Multilingualism and language policies in Africa, with particular reference to language-in-education issues. In Altmayer, Claus & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Africa: Challenges of multilingualism. Afrika: Herausforderungen der Mehrsprachigkeit. Les défis du plurilinguisme en Afrique, 1133. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2013d. On the diachronics of Chadic tone systems: From pitch to tone in Lamang-Hdi. In Tourneux, Henry (ed.), Topics in Chadic linguistics VII: Papers from the 6th Biennial Colloquium on the Chadic Languages, 203228. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2014a. Sprache als Schlüssel – Sprache als Ressource. Eine Positionsbestimmung der deutschsprachigen Afrikanistik. In Espagne, Michel, Rabault-Feuerhahn, Pascale, & Simo, David (eds.), Afrikanische Deutschland-Studien und deutsche Afrikanistik, Saarbrücker Beiträge zur Vergleichenden Literatur- und Kulturwissenschaft 72, 1948. Würzburg: Königshausen und Neumann.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2014b. Language and hegemonic power: How feasible is conflict management by means of language policy? In Alexander, Neville & von Scheliha, Arnulf (eds.), Language policy and the promotion of peace: African and European case studies, 1132. Pretoria: Unisa Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2015a. The Lamang language and dictionary. Documenting Gwàɗ Làmàη – endangered Chadic language of Northeastern Nigeria. 2 vols. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2015b. The case for dual-medium instruction. Mail & Guardian 31 (10), March 6–12, Supplement Getting Ahead (Tertiary debate, Postgraduate study), 5. http://mg.co.za/article/2015–03–06-the-case-for-dual-medium-instruction.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2015c. ‘Modernisierung’ und ‘Intellektualisierung’ indigener Sprachen in Afrika. In Fredsted, Elin, Langhanke, Robert, & Westergaard (eds.), Astrid, Modernisierung in kleinen und regionalen Sprachen, KURS – Kleine und regionale Sprachen vol. 1, 125149. Hildesheim: Georg Olms.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2016a. Language and development in Africa: Perceptions, ideologies and challenges. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2016b. Piloting Oromo-English bilingual teaching at tertiary level. Mother tongue-based bilingual team teaching and triadic classroom communication. In Kaschula, Russell H. & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Multilingual education for Africa: Concepts and practices, 109122. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2016c. Language in Africa between the local and the global: How political are ‘dialects’? In Beck, Rose Marie & Kresse, Kai (eds.), Abdilatif Abdalla: Poet in politics, 123131. Dar es Salaam: Mkuki na Nyota.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2016d. Language planning and policy implementation in Africa: whose job, and how to go about it? In Atindogbe, Gratien G. & Chibaka, Evelyn Fogwe (eds.), Proceedings of the 7th World Congress of African Linguistics, Buea, 17 –21 August 2012, 649. Oxford: African Books Collective.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2017a. Prologue: The essentialist paradox in intellectual discourse on African languages. In Kaschula, Russell H., Maseko, Pamela, & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Multilingualism and intercultural communication: A South African perspective, 415. Johannesburg: Wits University Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2017b. African linguistics in the 21st century: Challenges and perspectives. In Ahoua, Firmin & Elugbe, Benjamin Ohi (eds.), Typologie et documentation des langues en Afrique de l'Ouest: Les actes du 27ème Congrès de la Société de Linguistique de l'Afrique de l'Ouest (SLAO), 2337. Paris: L'Harmattan.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2017c. Language ideologies and the politics of language in post-colonial Africa. In Mühr, Stephan & Tirvassen (eds.), Rada, Multilingualism in the Southern Hemisphere: A critical approach. Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics Plus 51: 122.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2017d. Sprachen und nationale Minderheiten in Afrika. Kann Europa daraus etwas lernen? In Steensen, Thomas (ed.), Nationale Minderheiten [Beiträge vom 9. Internationalen Ferdinand Tönnies Symposium], 8399. Bräist/Bredstedt: Nordfriisk Instituut.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. 2017e. Vocalogenesis in (Central) Chadic languages. In Obeng, Samuel G. & Green, Christopher R. (eds.), African linguistics in the 21st century. Essays in honor of Paul Newman, 1332. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard. (ed.). 2019. A history of African linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Alidou, Ousseina. 2001. On the non-linear ancestry of Tasawaq (Niger); or, How ‘mixed’ can a language be? Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika 16: 523574.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Awagana, Ari, with Löhr, Doris. 2009. Loanwords in Hausa, a Chadic language in West Africa. In Haspelmath, Martin & Tadmor, Uri (eds.), Loanwords in the world's languages: A comparative handbook, 142165. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Gerhardt, Ludwig. 1977. Interferenzen zwischen Benue-Kongo- und Tschad-Sprachen. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft. Supplement 3 (2): 15181543.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Kaschula, Russel H.. 2016. Introduction – The multilingual context of education in Africa. In Kaschula, Russell H. & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Multilingual education for Africa: Concepts and practices, 28. London: Routledge.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Löhr, Doris. 2008. Convergence in Saharan and Chadic TAM systems. Afrika und Übersee 88: 265299.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Löhr, Doris, with Awagana, Ari. 2009. Loanwords in Kanuri, a Saharan language. In Haspelmath, Martin & Tadmor, Uri (eds.), Loanwords in the world's languages: A comparative handbook, 166190. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Maseko, Pamela. 2017. Language empowerment and intellectualisation through multilingual education in South Africa. In Kaschula, Russell H., Maseko, Pamela, & Wolff, H. Ekkehard (eds.), Multilingualism and intercultural communication: A South African perspective, 3460. Johannesburg: Wits University Press.Google Scholar
Wolff, H. Ekkehard, & Naumann, Christfried. 2004. Frühe lexikalische Quellen zum Wandala (Mandara) und das Rätsel des Stammauslauts. In Takacz, G. (ed.), Egyptian and Semito-Hamitic (Afro-Asiatic) Studies in memoriam W. Vycichl, 372413. Leiden: Brill.Google Scholar
Woodard, Roger D. (ed.). 2008. The ancient languages of Syria-Palestine and Arabia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Woodbury, Anthony C. 2003. Defining documentary linguistics. Language Documentation and Description 1: 3551.Google Scholar
Woodbury, Anthony C.. 2005. Ancestral languages and (imagined) creolisation. Language Documentation and Description 3: 252262.Google Scholar
Woodbury, Anthony C.. 2011. Language documentation. In Austin, Peter K. & Sallabank, Julia (eds.), Handbook of endangered languages, 159186. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Woolard, Kathryn A. 2004. Codeswitching. In Duranti, Alessandro (ed.), A companion to linguistic anthropology, 7394. Oxford: Blackwell.Google Scholar
World Factbook. 2018. Refugees and internally displaced persons. www.cia.gov/library/publications/resources/the-world-factbook/fields/2194.html.Google Scholar
Wright, Douglas S. 1995. The verbal system of Logo (Logoti). Master's thesis, University of Texas at Arlington.Google Scholar
Yaʿəqob Gäbrä-Iyäsus (zä-Ḥebo). 1941 a.-mə. [= 1948/49]. Ḥaddis mäžämmäriya ziwåṣṣəʾ zällo mäṣḥaf säwasəw – Təgrəñña nə-zimmäharu qwålaʿu mästämhari. Asmära: maḥtäm Frančäskana.Google Scholar
1948–1949. Zənna-n tärät-ən məssəla nay qäddamot [Epic, tales and proverbs of the elders]. Asmära.Google Scholar
Yahya-Othman, Saida. 1994. Covering one's social back: Politeness among the Swahili. Text 14 (1): 141161.Google Scholar
Yankah, Kwesi. 1995. Speaking for the chief: Okyeame and the politics of Akan royal oratory. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.Google Scholar
Yedder, Abdurahman M. 1982. The oral literature associated with the traditional wedding ceremony at Ghadames. Doctoral dissertation, SOAS. http://ethos.bl.uk/OrderDetails.do?uin=uk.bl.ethos.646019.Google Scholar
Youssi, Abderrahim. 1989. Parlers arabes d'Occident (marocain, algérien, tunisien, andalou, hassane, maltais). Bibliographie annotée et classée. In Youssi, A., Benahallam, A., Boukous, A., & Dahbi, M. (eds.), Langue et Société au Maghreb. Bilan et Perspectives, Publication de la faculté des Lettres et des Sciences Humaines, Série Colloques et Séminaires 13, 151219. Rabat: Université Mohamed V.Google Scholar
Yri, Kjell Magne. 2009. Amharic – the relative and the genitive: Are they linked semantically? In Watson, Janet C. E. & Retsö, Jan (eds.), Relative clauses and genitive constructions in Semitic, 217228. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Google Scholar
Yukawa, Yasutoshi. 1992. A tonological study of Yambasa verbs. In Kagaya, Rohai (ed.), Studies in Cameroonian and Zairean languages, 146. Tokyo: ILCAA.Google Scholar
Yusuf, N. I. 2012. Functions of code switching: A sociolinguistic investigation. Master's thesis, University Utara.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 1975. Studies in Hamito-Semitic I: The verb in Cushitic. Krakow: Nakładem Uniwersytetu Jagiellońskiego.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 1988. The relative chronology of the Cushitic verbal systems reconsidered. In Bechhaus-Gerst, Marianne & Serzisko, Fritz (eds.), Cushitic-Omotic: Papers from the international symposium on Cushitic and Omotic languages, Cologne, January 6–9, 1986, 179184. Hamburg: Helmut Buske.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 1990. Preliminary remarks on case morphemes in Omotic. In Hayward, Richard J. (ed.), Omotic language studies, 617629. London: Routledge Curzon.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 1991. Ethiopian language subareas. In Piłaszewicz, Stanislaw & Rzewuski, Eugeniusz (eds.), Unwritten testimonies of the African past: Proceedings of the international symposium held in Ojrzanów n. Warsaw on 07–08 November 1989, 123134. Warsaw: Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 1994. Remarks on Gurage pronouns. Lingua Posnaniensis 36: 189194.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 1996. Intensive verbs and the present in Cushitic. In Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Voigt, Rainer M. (eds.), Cushitic and Omotic languages: Proceedings of the 3rd International Symposium, Berlin, March 17–19, 1994, 133142. Cologne: Rüdiger Köppe.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 2005a. Comparative Semitic studies: Status quaestionis. Aula Orientalis 23: 915.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 2005b. Negative conjugations in Cushitic. In Kogan, Leonid, Koslova, N., Loesov, S., & Tishchenko, S. (eds.), Memoriae Igor M. Diakonoff (Babel und Bibel 2), 687700. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns.Google Scholar
Zaborski, Andrzej. 2010. What is new in the Ethiopian and other African language areas? Studies of the Department of African Languages and Cultures 44: 2945.Google Scholar
Zack, E. W. A. 2009. Egyptian Arabic in the seventeenth century: A study and edition of Yusuf al-Magribi's ‘Daf al-isr an kalam ahl Misr’. Doctoral dissertation, University of Amsterdam.Google Scholar
Zaugg-Coretti, Silvia. 2013. The verbal system of Yemsa (Omotic language of Ethiopia). Doctoral dissertation, University of Zurich.Google Scholar
Tecle, Zemicael. 2012. Deutsch-tigrinisches Wörterbuch. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.Google Scholar
Zheltov, Alexander. 2005. Le système des marqueurs de personnes en gban. Mandenkan 41: 328.Google Scholar
Zhukov, Andrey. 2004. Old Swahili-Arabic script and the development of Swahili literary language. Sudanic Africa 15: 115.Google Scholar
Ziervogel, D. 1952. A grammar of Swazi. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand University Press.Google Scholar
Ziervogel, D.. 1956. Linguistic and literary achievement in the Bantu languages of South Africa. Inaugural lecture, University of South Africa.Google Scholar
Zima, Petr. 1973. Hauština. Praha: SPN.Google Scholar
Zima, Petr. (ed.). 2009. The verb and related areal features in West Africa: Continuity and discontinuity within and across Sprachbund frontiers. Munich: Lincom Europa.Google Scholar
Zwartjes, Otto. 2011. Portuguese missionary grammars in Asia, Africa and Brazil, 1550–1800. Studies in the History of Language Sciences 117. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.Google Scholar

Save book to Kindle

To save this book to your Kindle, first ensure [email protected] is added to your Approved Personal Document E-mail List under your Personal Document Settings on the Manage Your Content and Devices page of your Amazon account. Then enter the ‘name’ part of your Kindle email address below. Find out more about saving to your Kindle.

Note you can select to save to either the @free.kindle.com or @kindle.com variations. ‘@free.kindle.com’ emails are free but can only be saved to your device when it is connected to wi-fi. ‘@kindle.com’ emails can be delivered even when you are not connected to wi-fi, but note that service fees apply.

Find out more about the Kindle Personal Document Service.

  • References
  • Edited by H. Ekkehard Wolff, Universität Leipzig
  • Book: The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics
  • Online publication: 23 May 2019
Available formats
×

Save book to Dropbox

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Dropbox.

  • References
  • Edited by H. Ekkehard Wolff, Universität Leipzig
  • Book: The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics
  • Online publication: 23 May 2019
Available formats
×

Save book to Google Drive

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Google Drive.

  • References
  • Edited by H. Ekkehard Wolff, Universität Leipzig
  • Book: The Cambridge Handbook of African Linguistics
  • Online publication: 23 May 2019
Available formats
×